Christhood is about coming into resonance

Listen to a recording of this dictation (subscribers only) 

Ascended Master Gautama Buddha through Kim Michaels, June 6, 2025. This dictation was given the conference in Seoul, South Korea: Being the Living Christ in everyday life.

I AM the Ascended Master Gautama Buddha. If the Christians of this world were to hear this, they would say: “What does the Buddha have to do with Christ and the path to Christhood?” Well, we shall see, shall we not? What is the difference between the path to Christhood and the Eightfold Path? I will now tell you. [Silence] 

Yes, the difference is nothing. Just the outer form. Is the outer form what is important, or is it the end result? Ahh, now we see the division between those who have ascended and those who have not. Those who have not ascended have become attached to the outer form. Those who have ascended have gone beyond that attachment and realized that all that matters is the end result.

The primary serpentine lie

Those who are attached to the outer form of the teaching, be they Buddhists, Christians, Hindus, Muslims or this or that, what are they believing? They are believing the serpentine lie that a teaching that has a specific form on Earth can get them to heaven, and that only this one teaching can get people to heaven. This is a lie, not even a clever lie. It seems real only to the ego, which is attempting to secure its salvation by using the things of this world.

What is the path to Christhood, the path to Buddhahood, the path to any higher awareness, the path beyond Earth? It is to transcend the forms on Earth so that you reconnect to the reality that you did not come from Earth. You are not a product of Earth. You are a spiritual being who descended to Earth and took on the form of your physical body, your four lower bodies. You have not become that outer clothing. It is precisely because you have not become the form, that you can attain freedom from form. If you have not become the form that you have taken on here on Earth, and if the only way to enter the higher realm is to transcend the form on Earth, what sense does it make that the form that you have on Earth needs an outer teaching of a specific form in order for you to be free from form?

You see, you are trying to escape the form of your four lower bodies by using another form in the four levels of the material universe. Can you not see that this will never work? I am speaking into the collective consciousness, of course. Now, you may say: “Well, is it not futile to speak this into the collective consciousness when you always say the collective consciousness is so low?” Yes, that was the temptation I faced when I had entered Nirvana and decided to come back to Earth and teach: “You have reached such a high level of consciousness that no one on Earth will understand.” My reply was: “Some will understand,” or rather some will resonate with the teaching.

Does the Christ consciousness have form?

What is the Christ consciousness? Truly, what is the Christ consciousness? What have we explained here? When people first hear about the concept of the Christ consciousness, they project images upon it based on what they see on Earth, based on their own egos and the coloring and the false teachings they believe in. What are they doing when they are projecting these images upon the Christ consciousness? They are projecting a form onto the Christ consciousness. Does the Christ consciousness have a form? Does the Buddha Nature have a form? Nay. Yes, all forms are made out of the Christ consciousness or the Buddha Nature, but does the Christ consciousness itself have a form? No. It is beyond form—and that is why it is the only thing that can take you beyond form.

Now, due to the mechanics of the material universe, the Christ consciousness cannot be expressed in its pure form on an unnatural planet like Earth. For that matter, it cannot be expressed in its pure form anywhere. It must be individualized. It must take on form. That is the whole idea of the incarnation of Christ. This means that if Christ does not incarnate, then people who are trapped in duality and separation do not get the opportunity to see that it is possible to transcend the separate consciousness, the death consciousness, the duality consciousness.

The incarnation of Christ, the incarnation of Buddha, is giving the opportunity. Most people are not willing to change, and therefore, what will they do? Well, they may follow a religion or movement that is based on a true incarnation, but they will focus on the outer form instead of seeing that the outer form is not important. It is what is expressed through that outer form that is important. The way to transcendence, to life, eternal life, is to look beyond the form. Look at what is expressed, the formless that is expressed through the form and follow that formless to the Christ consciousness, or the Buddha Nature, or whatever you want to call it.

Interpreting the outer form of the teaching

Instead, those who are not willing to transcend themselves, they focus on the outer form. Now, they start interpreting the teaching. Oh, how they can interpret the teaching! Jesus challenged the scribes and the Pharisees. I encountered the Hindu Brahmins—and oh, did they interpret! Now, look what happened to Buddhism, how it split into different factions. Why? Because they interpreted and they interpreted and they interpreted, endlessly arguing about this or that word. Did it mean this? Did it mean that? What did the Buddha mean when he denied that there is a permanent self? Did he mean there is no self? And on and on and on.

You might say: “Well, that’s just the game that people are playing on Earth to postpone that day where they have to make the choice to transcend form or to die permanently.” Then again, do people understand what they are doing when they are playing this game? Nay, for the game itself obscures the reality that there is no life outside the Christ consciousness. The game presents that it could go on indefinitely, but it cannot. The ego, the fallen beings, have an expiration date that can be extended through people’s free will, but it cannot be extended indefinitely. How many incarnations can come to Earth before people’s opportunity runs out? Well, that is an open question, but do not think it is an infinite number.

The purpose of the incarnation of Christ

What is the purpose of the incarnation of Christ? Was it so that when I was born, I was in a higher state of awareness already, I was in the Buddhic consciousness already? Was it so that when Jesus was born, he was already in the Christ consciousness? As we have explained many times, it was not so. We both had to follow a path. Therefore, what is the incarnation of Christ or the incarnation of Buddha? It is that a human being, or rather a spiritual being in a human body, reaches that critical level of consciousness where the Christ can begin to express itself through that outer form. When you pass that initiation at the 96th level, you become the incarnation of Christ. You do not have the fullness of Christhood, but you become the incarnation.

In other words, the incarnation of Christ is not something that you are before you incarnate. It is something you can attain by raising your consciousness. What is the purpose of this incarnation? Well, it is, of course, to give people a choice they did not have when they had not encountered the possibility that a human being in embodiment can attain a fundamentally higher state of consciousness than the one they have. If they have not seen that there is something called the Christ consciousness or the Buddha Nature, they do not have the choice, do they?

For free will to outplay itself, people must be allowed to go into duality. As we have explained, the consequence of going into duality is that there is a clock that starts ticking. At some point, that clock is going to run out. Before that clock runs out, people must have been presented with the possibility of escaping the separate state of consciousness. They can only be presented with this by someone becoming the incarnation, thereby demonstrating a higher level of consciousness. The most important aspect of the incarnation is to demonstrate that higher state of consciousness. That is, so to speak, the alpha aspect of the incarnation.

What is then the omega aspect of the incarnation? Well, it is that the  teaches. Teaching is, of course, a word that, as others have mentioned, has been misinterpreted by human beings on Earth and by the false teachers. Because it is really not that the Christ seeks to give an outer teaching that will automatically and mechanically awaken people. It is more that the Christ seeks to give a living teaching, and this is a realization that few people throughout the ages have had.

The Christ gives a living teaching

You see, when I sat there 2,500 years ago in the lotus position – which this messenger cannot attain – I gave a living teaching. I spoke words, yes, but those words were imbued with the flow of Spirit, the flow of the Buddha Nature, the flow of the Christ mind—as the words that the messenger is speaking are imbued by my living Spirit. Then, the followers that I had attracted, after I left embodiment, they created this oral teaching where they tried to memorize my words. 

Later, of course, the words were written down, translated into other languages. Those words were not the living word. They were not necessarily dead words, for you can take a written teaching and you can study it and you can use the outer teaching to attempt to connect to the spiritual being behind the teaching, that gave the teaching. Therefore, you can feel the flow of the Spirit as you are studying an outer teaching.

It is so easy for people not to do this, but to focus on the outer teaching, thinking that if they understand it intellectually, or if they learn it by heart, or if they come up with an interpretation that they think was what the living being actually meant when it gave the teaching, then they have done enough. Then, the outer teaching itself now becomes the vehicle for their salvation, their enlightenment. If just you study the Buddha’s teachings long enough and practice certain practices long enough, then you will reach enlightenment. Maybe not in this lifetime, but surely after this lifetime. It can never work. As we have said, there is no guaranteed path.

It is only if you look beyond the form of the outer teaching and connect to the living Spirit of the being who gave the teaching, that the teaching will bring you to enlightenment or Christhood. No form can help you transcend form. Only Spirit can help you transcend form. Nevertheless, those of you who attain the levels of Christhood that start at the 96th level and above (for some of you, not all of you, but for some of you) it will be part of your Divine Plan to teach. Well, you could say that for all of you, it will be part of your Divine Plan to teach, but not necessarily in the way you normally look at teaching.

Your calling to teach

For some of you, you will teach in your everyday life when you interact with others, just in normal situations: children, family, co-workers, whatever it may be. You will sometimes feel inspired to say something that is imbued with the living Spirit. This is teaching, even if you are not formally teaching them, even if you are not referring to an ascended master teaching, even if you are not having an intention of teaching them anything. When there is that flow, you are teaching. Others will have, as part of your Divine Plan, to teach in a more normal, formal way, where you present yourself and a teaching to others in whatever form it may take.

Now, throughout the ages, we have seen many ascended master students who have found the teaching, realized that it could be part of their Divine Plan to teach, and they have then forced themselves with the outer mind to start teaching. It is, so to speak, a yoke, a burden they have taken on. I therefore, encourage you to look at yourself. Look at your reaction to the idea that you might teach. See if your outer mind takes this very seriously. See if your outer mind has some epic outlook on teaching. See if your outer mind has this sense that you could be successful or you could fail. 

If you feel this, then I am giving you permission to decide that you will postpone teaching. You will not seek to teach in an outer way. Instead, you will use the tools for discovering and uncovering the subconscious selves that you have in relation to teaching. It is only these selves that can cause you to be so serious about it, to be obsessive-compulsive about it, to feel that it is something you have to do.

The rest of this dictation, along with an invocation based on the dictation, is found in the book: Being the Living Christ in everyday life.

 

Copyright © 2025 Kim Michaels

 

Christ is the destroyer of illusions

Listen to a recording of this dictation (subscribers only) 

Ascended Master Shiva through Kim Michaels, June 6, 2025. This dictation was given the conference in Seoul, South Korea: Being the Living Christ in everyday life.

I AM the Ascended Master Shiva. I hope that was not a surprise. I wish to say a few words here about the Hindu trinity, Brahma, Vishnu, Shiva. Brahma the Creator, Vishnu the sustainer, Shiva the destroyer. Yes, perhaps there are a few more deeper teachings that can be given here. 

Deeper teaching about the Hindu trinity

What is Brahma the Creator? It is not the ultimate Creator, Brahman—if Brahman really is the ultimate Creator in Hindu mythology, where they have a different view of Brahman than what we have given you about the Creator. Set that aside for now. What is the creative element in the world of form? Well, it is first the Creator, but more so the ascended beings after the first spheres were created. In your unascended sphere – you may say our unascended sphere – the creative element was first of all the ascended masters in the Sixth Sphere. For Earth, it was the Elohim who created the Earth. The self-aware beings with free will, such as you, the co-creators, are also part of Brahma.

What is the sustaining element? Well, it is indeed the ascended masters who created this unascended sphere because they are holding the vision that sustains it. You, the co-creators, are also part of the element that sustains the current form. Humankind, with their lower consciousness, are the ones who took Earth below the original blueprint of the Elohim, and who are sustaining Earth in that lower state by not being willing to transcend your consciousness. 

What is the destroyer? Well, it is the Christ consciousness. The Christ consciousness that in its universal form is unmoved, immovable, but in its manifest form, in its expressed form, takes the form of beings who take embodiment on Earth. They rise to a higher level of consciousness than the average, thereby demonstrating the path to Christhood: Jesus, the Buddha, many others, yourselves hopefully included. 

What is the destroyer, really?

What you see here is that the Hindu view of Shiva is not the highest possible. Many think that I am some god up there, and one day I will come and destroy the Earth or destroy those people that they do not like. If I were to do this as an ascended being, that would violate free will. What is the destroying element on Earth? Well, it is those who have attained the higher levels of Christ consciousness and therefore, become the open door for the judgment of Christ and the challenge of Christ. 

What does it really mean to destroy? What am I destroying as an ascended master, as an expression of the Christ consciousness, as the being who holds that flame, which Hindus have called destruction, but which is not really destruction, it is transcendence. Nevertheless, what am I destroying? Am I destroying people? Am I destroying the entire Earth? Nay, I am destroying illusions, because what has manifested the current conditions on Earth? The illusions that human beings have projected upon the Ma-ter light through their identity, mental and emotional bodies, and the actions they have taken with their physical bodies.

What can change this? Well, only that the vision, the images, the selves they hold in their four lower bodies are changed. Since those are based on illusions, well, the illusions must be challenged, the illusions must be destroyed. Now, there are many students who have come to ascended master teachings and they have heard about the path to Christhood and they have thought: “Ah yes, when I become the Christ, I can go out and challenge people. I can force them to see the error of their ways. I can even go into society and challenge the leaders, challenge the power elite, challenge the fallen beings.” They become very obsessive-compulsive about this. Some have tried to do it and have then been hammered down by the fallen beings, as the saying goes, and found that it is not quite that easy. That is because they have not attained a sufficient level of Christhood before they did it, so they did it with the coloring of the ego that has the ambition of setting itself up as an authority who can do this important work.

When you overcome all of this, when you go through these phases that other masters have described and reach those higher levels of Christhood, you are not challenging the illusions on Earth. The ascended masters may, through your open door, challenge. This does not mean that all of you have that as part of your Divine Plan. Your Divine Plans are individual. Some of you may be more focused on the creative aspect, some of you even on the maintaining aspect, but some of you are more focused on Shiva, the destroyer of illusions. 

 

The rest of this dictation, along with an invocation based on the dictation, is found in the book: Being the Living Christ in everyday life.

 

Copyright © 2025 Kim Michaels

Overcoming the tendency to be too serious

Listen to a recording of this dictation (subscribers only) 

Ascended Master Sanat Kumara through Kim Michaels, June 6, 2025. This dictation was given the conference in Seoul, South Korea: Being the Living Christ in everyday life.

I AM the Ascended Master Sanat Kumara. Some have called me the Ancient of Days. Some have called me the Eternal Youth. Well, which is it? Can you be both? Well, in the eyes of humans, you can. Of course, you can say that I am not a new lifestream. On the other hand, I ascended from this sphere, so I am not as ancient as some of the ascended masters who ascended before me. On the other hand, I am the eternal youth because how did I ascend? I ascended by embodying an aspect of the Christ consciousness and it is the aspect that makes everything new. 

Christ makes everything new

Now, you take Jesus who said: “Unless you become as little children, you shall in no wise enter the kingdom.” The meaning is, of course, that for children everything is new, everything is exciting. I focused on that aspect of the Christ consciousness before I ascended. I embodied it, and that was what carried me through to the ascended state. I was always open to something new and I avoided the opposite quality where you become sophisticated: You know everything. You have it all figured out. There is nothing new under the sun. I have this under control. This is what the fallen beings feel. They have it all figured out. As Maitreya said: “It is all an illusion created in the mind.” It seems real only to that mind, which has so disconnected from the Christ mind that it is not even looking for anything new, because it values control above all else. 

How are you going to ascend? Well, it may seem as if these later dictations we are giving have transcended the purpose of this conference of being the Christ in everyday life. We admit that what Maitreya gave you was a teaching that may not have much practical applications in your everyday life, so I will endeavor to make my teaching a little more practical. It could basically be said to be this: Stop taking yourself so seriously. 

Taking the path and yourself too seriously

You see, there comes a point on the path of Christhood where you need to step back and say: “What is the path all about? How have I approached the path so far?” Many of you will see that you found the teachings, you locked in to what the teachings are about, at least as you could see it at the time. Then you made a decision to dedicate yourself to the path. Now, as happened to this messenger, you became almost obsessive-compulsive about doing everything right, as you could see it. You wanted to do all the decrees and invocations. You wanted to read all the dictations. You wanted to go to conferences. You wanted to study all of these things and at the same time, you have an everyday life. 

You cannot just focus all your life and all your attention on the teachings, at least not for most of you. Many of you have children. You have jobs. You have obligations. So, you build this tension that spiritual people have experienced throughout the ages, and which has become this tradition in the East, that in order to be really spiritual, you have to forsake the world and withdraw from the world. Again, we are not blaming anyone. 

When we look back through the ages on planet Earth, we can see, and we have experienced (those of us who have been in embodiment on Earth or on other planets) that it is very difficult on an unnatural planet to balance spiritual growth and everyday life. It is an enormous challenge. We also see that in the Aquarian Age, we are moving into an age where it is not the ideal that most spiritual people withdraw from the world. On the contrary, the ideal is that people stay in the world, at least most of them, and they express their spirituality in their everyday life. They do not separate the two. How can this be achieved? 

Well, what you can see in yourselves, for many of you, is that after you dedicated yourself to the path, you experienced this tension. That is part of why, as others have talked about, that you became more stressed after you dedicated yourself to the path. You were pulled in two different directions and you felt there was this tension between everyday life and spiritual growth. What was the result of this stress? It was that many of you started taking yourself and the path very seriously. Again, we are not blaming you. Take care what we are always saying: “Those of us who have been in embodiment on Earth have experienced what you are experiencing.” We all, at a certain point, became too serious about spiritual growth. 

Now you can say that as you are moving from the 48th to the 96th level, you need to have enough dedication that you can pull yourself above the collective consciousness, and therefore you need to have a certain dedication, a certain focus, a certain discipline. You need to have certain priorities set so that you realize what is more important to you in life. Because in a sense, when you set your priorities, it becomes easier to say: “Well, these are my obligations in everyday life, and these are my spiritual activities and I have decided on a certain balance between them, and I maintain that.” Nevertheless, the effect for most people is that you take yourself very seriously. You take the spiritual path very seriously, but this is also an inroad for the ego to color your view of the path. 

The ego is very serious about itself

The more seriously you take yourself and the path, the more the ego can influence you. For that matter, even the fallen beings have a certain ability to project something into your mind when you take yourself very seriously. They, of course, are the ultimate examples of beings who take themselves so seriously that you could not even really imagine. Most of you have not encountered the lowest consciousness fallen beings and you do not need to. I am just telling you that if you could see their consciousness, you would not believe how serious they are about themselves, how important they feel they are, how epically significant they are. They think that even God himself is watching them and tiptoeing around them, and is concerned about their power. This is what they believe—that they have achieved a power here on Earth, and that God is afraid that their power will be bigger than his. It is probably true for the false God that they have created. He might be worried about them, but the real Creator is, of course, not. 

There comes that point, certainly as you move beyond that 96th level, but it will even help you to realize this before you get to the 96th level, where you need to look at this and say: “Am I too serious? Why am I so serious?” Well, it is because you have assigned some epic importance to the spiritual path in general and to your personal progress on that path. You have defined a goal for your spiritual growth that has some epic significance to you at least. You might even think that it has epic significance to the ascended masters. This is actually one of the primary reasons why people can reach the 96th level, fail the initiation to let go of the focus on self, and therefore, start going down again where they now seek to elevate the separate self to some ultimate spiritual status. 

You just take yourself so seriously, or rather, the separate self takes itself so seriously, because again, what is the Conscious You? Well, it is pure awareness, neutral awareness. Is there any room in pure awareness to be more or less serious? Where would that room be? Being serious can only be in a self. It may not be a dualistic self. It may be the spiritual self that has taken you close to the 96th level. If that self begins to take itself too seriously, then it cannot see that it was just a vehicle, like the bottom part of a rocket, meant to take you to a certain altitude, and then it is supposed to fall away so you can rise higher. If that spiritual self is not willing to fall away, fade away, then it can have such a pull on the Conscious You—if the Conscious You does not realize the need to stop being so serious.

The fallen beings are very serious

Master MORE had a previous embodiment where he coined the phrase: “The devil, the proud spirit, cannot endure to be mocked.” You laugh at the devil and he goes away. There is a profound truth here. The fallen beings are so prideful. They take themselves so seriously. They expect that everyone else is going to take them as seriously as they take themselves. When they encounter someone who does not take them seriously, who is laughing at them, or who is demonstrating that he will not submit to them, he will not be disturbed by them, he will not fight them, then they do not know what to do. 

You need to come to that point where you do not take the fallen beings seriously anymore. How can you come to that point if you take yourself seriously? Because then you think that it is so important that you grow, so you can do something epically important for the masters to free the planet from the fallen beings, or whatever you may think.

There are innumerable ways that spiritual people can define some epic importance to their path. As the messenger explained, he came to a point where he saw that his approach to the spiritual path had been colored by the ego and part of it was that he had taken himself so seriously. He thought it had some epic importance for the future of the planet and for the cause of the ascended masters that he made progress on the path. He came to see this, the futility, the vanity of this and he partly realized this because he had had enough inner experiences with an ascended master’s consciousness that he realized that an ascended master is like the rock of Christ. 

Your ego does not influence ascended masters

You can, with your outer mind, with your ego, project all kinds of things on the ascended masters: That you are doing this epically important thing and that you are making all these sacrifices for the masters’ sake and therefore, the masters surely must one day recognize you. Yet it has no influence on us as ascended beings. We are the rock of Christ. We will not be moved by your egos, no matter what your egos think. When you are willing to experience this, to acknowledge this, you can see the futility of thinking that your ego can build up some sense of importance that we are going to respect—and then you can let it go. You can, as the messenger described, really encounter the Presence of ascended masters. You might actually get a vision of what you really can do for us, when you are not doing it from the ego, depending on what is in your individual Divine plan. 

What you see here is that, as we have said before, many spiritual students have a fairly good vision of “what” needs to be accomplished in their lives, but they are lacking in the vision of “how” it can be accomplished. You may actually have a correct vision that in this lifetime you have the potential to do something in society or do something for the ascended masters, but your ego has colored how you think this is going to happen because you think you can do it through the outer mind and the ego. You can let that fall away, when you realize it cannot be done through the ego, in fact, you cannot do it, because as Jesus said: “I can of my own self do nothing. The father within me is the doer.” 

Who is the father within? Well, it is the Christ mind. It is your I AM Presence. It is the ascended masters. That is the father within. Then you realize: I can of my own self do nothing, nothing that is worthwhile, nothing that will bring the Earth higher in consciousness, for everything I do that is colored by the ego only serves to reinforce the consciousness that is keeping the planet trapped. It is only when I let go of this sense that I, as a separate self, can do something valuable in a spiritual sense. Then, you can really begin fulfilling your Divine plan because you are not the one doing it, although you are the one doing it from another perspective. The outer self, the outer you, is not doing it but the Conscious You is being the open door by being neutral. If you are neutral, can you take yourself seriously? Can you be serious? Cannot be done. I am not here saying that you need to say: “Oh, I am going to start cracking jokes all the time. I am going to start having fun. I am going to start doing all these things that are fun so I can soften up.” Not really necessary for all of you. It may be for some of you. 

 

The rest of this dictation, along with an invocation based on the dictation, is found in the book: Being the Living Christ in everyday life.

 

Copyright © 2025 Kim Michaels

Christhood is all about oneness

Listen to a recording of this dictation (subscribers only) 

Ascended Master Maitreya through Kim Michaels, June 8, 2025. This dictation was given the conference in Seoul, South Korea: Being the Living Christ in everyday life.

I AM the Ascended Master Maitreya. What does Christhood mean from my perspective, as holding the office of the Cosmic Christ for Earth? Well, in previous dispensations it was said that Lord Maitreya was what was referred to as “God” in the story of the Garden of Eden. Now this, of course, was a statement that needs to be understood at a deeper level. 

It needs to be understood that Lord Maitreya is a title that can be held by different ascended masters, not just one. The being that I am today, holding this title, is not the one that was there in the Garden of Eden, even though, of course, there was no physical Garden of Eden exactly as it is described in Genesis. Again, everything in these scriptures need to be taken as a symbol, not as a literal reality. 

What is a spiritual teacher?

Nevertheless, given that I am now holding this office of the Cosmic Christ, what is this office? Well, you might say that the Cosmic Christ represents the concept of spiritual teachers. I say “represents” because, again, spiritual teachers can be understood at different levels.

Yet, when you look at how our world of form was created, you can say that from the very beginning was built into the design of this world the concept of teachers. In the first sphere, the self-aware extensions of the Creator had a teacher, which was the Creator. In the second sphere, the ascended masters from the first sphere became the teachers of the unascended beings in the second, and so on. That is why the ascended masters of the sixth sphere were the original spiritual teachers for the unascended beings in this seventh sphere. 

I started as a being, an unascended being, in this seventh sphere as you all did. I originally had spiritual teachers from the sixth sphere, but then, when I ascended, I took up this office of the Cosmic Christ for Earth and therefore, I now represent this concept, this lineage of spiritual teachers. 

Now, you may say: “What is the purpose of a spiritual teacher?” When people first hear about a spiritual path that leads to higher levels of consciousness, and hear about the concept that it is beneficial or even necessary to have a teacher, then they project a certain image on it based on how they are looking at teachers on Earth. Most people on Earth have, of course, gone to some form of school where they sit there passively and they are receiving teachings from a teacher that stands at the head of the class or on some kind of podium, and he is teaching them outer knowledge. 

Many people, when they first hear about the spiritual path, they think that a spiritual teacher is supposed to teach them some kind of outer knowledge that then helps them walk the spiritual path. Sometimes, even more than that, there are many students that think that a spiritual teacher is supposed to impart to them some kind of secret knowledge, some kind of esoteric knowledge, that will help them make swift and easy progress on the spiritual path. These people think that making spiritual progress is a matter of knowing something about the spiritual realm, but also about this process that leads to spiritual growth. What many people also project on the concept of a spiritual teacher is that he is supposed to give them a breakdown of what the spiritual path entails. 

The spiritual path is not a linear process

In other words, a systematic linear process like you, for example, see in the schools where you learn mathematics in a gradual way by starting with simple counting, then addition, subtraction, multiplication, then more advanced forms of math. Or as you learn for example in an engineering school where you learn to make certain calculations of how you can create a new technological device, for example. What this causes many people to project upon a spiritual teacher is this idea that the spiritual path can be reduced to a linear process that is mechanical in nature. 

When I say mechanical, what I mean is that people project that the spiritual teacher has some knowledge, some formulas, some ability. This means that anybody who puts themselves down in front of the teacher and listens to the teacher’s imparting of knowledge is guaranteed to achieve the defined result, be it a higher state of consciousness, Christhood, the mastery of mind over matter, the ascension or whatever it may be that people desire as a result of walking the spiritual path. In other words, many people find a spiritual teaching or guru (or even hear about the concept of a spiritual guru) and they project that this guru should give them some mechanical way to raise their consciousness, a way that is guaranteed to work if they just follow the teacher’s instructions.

Now, where does this entire idea come from? Did it come from the ascended realm? Did it come from the Christ mind? What have other masters so carefully explained about the Christ mind? It does seek to unify you with your source, with your Creator, but it does so within the Law of Free Will. What does that mean? It means that in order to come into unity with the Christ mind, you must make choices, conscious choices, aware choices. 

What does this mean? It means that you can have two people who are both listening to the same instructions from the same teacher, but there is no guarantee that the two people will make the same choices to take in, to internalize and to apply the teaching. This means that a true spiritual teacher is not teaching a mechanical path. A true spiritual teacher cannot guarantee the results. There is no guarantee that you will receive specific results if you follow a true spiritual teacher, for it depends on the choices you make, and what are those choices? Well, the real choice is, or the real decisive factor, is: Will you apply the teachings and be willing to look at yourself, your own psychology?

Why the path is not mechanical

The student that makes the most progress on the true path is the one who is willing to look at the beam in his or her own eye. There may be another student who is less willing to do so, or not willing to do so at all, because that student is expecting the mechanical, guaranteed results. There may be students who can listen to a valid teacher, a true spiritual teacher, without getting any results. 

Where does the concept of a mechanical, guaranteed path come from? Well, it, of course, is based on the ego, which as we have so carefully explained, is always seeking to compensate by achieving some ultimate status in this world. In the physical realm on planet Earth, you do indeed see that there is a certain mechanical aspect of how matter works. Look for example at modern technology. Look at science, which in its quest for objectivity, has attempted to reduce the universe to a kind of machine. If you know a certain formula, if you apply a certain technology, then anybody who applies that formula can create a toaster that is guaranteed to work and toast bread.

The ego then reasons that since the physical world has mechanical properties, the spiritual world should also be mechanical, and therefore, there should be a mechanical path. Now of course, the concept of a teacher who can guarantee results also comes from the fallen beings, but even before the fallen beings came to Earth, there was a certain belief in the collective consciousness that if we could only get everyone to conform to the world view that was promoted by society at the time, then the results would be guaranteed. The planet would survive and there would be an ideal society for a thousand years. 

What is a false teacher?

As we have explained, this had put the Earth into a self-destructive spiral and that is why the fallen beings, along with avatars, were allowed to embody here to break up the uniformity. The fallen beings, of course, did break up the uniformity, and part of the way they did this was that they set themselves up as teachers. They claimed to be true teachers and what they did was: They looked at the people on Earth, they looked at their state of consciousness and they said: “Our goal is to get people to blindly follow us. How can we best do this? Well, we must look at what people want to believe and then tell them that we can help them achieve the goals they want to achieve and then they will follow us.” 

You see here, the fallen beings have a specific goal. Their goal is not to raise up human beings. Their goal is to make human beings submit to the fallen beings, so they first of all give them energy, but so that they also blindly obey them. The fallen beings are not concerned about teaching something that is true or valid. They are in fact concerned about: How can we best deceive people so we achieve our goals? They saw that there was this tendency to believe in this mechanical workings of the universe, and they said: “Ah, we will construct the idea that there is a spiritual path that leads beyond suffering to higher levels of awareness, and we will present it as a mechanical path where if people blindly follow us as the teachers, we will guarantee results.” 

They created what we might call false mystery schools, and they snared many people into believing this, following this path. They did this partly because the fallen beings in previous spheres, some even before they fell, had learned to take advantage of certain mechanical properties of matter so that they could have a certain control over matter. This meant that they could impress people with these, what we might call party tricks, that they could perform. 

This was another factor that attracted people to think that: “But these people can produce these phenomena, so therefore, their teachings must be valid and if I follow this path, I too will have this mastery over matter that people desire, that the ego desires.” Because what is it the ego desires? Ultimately, it would like to have control over matter. You see here, again, there is no blame from our side. We are simply pointing out that: You are living on a planet called Earth, it is an unnatural planet, there is a very dense collective consciousness. There are fallen beings here who have for a long time projected a false path, so it is inevitable that you have been affected by this (in this lifetime or previous lifetimes, does not matter). When you find the teachings of the ascended masters, you carry with you this programming, we might say, that the spiritual path should have certain mechanical aspects. What we have carefully done through this messenger, almost from the very beginning, is to gently challenge this view, gently and gradually, because we saw the need to be gentle and gradual about this. 

Challenging the image of a mechanical path

For example, we saw in previous dispensations where most people believed that if they just gave enough Violet Flame, that alone would qualify them for their ascension. Giving decrees has a certain mechanical aspect, in the sense that giving the decree produces a certain effect. Giving the decree from the heart and with a greater flow of the Holy Spirit through the decrees produces a bigger effect. Nevertheless, if you give the decrees, it does produce an effect. It balances karma, it transforms fear-based energy in your three higher bodies, and this does help you grow on the path. As we have also explained so many times through this messenger, unless you also resolve psychology, there is a limit to how high you can go. We have for a very long time presented the path in a different light, namely that it is not mechanical, because the decisive factor for your progress is your willingness to apply the teachings to yourself, look into your subconscious mind, and resolve what we now call the subconscious selves. 

We started out by calling this the ego, but I have now given you more advanced teachings so that the ego is not this big amorphous entity that can be very hard to see and relate to, whereas it is easier to look at one specific self and overcome that. Nevertheless, what I am working towards is this realization that there has for a very long time on Earth, certainly since the fallen beings were allowed to embody here, been two different paths presented on Earth. A mechanical, which we have also called the outer path, and a mystical inner path. 

This gives you now a frame of reference for evaluating what spiritual teachings or movements or gurus you have encountered in this lifetime. Why would you need to do this, if you have now left some of these movements behind and moved on to an ascended master teaching? Well, because there was a reason that you found those spiritual movements and teachings. You were attracted to it because it was part of your Divine Plan and there can be various reasons for this. One of the reasons that applies to most of you is that you actually needed to have a certain experience with different spiritual teachings, and most of you needed to have the experience of at least one teaching that was more the mechanical, outer path. 

 

The rest of this dictation, along with an invocation based on the dictation, is found in the book: Being the Living Christ in everyday life.

 

Copyright © 2025 Kim Michaels

Overcoming the illusion of right and wrong choices

Listen to a recording of this dictation (subscribers only) 

Ascended Master the Divine Director through Kim Michaels, June 8, 2025. This dictation was given the conference in Seoul, South Korea: Being the Living Christ in everyday life.

I AM the Ascended Master the Divine Director. What I come to offer you is a, we might say, practical tool for how you can increase your attunement with the Christ mind, with your I AM Presence and with whichever ascended master is closest to you. 

A practical tool for seeing your psychology

Now, I have already given this tool before, in the sense that it is a novena where you can give my decree nine times and then you sit with a notepad and you write down whatever comes to you. What I want to emphasize here is that you can do such a novena for the specific purpose of coming to see the elements of your psychology that you need to see at this present level of your path. In other words, it is not about getting some vision about how to deal with your outer situation, how to deal with the practical aspects of life. The purpose of this is to see the blocks in your psychology that you are facing right now at your present level, and that you need to see in order to rise to the next level up. 

You do not have to use my decree for this. I know that all of you have a certain master you are closer to than others. If you know who that master is, then you take that master’s decree, give it nine times, then write down. If you do not know a specific master you are closer to, then use my decree. [You can also use the invocation that follows this dictation.] The important point here is: You do the preamble, you dedicate this to your desire to see what it is, what subconscious self, what illusion you are working with at your present level. Then you give the decree nine times and then, without reflecting, without analyzing, without anticipating, you simply write down what comes to you. Whatever it is, you write it down. After you are done with this, you might put it aside or you might read it again right away. In the beginning, there may be some influence from your ego, from the subconscious selves, that give you an impetus of what you should do or how you are special and what your role might be and what you might do for the planet in the future. Such vision of outer things, this you completely ignore, for the purpose of this ritual is only psychology. 

Whatever is focused on your psychology, that you can then take, you can try to understand it, try to come to see what you do not see. You might, if there is a particular issue, try to find some books on psychology that talk about it, try to find our teachings that talk about this, and then you work on it. You use the tools from the Healing Your Spiritual Traumas books to come to get a clear vision of this. You give your decrees to consume the energy and then, when you feel you have worked through a specific issue, you can continue the novena if you so want. You can also give the novena the next day to gain clarity on this specific issue, so you do not move on to another issue before you feel you have resolved the first one. 

Now it may be that you do not get anything about your psychology. Then, you keep doing the novena and anything that does not relate to psychology that you write down, you just ignore it. Give the novena the next day and you keep doing it until you get something about unresolved psychology, because I assure you that if you are open and willing, you will at some point get something. 

Divine direction and Christhood

I also wish to give you some teachings about Christhood. My title is the Divine Director and it signals, of course, divine direction. I am supposed to give people divine direction. Many people have over the decades thought that as you walk the path of Christhood, you gain more and more divine direction and you gain a more and more clear divine direction.

Is that true? Well, yes and no, because it depends on your view of divine direction. The ego wants to present the view that divine direction should be infallible, that divine direction, if you follow it, should give you what the ego wants: the security that it can never be wrong. As other masters have talked about, there are problems on Earth created by the duality consciousness, where the Christ mind has no solution to them because the only solution is to transcend the consciousness that created the problem. Many ascended master students have thought: “Oh, I am facing a particular situation in my life, I don’t know what to do, I don’t want to do the wrong thing, I want to do the right thing, so I am going to do a novena to the Great Divine Director and surely he will tell me what is the right thing to do in this situation.” If people are so focused on the outer situation and getting outer results, I have nothing to give to them. I cannot give them direction, I cannot tell them: “You should do this,” because no matter what they do from their present level of consciousness, it will not lead to the result they desire.

This is partly because the result they desire is unrealistic anyway because it is based on the vision of the ego. It is also because whatever they could do, would not resolve the situation because many situations on Earth, especially conflicts between people, have no ideal solution. There is no ultimate outcome. Well, you could say the ultimate outcome is that you use the situation as a tool for transcending a specific subconscious self that is causing you to react the way you do to the situation. That is not what people are looking for when they are looking for divine direction and see it as something coming to them from outside themselves that will enable them to always be victorious. 

Divine direction and free will

You see, divine direction does not interfere with people’s free will. Divine direction does not seek to solve the problems created by the duality consciousness, for divine direction sees they have no solution. What does divine direction do? Helps you see the illusions in your own psychology so you can rise to the next level up, for that is in a sense the victory of Christ: every time you rise to a higher level of consciousness.

You see again, many people have found an ascended master teaching, heard about the path to Christhood and they think it is a matter of surrendering to the Christ, to the ascended masters, having them tell me what to do, how to live my life. Yes, we have talked about surrender. This messenger has talked about surrender. Yes, it is essential to surrender, but what are you surrendering: your illusions, your subconscious self. 

You are not surrendering your willingness to make choices. You are not surrendering your willingness to take responsibility for your life and make the choices that need to be made in specific situations. Some people have come to the path and they have felt: “I am willing to surrender my outer will, just tell me what to do and I will do it.” You see, surrender does not mean surrendering your free will. You cannot surrender your free will to Christ or the ascended masters. You can surrender your free will to the ego or to other people or to external dark forces, and they will tell you how to make choices, or they will make choices for you.

Christ is the defender of free will and, therefore, will not allow you to surrender your free will. I can assure you that if I, as an ascended master, who is at an even higher level than the Chohans, if I were to tell you how to live your life, I can assure you this would not lead you to your ascension. Why would I do it? Of course, I would not, but I am saying: Give up this illusion that you can qualify for your ascension by surrendering your free will. No, it is by embracing your free will that you qualify for your ascension. It is by embracing your free will that you walk the path of Christhood. What is the path of Christhood about? As we have now explained so many times, it is about coming to see an illusion (that you are holding on to) that is the foundation for a separate self and then consciously making the choice to give up that illusion. Consciously. If you do not do it consciously, how is it integrated in your causal body? How does your I AM Presence grow? How does your sense of self grow? Conscious choices are the foundation for rising to the next level on the path.

 

The rest of this dictation, along with an invocation based on the dictation, is found in the book: Being the Living Christ in everyday life.

 

Copyright © 2025 Kim Michaels

Giving up the desire to hide from Christ

Listen to a recording of this dictation (subscribers only) 

Ascended Master Jesus Christ through Kim Michaels, June 8, 2025. This dictation was given the conference in Seoul, South Korea: Being the Living Christ in everyday life.

I AM the Ascended Master Jesus Christ. What do I have to say about Christhood? Well, naturally, all of the masters who have spoken before me have focused on specific aspects of Christhood, and so therefore, I will also focus on a specific aspect, and it is that of winning or victory. 

When you look back throughout the ages, to the Christian movement and the Christian churches, you see that many, many Christian people, whether from this or that church or denomination, have had various visions of Christ returning to Earth in some undeniable victorious manifestation. I would conquer all the dark forces, smite all the dark forces, and conquer all opposition to the manifestation of God’s kingdom on Earth, which for most of these Christians meant that I, the Christ, would come and conquer all those people that the Christians did not like. A theme you see over and over again even in today’s Christians. You look to the United States of how many people think that they were winning in the election, they are now winning, and one day soon Christ will come back, and they, in their particular denomination, will be elevated as the ones who really were the true followers of Christ.

The fantasy of the victorious Christ

May I please ask you to consider a simple question: “What in the story of my life supports this fantasy of the victorious Christ that conquers all?” Do you realize how most of my disciples, most of the people who had followed me, felt after I died on the cross? Do you realize that most of them felt completely distraught, completely defeated? Because they also had a certain fantasy that I would not die on the cross, but that somehow God would save me, and I would emerge victorious. For that matter, I had a certain twinge of that fantasy, and it was only when I was hanging on the cross that I fully realized and acknowledged that: “Yes, my body would die on the cross, and God would not come and save me.” Therefore, I had to give up that ghost, that last separate self, that had this fantasy that Christ is going to be victorious in this world. How could Christ be victorious on an unnatural planet like Earth when Christ is the very foundation for the exercise of free will? The teachings we have given you explain this in a deeper way than has ever been explained before.

The Christ mind was defined by the Creator because the Creator knew that in order to explore the fullness of free will, some beings would go into duality. The Christ mind, therefore, is what gives people the opportunity to come back to oneness, but this must happen within the Law of Free Will. If Christ was to appear in some undeniable manifestation and smite the enemies of God and forcefully establish God’s kingdom on Earth, would that not be a violation of the Law of Free Will established by the Creator? Indeed, it would. 

What is Christ? Oh yes, the unifying element between the Creator and its creation. If Christ was to appear and force the kingdom of God upon the people of Earth, then Christ itself would go against God’s intention, the Creator’s intention. Christ could never do that because Christ is defined by the Creator to unify through free will. The Creator does not want the extensions of itself to come into oneness with the Creator out of force, but only through their free-will choices. Christ will forever respect that. It cannot do anything else. 

Christhood will not make you victorious in everything you do

Now you who are direct students of the Ascended Master Jesus Christ, not the idolatrous view promoted by Christian churches, you can ask: “Well, how does this apply to our everyday lives?” Many ascended master students over the last decades have thought that: “When I walk the path of Christhood and attain a level of Christ consciousness, this means I will be victorious in everything I do.” Just as one example: “If I have Christ’s truth, I will be able to win every argument with other people because I will have the truth, and they will not.” Even ascended master students have created various fantasies of what abilities, what special abilities, they would acquire as they walk the path of Christhood. Where do these fantasies come from? Well, as I have said, they cannot come from the mind of Christ, so they must come from the mind of anti-christ, the separate mind, the duality consciousness. What is it we have explained about the ego? It wants to become immortal, but on the immediate level, it wants to feel secure. How will it feel secure? If it can establish its dualistic viewpoint as the ultimate truth, that will be the ultimate victory for the ego.

When you find the path to Christhood, hear about the concept of Christhood, what can you do other than allow your view of this, your understanding of this, to be colored by the ego? Therefore, it is easy to think that when you walk the path to Christhood, you will have the validation for your spiritual worldview, or the validation of ascended master teachings, and that the world will somehow recognize your teaching as the superior one, as the Christians dream about the world recognizing their church as the only true church of Christ. Again, we are not blaming anyone, we are just pointing out the phase that most ascended master students go through.

What you see here is that you go through a certain stage on the spiritual path where you are thinking, perhaps not consciously, but it is there right below the level of conscious awareness, that somehow Christ will validate your current view of the world and of yourself. As we have explained, if Christ were to validate your current view, what would happen? You would become even more trapped in that view, and your current view is not the ultimate view, it is colored by the ego. How could Christ validate it?

What the ego does no want you to realize

That is why some people find an ascended master teaching, apply themselves eagerly to it, feel like they are making great progress, and then they come to a point where they feel like: “Ah, things are not as exciting as they used to be, things are not as new as they used to be.” They feel like they are not making the progress they thought they would be making, they have not really broken through and gotten the results. The mechanism here is very simple. The purpose of walking the path to Christhood is, as we have now explained – how many times, dozens of times – to resolve psychology. Your ego does not want you to realize this, so the ego paints this picture that by doing all the outer things, you will achieve outer results because it wants to distract you from looking at your psychology.

Now, when you find the spiritual path, you are given a certain grace period. We do release a certain light to you, so you feel that you are really making progress. If you do not lock in to the inner path and consciously acknowledge the need to resolve psychology, then there comes a point when we must withdraw that light. In other words, the Christ is there for you in the beginning, there with you, but if you do not go to the inner path and start resolving psychology, the Christ must withdraw from you because otherwise the Christ would validate your view of the outer path being sufficient, and that the Christ will not do. If you feel like you have stagnated a little bit, there is only one way out of it, and it is to start looking at the psychology, really looking at the beam in your own eye.

Shocking experiences on the path to Christhood

Now there is a phenomenon on the path that I wish to bring to your attention. To give you an example of this, take those of my disciples and followers who were there for my trial, who followed me as I walked the Via Dolorosa through the streets of Jerusalem, carrying that cross beam of the cross. They were standing there, watching me being crucified, hoping for a miracle, and then seeing me give up the ghost, draw my last breath, see the lance being stuck into my side and coming to that realization: “Jesus is dead, he died on the cross.” This is what you call a rude awakening. Some call it a hitting the concrete experience, where you hit your head against the concrete and realize that the concrete is not going to give in. Here is an undeniable physical manifestation that shatters your mental view of what should and should not happen. It is a shocking experience.

It is not absolutely unavoidable that you have such shocking experiences on the path to Christhood. Not all people have them, but most people will have some of these shocking experiences because what happens is that your expectations, your mental images, meet the reality of the Christ mind. Now in some cases, this happens because your expectations meet the reality of the physical octave, the physical circumstances, but that is not really what I am talking about here. 

What I am talking about is that you have a certain expectation, and now you connect to the Christ mind. The Christ mind gives you a frame of reference that allows you to see that your expectation or your view, your mental image was out of touch with the reality of Christ. You can have this experience that you see the unreality of your mental image because the Conscious You, by encountering the Christ mind, steps outside the mental image and looks at it from the outside. It sees the fantasy. It sees the unreality. What happens to many people in the beginning, when they first have these kinds of experiences, is that the Conscious You steps outside of one particular subconscious self and sees the unreality of the view projected by that self. The Conscious You is still colored by another subconscious self, and this often causes students to see that they had held on to an illusion, that they had believed a lie, but they are colored by another self that now condemns you for having believed in the lie.

You feel the entire experience as a very rude awakening where you are encountering the reality of Christ to see one illusion, but you are still colored by another illusion, and therefore, you condemn yourself for having believed in that illusion. There are also, throughout the ages, Christians who have sincerely striven to embody the teachings of Christ who have had these experiences. Some have come to see themselves as sinners: Oh I am a miserable sinner because I saw this one illusion, and I do not see that my reaction is colored by another illusion.

Switching away from the focus on self at the 96th level

Some of you can recognize these situations, and some of you cannot. The reason for me bringing this up is that what I would ideally like to see is that you come to a point where encountering the reality of Christ is not a shock, and it does not cause you to condemn yourself. Now, while you are walking that path from the 48th to the 96th level, you are encountering the reality of Christ, but often you do not have this rude awakening because you are just given enough to help you step up from one level to the next. As you get closer to the 96th level (and in order to go beyond the 96th level), you must encounter the Christ mind in its unfiltered reality. If you still have a subconscious self that judges yourself, that criticizes yourself, that puts yourself down for not being perfect, then this can be a very unpleasant experience. 

If you can work on these selves, then it does not have to be an unpleasant experience. Ideally, as you go beyond that 96th level, you will encounter the Christ in a more and more pure manifestation, but it will not cause you to put yourself down. You will simply look at the illusion you have, use that frame of reference of the Christ mind to let go of the illusion and instead of putting yourself down for having had the illusion, you feel the joy that you have transcended the illusion.

How can you make that transition? Well, you need to look at the subconscious selves that cause you to condemn yourself, but you also, with the conscious mind, need to make a switch that we have mentioned before. It is a difficult switch to make because what you really have to come to is this realization that: “It is not about me.” You need to overcome that focus on self because what is the focus on self? Well, when you talk about the ego being born out of separation, you can say that even as you reconnect, and you walk the path from the 48th to the 96th level, you are still carrying elements of that separate self with you. In order to pass the initiation at the 96th level, you have to let that go. In other words, the ego is still trying to color your path, thinking that it will get something out of it, that you will get something out of it as a separate self.

Up until the 96th level, you can actually believe that you are walking the path of Christhood as a separate being, and that you can attain Christhood as a separate being, and therefore, do something as a separate being, even win a victory as a separate being. That gives you a focus on self, but it also gives you the inevitable duality where there is winning, but there is also losing because in duality there cannot be winning without losing. When you encounter that the Christ mind shows you an illusion you had, well then you might feel like you have lost, and that is what gives the shock and the unpleasantness. 

 

The rest of this dictation, along with an invocation based on the dictation, is found in the book: Being the Living Christ in everyday life.

 

Copyright © 2025 Kim Michaels

Becoming free in everyday life

Listen to a recording of this dictation (subscribers only) 

Ascended Master Saint Germain through Kim Michaels, June 8, 2025. This dictation was given the conference in Seoul, South Korea: Being the Living Christ in everyday life.

I AM the Ascended Master Saint Germain, and I want to start by thanking you for giving this magnificent session of decrees that allowed me to release this waterfall of violet flame energy. My task, my joy, for this release is to give you the Seventh Ray perspective on Christhood. 

Now, it has been said by a famous philosopher: “Man is born free but everywhere he is in chains.” That was, of course, said a long time ago when it could not be said that women are born free because they were born into a certain role. Nevertheless, we can look at the world today and say: “Are human beings born free?” Is it even realistic to say in today’s age that everyone is born free? Are many people not born into a very limited life, a very limited opportunity? 

Are we born free?

When I look from the perspective of the Chohan of the Seventh Ray upon humankind, what do I see? Yes, I do indeed see that everywhere human beings are in chains. I also see that the vast majority of human beings were not born free, at least not in this lifetime. I can of course go back and trace the history of a lifestream and see that yes, originally that lifestream was born free but it was also born with a point-like sense of self. Now it was born free, in the sense that there were no outer chains that limited the lifestream originally. It did not have total freedom to co-create anything it wanted because it could only co-create what it could envision, what it could conceptualize—and that, of course, depended on its sense of self. 

Freedom is not something you are born into, at least not total freedom. Freedom is something you grow into by transcending your sense of self. Did you hear what I just said? Freedom is something you grow into by transcending your sense of self, expanding your sense of self, letting your sense of self become more. 

When we look at humankind today, can we say that even though most of the people who currently embody on this planet have a very long history (either having embodied on this planet for multiple lifetimes or having come from other planets), can we say that they have grown towards becoming more free? Nay, we cannot. You look at humankind, and the vast majority of people are in chains. Now you can, of course, look at their physical outer conditions and see that many people are limited by these physical outer conditions. They are not free. They are not free to speak. They are not free to move. They are not free to pursue opportunities. They are born into a certain station in life, perhaps poverty, perhaps political oppression, perhaps other forms of thralldom. 

Yet when I, as the Chohan of the Seventh Ray, speak of freedom, I am not primarily speaking about physical, material freedom, for where are the chains that bind human beings? They are not in the physical octave. They are in the emotional, mental and identity octaves. They are in the mind. What binds you are the chains in your mind. 

Reversing the process that took your freedom

Now, not many people today have grown up in the countryside around domestic animals and therefore, very few people have actually seen a bull. You will know perhaps that a bull is a very big and strong animal, but that you put, at a young age, an iron ring in the nose of the bull. The reason is that the nose is very sensitive, so even a human being who is not as strong, when you have a rope tied to this iron ring, you can pull the bull along. What you do with a bull is, you put a chain into the ring in its nose, you tie that chain to a stake, you pound the stake into the ground and now the bull has a circle where it can graze. What can happen to a bull is that it keeps going in the same direction and so it wraps the chain around the stake until it has wrapped it so tightly that it cannot move. Now, the bull stands there and it might be pawing at the ground and it might be blowing air through its nose and it might be making a lot of noise because it feels restricted by the chain. Is it really restricted by the chain? Nay, because it could just walk in the opposite direction and unwind the chain, but the bull cannot do this, it cannot think to do this. Some of you may have seen a dog do the same thing. At that level of consciousness there is not enough awareness to think: “Could I reverse the process that made me so restricted and therefore, be free?”

Unfortunately, what you see in most human beings on Earth is that they are as unfree as the bull who has wrapped the chain around the stake. Just like the bull, they cannot step back and think: “What if I reverse the process that caused me to be so trapped? Could I then become more free?” 

What is the work of the ascended masters throughout the ages? It is essentially to help people become free. But how do you become free? Only by looking at the conditions in your mind that are making you unfree, that are imprisoning you. You must unwind the chain in your own psyche, in your own subconscious mind and in your conscious mind that keeps you trapped. How many people have grasped this, even after we have taught for a very long time? Did not Jesus tell people that the Kingdom of God is within? Did not the Buddha talk about resolving psychology, even though he did not use those words at the time? Is not the Eightfold Path the path of unwrapping, unwinding the chains in your mind? Do not the Vedic teachings talk about something similar, again with different words and context? The teachings have been given for a long time, but very few people have locked in to it. 

The prison is in your mind

I would have, of course, liked to see this changed because, what is it that causes people to be physically limited, physically imprisoned? Well, how can a dictator imprison millions of people? How can one man bend millions of people to his will? Only by using the conditions in these people’s psychology that make them willing to submit to the dictator, because they are not willing to think for themselves and take responsibility for themselves and make their own decisions. They want the dictator to make decisions for them and then tell them that if they blindly follow the dictator, everything will be wonderful in the end, whatever the promise may be. The Third Reich, or making America great again, or restoring Russia’s greatness, whatever the promise may be, people believe in it because it gives them an excuse for not unwinding the chain in their minds. 

I would like to see more and more people awaken to the reality that what binds you is in the psychology, because the physical conditions you face are simply a reflection of what is projected upon the Ma-ter light from your identity, mental and emotional minds. This goes for one human being, it goes for a large population in a large country and it goes for humanity as a whole. The physical conditions you see on Earth are only projections of what is in the minds, the emotional, mental and identity minds of humankind.

Does Christhood restrict your freedom?

 What is Christhood? Christhood is the process of becoming free from the shackles of the anti-christ mind, the duality consciousness, the sense of separation. Now, there are those in the fallen mindset, in the serpentine mindset, who will say: “Well, Saint Germain, this is not true. I was limited by these moral restrictions of feeling I was a connected being where I had to think about the effect of my actions on the whole. It was only when I rebelled against this god up there in the sky and decided to do my own thing regardless of consequences that I became truly free.” This is what some actually believe. Others do not believe it but they want human beings to believe it, so they promote the lie even though they know it is a lie. 

Why is it a lie? Well, you look at conditions on Earth. So many religious people have this image that they should evaluate their actions based on a certain moral code defined by their religion, because supposedly this moral code comes from God himself. It was inscribed on tablets of stone when Moses went to the mountain: “Thou shalt not…” And if thou does not do that, God will punish you by an eternity in hell. The fallen beings, the serpentine mind, will point to this and say: “See, this is not being free because you are restricted by this moral code of this angry, judgmental, punishing God in the sky. And it was only when we rebelled against that God and his moral code that we became truly free, that we could really exercise our free will.” 

What they fail to ask is: “Who created the God in the sky?” The reality is that the fallen beings created the angry and punishing God in the sky because they wanted to use that image of God to control human beings. Other fallen beings created the image of a devil who is opposing the God in the sky because they also wanted to control human beings. Now human beings are trapped between the angry God in the sky and the angry devil below, and does it really make sense that you gain freedom by submitting to the devil who is just as angry as the God in the sky? This is what they want you to believe. 

 

 

The rest of this dictation, along with an invocation based on the dictation, is found in the book: Being the Living Christ in everyday life.

 

Copyright © 2025 Kim Michaels

Attaining peace in your everyday life

Listen to a recording of this dictation (subscribers only) 

Ascended Master Nada through Kim Michaels, June 7, 2025. This dictation was given the conference in Seoul, South Korea: Being the Living Christ in everyday life.

I AM the Ascended Master Nada, and from my perspective on the Sixth Ray, Christhood is all about service. Other masters have talked about coming to that point where you need to start serving, but what Serapis Bey and Hilarion were talking about was a phase where you are actually focusing on service as a way to trick your mind away from the self-service of the ego. That is why you focus on some kind of cause that is beyond yourself. 

As you get beyond this phase and mature in your view of service, you get to the higher level of integration with the Christ mind, where service is not something you decide to take on. Service is an expression of who you are at this level of consciousness. As you go even a little bit beyond the 96th level and begin to attune to the Christ mind, you are seeing yourself as a connected being, as an expression of the Christ mind. Then you begin to see that other people are also expressions of the Christ mind, because you experience that the Christ mind is your source, and truly that means the Christ mind is the source of everyone else. Therefore, it simply becomes natural for you to focus on serving other people as an expression of who you are. 

Serving from a self-centered perspective

How do you get to that point where you can serve from the level of the Christ and not be colored by some of the desires of the ego? Naturally, the ego can take the concept of service and use it to glorify itself. You can look at many people throughout the world, throughout the ages, and see that some people have dedicated their lives to what seems like a selfless form of service. They are serving some cause, serving other people, they are engaged in charity work or whatever it may be, and so they are providing a service to society and to other people. If you look into the psychology of some of these people, you will see that they actually have an often unconscious, subconscious, unrecognized ambition where they think that they will get something for themselves by doing service. 

Many religious people, for example, think that by engaging in service they will somehow balance karma, gain favor with God, be looked upon favorably by Christ, and therefore, their salvation is guaranteed. Others have a sense that they have been great sinners in the past and they are seeking to compensate for this. Others think that somehow, they will receive some recognition for their service, perhaps here on Earth or perhaps even from God or Jesus or whomever they see as their spiritual figure, their spiritual idol. 

In order to reach the level that I am talking about, where service becomes a natural expression of who you are, what do you need to go through? Well, this is where the second aspect of the Sixth Ray is Peace. You need to attain a certain state of inner peace, for you will see that when people are serving from the motivation of the ego, they are not completely at peace. They may seem harmonious on the outer, but on the inner they are not at peace because they are seeking to attain something. Many of the people who seem to be selflessly serving, have a certain goal for their service. They want to see a certain result of it, and that, of course, means they are constantly at a deficit because they never really see the result they are hoping for. This means that they are under stress and therefore, not at peace. 

How to attain inner peace

Now, naturally you will ask: “Well, how do I then attain this inner peace?” As always, as you well know (those who have studied our teachings over these last several years), part of the answer is: Resolve the psychology, resolve the subconscious selves that pull you out of peace. What are those subconscious selves? Well, they are the ones who are seeking to achieve some impossible task. 

We have said that the ego was created when you went into separation. We have said that the ego was created out of lack and therefore has an existential lack. You might say, if you look at the ego from an energetic perspective, what is the ego at the purely energetic level? It is comparable (not exactly the same of course, but comparable) to a black hole that pulls everything into it without ever being filled. Well, that is the ego. It is constantly pulling on you, on other people, on the world, constantly seeking recognition, validation. What is the ego really seeking? It is seeking immortality. It is seeking to become an immortal being so that it does not have to die. 

Now, we have from time to time talked about these non-dual teachers who claim or teach that the ultimate goal of spiritual growth is the death of any sense of self. What they are essentially saying is that somehow the undifferentiated, whether they call it Brahman or infinite awareness, manifested itself as you, as your sense of self, but the goal of this is that your self eventually dies and is no more. Well, they have this half right, but it is the ego that has to die, not the individual self. 

Is the ego an individual self?

As we have explained many times, you are created as an individual self, namely your I AM Presence, with a unique individuality. The purpose of your existence is transcending your sense of self, growing in self-awareness until you reach the Creator Consciousness. The I AM Presence was not created to die and will never die, but the ego was created out of separation. It was not created by God, by the ascended masters, therefore, it is not an extension of the Creator’s Being.

You created the ego, not consciously, but you created the ego by going into separation. You might say, what is the difference between the individual self and the ego or the separate self? Well, you can say, from a certain perspective, that the individual self you have at any moment is a structure that gives you a certain experience. Therefore, you can say that your I AM Presence is an evolving self, but at any time it has a certain sense of self that gives it a certain experience. The Conscious You has created a certain sense of self in order to take embodiment and it has also created the ego as a separate self and that gives it a certain experience. 

The ego was created essentially to give you a certain experience, namely as a separate being. It may seem as if, well, the ego is just like the individual self. You created the ego, but once this has come into being, it has a rudimentary consciousness, survival instinct, a sense that it exists. Why shouldn’t the ego be able to become immortal? Could you not say that by creating the ego you have just created an extension of yourself? Since you are an extension of the I AM Presence and the I AM Presence is an extension of the greatest being, why shouldn’t the ego be able to become immortal? 

You see, you, the Conscious You—you have the ability to create a separate self and endow it with some consciousness, but not self-awareness. You have been given self-awareness as a gift from the Creator, an extension of the Creator’s Being, but you have not been given the ability or the authority to extend that further. You can raise up your sense of self, but you cannot create a separate self and give that life, give that self-awareness. Why? Because what gives life, self-awareness, is the Christ mind and it is the Mind of Oneness. You cannot create a separate self out of the Christ mind. You can only create a separate self outside the Christ mind. 

The Christ mind and the separate self

This may again be one of these contradictions, seemingly. Have we not said: “Without him was not anything made that was made?” Any form is made out of the Christ consciousness. Yes, even the ego is made out of the Christ consciousness, but not with Christ consciousness, not with self-awareness.

The ego has a survival instinct. It wants to grow and become more powerful, for it has some sense that it wants to extend its life. Going back to my question: “What is the difference between the individual self and the ego and why could not the ego become immortal?” Is not the individual self, the I AM Presence, the Conscious You created to give you a certain experience? Is not the ego created to give you a certain experience? Yes, the ego is created to give the Conscious You the experience of what it is like to be in a state of separation. As we have said, separation cannot come into oneness, cannot be created out of oneness, and therefore, it cannot become immortal. 

The purpose of allowing the Conscious You to experience separation is so that you can experience the different facets of separation that you need to experience, until you come to that point—not an outer decision but an inner realization: “I have had enough of experiencing separation.” Then you can, in full awareness of what you are doing, voluntarily give up any desire to experience separation. That is when you ascend and become an immortal being. 

You see, the individual self is created to give you the experience of growing towards higher and higher levels of oneness with your Creator. The ego is created to give you the experience of separation so that you can experience the full range of what is possible with free will, and therefore, come to the point where you voluntarily and consciously decide: “I have experienced enough of separation. Now I want to focus on experiencing higher levels of oneness.” You do this voluntarily, and therefore, as an ascended master you have permanently left behind any desire to experiment with separation. 

The ego is only created to give you a temporary experience, and that is why it cannot become immortal. As I said, the ego has a survival instinct, and therefore, it seeks to become immortal, it seeks to compensate for the loss of your connection to your higher self by doing, attaining, owning or controlling something in this world. Because it thinks that there is something in the unascended sphere that is the key to immortality, the fountain of youth perhaps.

The ego’s impossible quest for immortality

You see something profound. What I have just explained, you could not explain to the ego. We could say, in a certain way, that the ego thinks it can become immortal, but it thinks this based on its limited vision. It cannot grasp that immortality is only possible in oneness with Christ, because the ego cannot fathom oneness with Christ. It was created out of separation. How can it fathom oneness? 

You cannot make the ego see what I have just explained. The ego will forever (or rather, as long as you allow it to exist) be on this impossible quest to attain immortality through the things of this unascended sphere in which nothing can be immortal. Why can nothing be immortal? Well, because no thing can stand still. There is immortality, yes, through the Christ Consciousness, yes, but what is the Christ Consciousness? Constant ongoing self-transcendence. Only in self-transcendence is there immortality, unless you go into the Allness where the equation is different. In a world of form that is evolving, there is immortality only in self-transcendence.

No thing can transcend itself in an unascended sphere, and the ego is not seeking to transcend itself. It is seeking to make its sense of self permanent, immortal, by stopping it once it has reached what the ego conceives as an ultimate state. The fallen beings think that they can elevate their separate selves to this ultimate status, which is always right around the corner, and has been so since they fell in the fourth sphere or the fifth or the sixth. They think that when they reach this ultimate status, God will have to grant them immortality. You cannot explain this to a fallen being, as long as they are in the fallen consciousness. 

Now, the fallen being, which has a Conscious You, has the potential to switch back into oneness, but the ego does not. The ego of a fallen being, no matter how powerful and sophisticated it may seem, also cannot become immortal. The ego cannot see that it is on an impossible quest, but you, the Conscious You, can come to see it. When you come to see it, not only see it, but experience the reality of it by experiencing the life of the Christ mind, then you, the Conscious You, can let go of this impossible quest to reach an ultimate state in this world. When you let go of this impossible quest, you can attain peace of mind. 

 

The rest of this dictation, along with an invocation based on the dictation, is found in the book: Being the Living Christ in everyday life.

 

Copyright © 2025 Kim Michaels

The Christ mind is the great equalizer

Listen to a recording of this dictation (subscribers only) 

Ascended Master Hilarion through Kim Michaels, June 7, 2025. This dictation was given the conference in Seoul, South Korea: Being the Living Christ in everyday life.

I AM the Ascended Master Hilarion and there are many people who, when they hear about the concept of Christhood and the concept that Christhood gives you discernment, they think: “Ah, when I have Christhood, I will know ultimate truth and therefore, I can go around here on Earth and give people the ultimate truth.” The ego adds this little voice: “Yes, and when we have ultimate truth, we can beat all people into submission for they will have to submit to this ultimate truth.” 

I just ask you to look back at history and see how many times groups of people, organizations, nations, ideologies have claimed that they had the ultimate truth and they attempted to beat all other people into submission. The other people refused to be beaten into submission so they beat back and all of a sudden you had a huge mess. Look how many messes have been created throughout history and look how many of them have been created because some group of people believed they had the ultimate truth. 

Taking a different approach to truth

Do you really think that we of the ascended masters want our students to continue this battle of trying to prove who have the ultimate truth, or do we perhaps want you to take a different approach? What is the different approach? Well, it is not really an approach, it is to tune in to the Christ mind. You see, those who believe that the Christ mind will give you ultimate truth, that is the ego’s motivation projected upon the Christ mind and the concept of Christhood and the concept of discernment. 

What have we so many times tried to explain to you about the duality consciousness? There are always two dualistic polarities, they are related to each other, they are based on separation. None of the dualistic polarities represent the ultimate truth, none of them have the truth. Is capitalism the ultimate truth? Is communism the ultimate truth? Nay, there is no ultimate truth in duality, in fact there is no truth in duality, but this is what you can only experience when you are connected to the Christ mind. Well, yes you can understand it intellectually but then you tend to take an intellectual understanding and project that onto the concept of Christhood, thinking: “Yes, maybe duality can’t give me the ultimate truth but surely Christhood can, the Christ consciousness can.” Did not Jesus say: “I am the way, the truth and the life?” 

Truth is always within a context

Is Christhood, the Christ consciousness, truth or is it not? Well, my beloved, that depends on your understanding of truth. What have we described so many times, something that we could not give in previous dispensations and that hardly any spiritual teaching on the Earth encapsulates? We have described that you have the potential to start out with a point-like sense of self and expand your sense of self until you reach the Creator consciousness. What is then ultimate truth? Well, you can only answer that question within a context and so let us take as our concept this world of form created by our Creator. 

What is ultimate truth in our world of form? It is that you understand the Creator, you grasp, you experience the Creator’s vision, the Creator’s decisions, the Creator’s choice of which principles to base this creation upon. That then is ultimate truth in our world of form. Of course, there are innumerable other creations that are based on slightly different principles and decisions made by other Creators and then there is the Allness which is a whole other level. So is there an ultimate, ultimate truth? Not that I am aware of from my level of consciousness as an ascended master. Therefore, it might be very prudent of you, as an unascended being, to realize that you cannot fathom an ultimate truth. Therefore, the concept of an ultimate truth is irrelevant in an unascended sphere and especially on an unnatural planet. 

But Jesus said: “I am the truth” or rather the Christ consciousness through Jesus said: “I, the Christ consciousness, am the truth.” Yes, it is the truth in the sense that it is the antidote to duality because it is the way out of duality. What people tend to think, especially with the linear mind, is that if Christ is the truth, then Christ must be able to give you an answer, an explanation, a definition to any question, any conflict, any problem that will resolve it by saying: “Well, this is the truth in this matter.” 

There is no ultimate truth in words

You see, as we have explained, the linear mind can ask questions for which there are no linear answers. The dualistic mind can come up with questions, problems, conflicts that cannot be resolved through words. You see, the dualistic mind will always use words in subtle ways. Just look at the story of the fall of Adam and Eve. They had been led to believe that if they ate the forbidden fruit, they would surely die. The serpent twisted the word “surely” and that was enough to confuse their minds. What does that show you? There is no truth in duality and therefore, once you are talking about words, something expressed in words, the Christ mind does not have a truth that can be expressed in words that will counteract a dualistic truth. Once it is expressed in words, it is just words and words can be interpreted. 

Just look at how many Christian churches there are that interpret the same scriptures in different ways. Just look at how many Buddhist sects there are that interpret essentially the same scriptures in different ways. Once something has been expressed in words, it is no longer the truth and therefore, the statement “I am the truth” cannot be taken literally. It cannot be taken to mean that the Christ mind can come up with a worded expression that is the truth. You need to go beyond words. You need to go beyond the outer mind. You need to experience the Christ mind. Then you will experience the truth that is beyond duality. It is not the ultimate truth, as I said, because that is only the Creator’s consciousness in our world of form. It is the truth that is beyond duality because it is the truth that unifies you with your Creator and it unifies all people horizontally. 

What does the ego, the dualistic mind, the serpentine mind, the fallen mind do? It divides people horizontally and only when you reach for the Christ mind and when your neighbor reaches for the Christ mind, can you be united horizontally through your individual vertical unity with the Christ mind. There is no horizontal unity that can be achieved. There is horizontal conformity through control, through force, through power, through fear, through deception. 

You see that throughout history what the fallen beings have been trying to do is to make all people come to accept the same belief system, thereby thinking that they could create unity. The excuse is to create unity by everybody believing the same thing. Has it ever worked? No. Why not? Because as Abraham Lincoln was inspired to say: “You can fool some of the people all of the time and all of the people some of the time, but you cannot fool all of the people all of the time.” You cannot make all people believe that a horizontal man-made belief system will unify everyone and solve every problem. Why not? Because of the duality consciousness. Some will take one dualistic extreme, some will prefer the other. Once you create a dualistic belief system called Christianity, it will attract a dualistic opposite called Islam and then you have the Crusades. 

Dealing with personal conflicts

How does this apply to you in your daily life? Well, so many times we have seen ascended master students get into conflicts with each other because two people thought they each had Christ truth. Both people thought they were right because they are tuned in to the Christ mind. They believe that through the Christ mind they have received an insight that this was the truth and this was what needed to happen in the spiritual organization. Otherwise, everything would be lost and the ascended master’s cause would be lost if that other person did not agree with the first person. This is not the Christ mind. A conflict where two people both believe they have the Christ mind and yet they disagree, none of them have the Christ mind. Does this mean that you cannot have a situation where one person has the Christ mind and the other person does not? No, of course not. That can happen. Then the person who has contact with the Christ mind does not treat the other person as an enemy and seek to prove them wrong or destroy them or get them to leave. 

You take a different approach as we have said of seeking to raise up the person. If that is not possible, well then in a spiritual organization you may sometimes have to exclude people. This is not done from the level of the ego where you need to demonize the other people and make it seem like they are so wrong for doing what they are doing. You realize they have a limited vision, you realize they are disruptive to the group and then you can ask them to leave. You do not do this from a fear-based state of mind, for what would the Christ possibly fear? 

You see, so many times you have people who project fear into a spiritual movement, an organization. They project that things need to be a certain way because this is how the ascended masters want it, and if not, there will be disastrous consequences. Things are not that black-and-white. When you see that there is a conflict where people are reacting based on this epic mindset, black-and-white thinking, fear-based thinking, you need to step back and look at psychology. First of all, your own, your own reactionary patterns. Resolve those selves that are causing you to react this way. Then talk to the other people. Seek to make them aware that they have selves they have not resolved and if they are willing to do this, you can come to a higher understanding, a higher unity. 

You can also realize that there is not just one way things can be done here on Earth and therefore, it is sometimes necessary to compromise, to do what is practically possible in a situation. What have we said about the interdependent originations? You have a group of people who are forming a spiritual organization. These are the interdependent originations where you are all part of this particular localized whole. The interaction of all of you, all of your consciousness is what creates a certain outcome. If you can step outside of this ego-based reaction that causes the conflict, you can say: “Our meeting, our organization, is this about producing a certain outer result? Or is it about helping all of us grow and come to a higher level of unity and harmony? Is perhaps harmony more important than specific outer results? What would happen if we all focused on attaining harmony and let the outer results be secondary?” 

You will see in some cases that if you could do this as a group, there might be one person who is not willing to do this, who is not willing to let go of the idea that he or she is right. Then, if the others in the group are willing to focus on harmony, you have a right to make that person aware that: You are not stepping up and that means you are not coming from the Christ level. You are not seeking the higher unity. You are not seeking to go beyond the focus on self.” Then, ultimately you can come to the point where that person has no more space in the group because the group has raised its consciousness to a higher level. A person is below that level and therefore, you have a right to say: It is time for you to go, for we have accelerated ourselves beyond that level of consciousness where we want to be right. 

A Christlike approach to dealing with conflicts

You can transfer this to any situation you encounter in life: in families, at work, in friendships. You can look at yourself and see: Do I have a reactionary pattern? Do I want to be right? Is it so important for me to have the truth and make other people see the truth that I see? Then you can realize it comes from a subconscious self. It may even go back to your birth trauma where you felt rejected and put down by the fallen beings and you want to compensate for this by thinking: “Oh, if only I find the highest truth, then they must accept what I say.” 

As we have said, the fallen beings will never accept what you say for they have their own dualistic truth that they believe is the ultimate truth. When someone believes they have the ultimate truth, how could you convince them otherwise? Why would they listen to anyone who does not have the truth that they have when they think theirs is the ultimate? What am I saying here? I am saying that in any situation, the question for you is: “Am I willing to reach for a higher truth, a higher vision, than what I have right now?” If you are willing to reach for that, you can grow from any situation and then it is not your concern whether the other people grow. Well, it may be your concern in a close relationship, such as a group or a family, but still when you continue to reach for the higher truth, in many cases the situation will gradually change. 

Why? Because when you are interacting with other people, even two people form the interdependent originations. You accelerate yourself, you will accelerate the relationship and maybe the other people will tune in to this and be willing to change and maybe they will not. Then, you will still have moved on and your reaction to the other people will change so you have benefited from this. If you take what Serapis Bey said about coming to a point on the spiritual path where you need to start serving something other than yourself, you can say: “I am focusing on serving some greater cause, which is an impersonal cause. It is impersonal for me, but it is also impersonal for the people around me, whether it be in a personal relationship, a family, friendships or a group. I am not serving my own ego, neither am I serving other people’s egos and therefore, I am striving to depersonalize these relationships so that I am not seeking to force other people to change in order to change my own state of mind. I am willing to focus on changing my own state of mind and leaving it up to the other people’s decisions whether they will change or not.” If you do this, every situation becomes an opportunity to grow. 

 

The rest of this dictation, along with an invocation based on the dictation, is found in the book: Being the Living Christ in everyday life.

 

Copyright © 2025 Kim Michaels

Accelerating your intention

Listen to a recording of this dictation (subscribers only) 

Ascended Master  Serapis Bey through Kim Michaels, June 7, 2025. This dictation was given the conference in Seoul, South Korea: Being the Living Christ in everyday life.

I AM the Ascended Master Serapis Bey, as you might have guessed from the linear progression, even though we are talking about things that are not linear. This is one of the enigmas of the spiritual path. It is that it has linear aspects but also non-linear aspects. The challenge of this, which you see throughout the ages, is that some people focus on the linear aspects and ignore the non-linear. While other people focus on the non-linear and ignore the linear. The challenge is to find a balance between the two.

We have talked about before that there is the linear mind, there is the conceptual mind. You use the conceptual mind to co-create because the conceptual mind allows you to form a concept of something that is not presently in physical manifestation. You can conceptualize a form that is not yet manifest and therefore bring forth something new. The linear mind, on the other hand, is based on what is there, what is already in manifestation. Coming to understand this, now you may say: Is it only the conceptual mind that you use to co-create?

Which mind is used for co-creation?

Well, that depends on what stage you are at. You see, when you are a new co-creator in an environment that is also fairly new, then you use the conceptual mind more. When you grow in awareness, when you have co-created something, both in your physical environment and in your four lower bodies, that is more sophisticated, then you start using the linear mind as well. You actually find a certain balance between the conceptual and the linear.

The way this needs to work is, of course, that when you have a planet with many people on it, with a fairly old civilization (I am talking about here a natural planet), then you cannot just envision something with the conceptual mind that is completely disconnected from what is already brought into manifestation. You see how you can start out with the conceptual mind, envisioning new things, because there is not so much in manifestation. Then, as you manifest more and more, you need to use the linear mind so that you can see a progression from what is already there to what you want to co-create, so that you build upon what is there and create a continuity.

You see that even though we often talk about the linear mind as a problem, on a natural planet in the original state, there is no problem with the linear mind. The linear mind is clearly secondary to the conceptual mind. It is, so to speak, the servant of the conceptual mind. What happens on an unnatural planet is that when a majority of the people lose contact with their higher selves, they can no longer see themselves as co-creators. Therefore, they find it very difficult to use the conceptual mind to envision something that is not already manifest.

Becoming lost in the linear mind

What is it that the conceptual mind uses to conceptualize a new form? It is the Christ mind. Now when you have an unnatural planet where people have gone into separation, they tend to become more focused on the linear mind, seeing what is there, categorizing what is there, labelling what is there, applying the value judgment of the dualistic mind to it. Now they become very trapped in what is already in form in the physical realm. They tend to think they cannot go beyond it, that either God created it that way or the laws of nature mandated that it must be that way.

They also now start using the linear mind in a way that was not intended in the original state, in the natural state. Because now they want to say: If we take the linear mind and look at what is here now, this must be the effects of unseen causes; and if we keep going back to previous causes, we must end up with the original cause. Which can either be God or the laws of nature or the Big Bang or the Great Pumpkin Man or whatever you can envision. Then they want to take the linear mind and extend it in the opposite direction, pointing to some ultimate outcome. 

This is not the natural use of the linear mind. As I said, it is just a servant of the conceptual mind. You look at what is already in manifestation, you look back some time to see why the society, for example, was structured that way, what were the thoughts behind it, what were the lessons that people had learned. Then you use that to direct the conceptual mind to bring forth something that builds upon that foundation. You, of course, also look at what the Elohim brought forth on a particular planet, what was their thoughts, what was the guiding principles that they used, and then you use that to form new concepts, but still within that framework.

The devotional mind and Christhood

When you are disconnected from the conceptual mind, the intuitive mind, then people become very linear in their thinking. That is what causes most people to think they can think their way to Christhood. This, of course, cannot be done, as we have already said. There are also people who are more attuned to the intuitive aspect of the mind, and they often tend to follow what has been called in the East, a path of devotion. They become very devotional, very loving, loving a deity, loving a master, and feeling like this is all they need to do. This, although it can lead to progress, also has its limitations, because as you cannot think your way into Christhood, you cannot love your way to Christhood.

There needs to be that certain balance where even the devotional people have a certain understanding of spiritual concepts, of the purpose of existence, of why the universe even exists—that it is a learning environment, that there is a path, a gradual path. Because people who become very devotional often feel as if they have gone beyond time, progression, a linear path, and they sometimes get trapped in this loop, we might call it a time loop, where they think their devotion is enough. They do not realize that there is unresolved psychology that was created in past lifetimes, and that this psychology needs to be resolved. This requires a certain linear process, because you cannot just do it randomly, you have to start somewhere and work your way back until you reach that original birth trauma.

Your intention for walking the path

What this all revolves around, from the perspective of the Fourth Ray of course, is your intention. What is your intention for walking the spiritual path? You may talk about intention at a lower level where, as we have said, when you first hear about the path to Christhood, your ego formulates an image of what this means. The ego does this based on what it can see, which is of course seeing itself as a separate being, walking the path as a separate being, achieving some ultimate end result as a separate being—an end result defined by the ego in this world, defined by what is already here. The problem with the ego is, of course, that it cannot transcend what is here in form, because it cannot conceptualize it. The ego cannot conceptualize what Christhood really means. The ego cannot conceptualize what the spiritual realm really is. It can create images of it based on what it sees in the material world, but that, of course, is not adequate.

You can have in the beginning, in fact you will have in the beginning, an intention for walking the spiritual path that is partially based on the ego and what the ego can see. There comes that point where you need to step back, reconsider your intention: Is there a higher form of intention for walking the spiritual path? Of course there is. You, the Conscious You, can see it, whereas the ego cannot. You need to have that willingness to realize the limitations of the ego and its intentions, its vision, its way of thinking about the spiritual path. You are willing to go into that neutral state of mind of the Conscious You and reach for a higher intention from the Christ mind, from an ascended master, from your I AM Presence.

Purifying your intention is extremely important. Again, each of us as Chohans are, of course, focused on our particular ray. We tend to think that our ray is the most important step. Of course, we all recognize that you need to incorporate all seven rays in order to qualify for your ascension. It is simply my role to make you aware that there comes a point where you cannot progress unless you are willing to step back and look at your intention: “How much of my intention on the spiritual path is colored by the ego? Am I willing to step up, to accelerate my intention to a higher level that is not ego-based? And am I actually willing to continue doing that as long as I am in embodiment?” 

You need to continue doing it as long as you are in embodiment, because you may say, at a certain level, say the 65th level, you can see a higher level of intention than you could at the 48th. But at the 96th level you can see an even higher, and on the 124th you can see a higher intention that you cannot grasp at the lower levels. There is no ultimate grasp of your intention, no ultimate intention other than to continue to transcend yourself and be willing to take each step up and always take the next step.

 

The rest of this dictation, along with an invocation based on the dictation, is found in the book: Being the Living Christ in everyday life.

 

Copyright © 2025 Kim Michaels

Can you own anything in this world?

Listen to a recording of this dictation (subscribers only) 

Ascended Master Paul the Venetian through Kim Michaels, June 7, 2025. This dictation was given the conference in Seoul, South Korea: Being the Living Christ in everyday life.

I AM the Ascended Master Paul the Venetian. What did Jesus say 2,000 years ago about love? He said: “Greater love has no man but to lay down his life for a friend.” Well, that was of course said 2,000 years ago in a very different society where it was easier to lose your physical life than it is in many countries today, even though of course not all. 

Given that we are all about progressive revelation, what might we say today? Well, we might say: “Greater love has no person but to lay down his or her ego for a friend.” There comes a point on the spiritual path where you need to make a decision and you may say: “Is it not somewhat of a contradiction to say you have to make a decision about love? For is love a decision? When you fall in love, is it a decision or does it just happen?” You see, at the lower levels of consciousness, it seems as if things just happen. As you grow higher in consciousness, you become more aware that in the interdependent originations, nothing just happens. As you become more aware of the spiritual path, you become aware that you have certain choices to make.

Making a decision about love

For example, as Lanto just explained and as we have of course explained before, between the 48th and the 96th level of consciousness, you are rising above the gravitational pull of the collective consciousness. This does not just happen. What happens if you do not make an effort to rise above, is that you are pulled along with the currents of the collective consciousness. That happens, but when you walk the spiritual path, you have to make decisions and there comes a point on the path where you have to make a conscious decision about love. What do you love more? 

Do you love the ego and its control games more than the Christ, or do you love the Christ more than the ego? You cannot love both. In fact, as you contemplate this, you become aware that you do not love the ego. You cannot love the ego and the ego cannot love. This will sound contradictory because most human beings will say that they do love someone, or they do love a cause, or they do love an idea or they do love a spiritual guru. What the ego calls love is just a camouflage for a control game.

The ego seeks to get something through love. The ego, by saying “I love you” to another person, feels it has now staked a claim on that person. It has claimed ownership of that person and the person is supposed to live up to the ego’s expectations of how that person should behave because the ego has said “I love you” so you are mine. This is what the ego wants to do with everything. It wants to own. It wants to control. 

Does love, Christ love, want to own and control? Why would it? What is the Christ? It is the unifying element. Without the Christ was not anything made that was made. The Christ is in everything. How could it want anything when it is everything? It is only the ego that has this existential sense of lack that it can never overcome. It will seek to use any God quality to compensate for that lack, including, as I said, using love as a way to declare your ownership of another person. 

Giving up seeking ownership through love

Look at human love and consider how many people are free of this sense that they have some ownership over the people they claim to love. Then, you will see the challenge that you face as you climb the spiritual path, climb the path to Christhood. You gradually come to uncover these separate selves that are based on this love as ownership, this false love, this fear-based love, this love based on lack. As you become aware of them and let them go, what happens? What happens is that Christ love begins to shine through the fog in your four lower bodies and then you realize the ego never actually loved anything or anyone. You realize that when you claim ownership of anything in the material world, that thing that you think you own now claims ownership of you. 

This is one way to interpret the old idea of selling your soul to the devil, where you are essentially saying: “I want to own something in this world. I want to experience what it is like that I, as a separate self, can own something in this world.” Now it sounds very dramatic that you are selling your soul to the devil, where you are saying: “Oh devil, if you give me this thing in this world that I want, you can have my soul forever.”

This is of course not the way it is. First of all, is there really a devil like it is portrayed in a lot of myths? There are of course the fallen beings, but they do not have the power to grant you ownership or to take your soul. What is it that happens when you make this deal with the devil? It is all in your own psychology, because think about what you are saying. You want to experience what it is like to own something in the material world. Now, can you own anything in the material world—actually? Well, you can in societies that have some law and order, where they will say: “Yes, you buy this piece of property and you own it. Yes, you marry somebody and you have certain rights defined by society or religion.” 

Can you really own anything in this world, where things can happen at any minute? You may have a huge palace, but what if an earthquake wipes it out in seconds? Why is it that you cannot actually own any separate thing as a separate self? Well, because of the interdependent originations. If there really are no separate things, how can you fully own something?

What I am saying is: You do not actually own anything, but you have the experience that you own something. Where does the experience take place? Inside your mind. Why is it that the thing that you think you own has ownership over you? Because as long as you want the experience, as long as you want to experience that you own something, then that thing occupies your mind. That thing defines how you experience life. Do you see? It is all about your experience. 

What do you love more: Christ or the world?

What is the decision you have to make—certainly when you approach or reach that 96th level, but you can make it before? It is: “What do I love more? Do I love more the experience of owning something on Earth, or do I love more the experience of flowing with the Christ mind, flowing with the River of Life? What do I love more? Do I love more the ego and its need for control and ownership, or do I love more the Christ and its spontaneous flowing from situation to situation without any control, without any predictability?” 

Lanto talked about walking across the river, trying to work against the current, trying to hold on to your position in the river, because you think that the goal is to cross the river. He talked about surrendering into the flow, but how do you really surrender into the flow? You have to give up the ego’s desire for ownership, but how can you give up that desire? Only if there is something you love more than the experience of ownership. 

You see, the outer mind of the vast majority of people on Earth projects this image that there are actual physical conditions that you face here on Earth and that those physical conditions are what determine your state of mind, your experience of life. Yes, at the lower levels of consciousness, as I said, you are flowing with the currents of the mass consciousness. The outer conditions, the physical conditions, but also the emotional, mental and identity level conditions of the mass consciousness, they do determine your life experience when you are at a lower level of consciousness. The spiritual path is about raising your level of consciousness, raising your life experience above the common life experience. There comes a point where you realize that it is not about changing the outer conditions, it is about changing your experience of the outer conditions.

Having an unascended or an ascended experience

Again, as we have said now several times, the Christ mind is not looking to manifest specific physical conditions on Earth, it is only looking to raise your life experience. What determines whether you are still in embodiment on an unnatural planet like Earth, or whether you ascend? What is it to be in embodiment? It is to have a particular life experience. What is it to be ascended? It is to have a different life experience. You may think that as an ascended master I am somehow fundamentally different from you. In reality, I am just having a different life experience from you. I am a self-aware being. I am having a life experience in the ascended realm. I used to be in embodiment on Earth. I used to have a life experience like you are having. How did I switch? By raising my life experience, not by changing any outer conditions—by raising my life experience. 

Now if you look back at previous ascended master dispensations, you will see that even we at the time had to give some different imagery than I am giving you now. You can go back to the I AM movement where they had a concept that in Saint Germain’s retreat there was a specific chair, called the Atomic Accelerator, and you could sit in this chair and it would vibrate and accelerate the atoms of your four lower bodies. This was a concept that was given back then because this is what we determined that people could relate to, given the level of the collective consciousness. There was some almost physical means to accelerate your four lower bodies so that they would vibrate at the level of the ascended realm. 

What have we given you in this dispensation? A progressively higher understanding. Is it about accelerating the atoms of your physical body so they suddenly vibrate at the level of the ascended realm? Nay, for this could never be done. Your physical bodies would be blown apart if the atoms were accelerated beyond a certain level. This is like some Christians who believe that they will have physical bodies in heaven much like the physical bodies they have now.

Is it about raising your emotional body, your mental and identity body to a higher level? Nay, as we have explained, those four lower bodies are vehicles for interacting with the material world. In the ascended realm you do not need that. We have given you the teachings about the Conscious You. Is the ascension a process of accelerating the vibration of the Conscious You? It is pure awareness. It is an extension of the I AM Presence. Why does it need to be accelerated? It has not been affected by anything that has happened on Earth. That effect is happening in the four lower bodies. 

 

The rest of this dictation, along with an invocation based on the dictation, is found in the book: Being the Living Christ in everyday life.

 

Copyright © 2025 Kim Michaels

Christhood is surrender into interdependent originations

Listen to a recording of this dictation (subscribers only)

Ascended Master Lord Lanto through Kim Michaels, June 7, 2025. This dictation was given the conference in Seoul, South Korea: Being the Living Christ in everyday life.

I AM the Ascended Master Lord Lanto. My aim here is to give you the perspective of the Second Ray upon Christhood. The Second Ray is often associated with wisdom, and there are people who think that when you attain Christhood, you will know everything, you will have the answer to every question. As we have explained, that is not a correct view. There are questions that can be formulated not just by the dualistic mind, but even by the linear mind, that even the Christ cannot answer, for they have no answers. 

You see, the linear mind wants to create a world view that the world is linear. You see this in religions. God created the world in seven days, well, strictly speaking, six, and then for some reason this Almighty God had to rest on the seventh day. You see it in science. Everything started with the Big Bang. What was before the Big Bang? Well, let us not talk about that. Everything progresses, supposedly, in this linear fashion where you can isolate a particular effect that is the result of a particular cause, and before that another cause, and before that another cause. You see how the linear mind wants to isolate a chain of one cause leading to one effect, leading to another cause and so forth. 

The dualistic mind on top of the linear mind

Now, this is the linear mind. On top of that comes the dualistic mind, which takes the linear world view and imposes a value judgment upon it. You can now create a further division, not just between cause and effect, a neutral cause leading to a neutral effect, but something that is right and wrong. You can now go back in time through this cause and effect chain and say: Way back in the past, in that Garden of Eden, there was a cause that happened that should not have happened and therefore, everything has been on the wrong track since then that relates to humankind on Earth. Therefore, we need to use religion to restore what has gone wrong. Or we need to use communism to restore what has gone wrong. Or we need to use science to restore what has gone wrong. Or we need to use artificial intelligence to restore what has gone wrong.

You see, something went wrong, but this can only be thought up by a mind that thinks in isolated causes leading to isolated effects. What did the Buddha teach 2,500 years ago? Interdependent originations. In the interdependent originations, can you isolate a single cause? Nay. What is the single cause in a universe of interdependent originations? It is the whole. The entire universe is the single cause and the entire universe is the single effect. You cannot single out any single cause or any single effect. For it all moves as one interdependent whole. 

It is a long process to fathom this, to integrate this. When you begin to grasp this, you see how the entire world view that most people are trapped in is out of touch with reality. You see how the world is searching, always searching for some solution that will remove the problems, that will remove what has gone wrong, that will remove the suffering. You begin to see that this quest for some ultimate solution, some ultimate explanation, some ultimate understanding, some ultimate wisdom, that it is this quest that creates the suffering, that sustains the suffering, and this quest can never end the suffering. 

Christhood cannot be controlled by the mind

What have we, in a sense, been trying to explain to you now for many years? The driving force for spiritual growth is not the linear mind, but the intuitive mind. You are not thinking your way to a higher state of consciousness. You are tuning in to a higher state of consciousness. You see that when people first hear about the concept of Christhood, their thinking minds, their linear minds, their analytical minds begins to do what that mind always does. It says: “Ah, give me some teachings about Christhood, tell me the characteristics, break it down into smaller units, break it down to an ultimate cause so I can grasp it, so I can wrap my mind around it, so I can understand it, so I can categorize and label it and put it into my database so I have Christhood under control.” 

You see, you cannot think your way to Christhood. You can tune in to the Christ mind, but the Christ mind is beyond the thinking mind. There are many who think, and again we are not blaming anyone, it is inevitable given the conditions on Earth, but there are many who think that they can think their way to being the Christ. They often try to use our teachings to define the characteristics of Christhood, and they think that if they can live up to these conditions with the outer mind, then they will be the Christ.

The Christ is not a matter of thinking; it is a matter of being. It is not “to think or not to think,” it is “to be or not to be.” This, of course, is not an answer that the linear mind likes, because what does it mean to be or not to be? Break it down for me, give me something I can grasp. You see, in being or non-being there is nothing to understand. You cannot think your way into being. You can either be or you cannot be. 

The ego always wants a rule

This does not mean that being the Christ or not being the Christ is this one momentous decision or one momentous event, as some people want to portray it—instant enlightenment. It is a process of many, many individual choices, but the choice is to in everyday situations choose to reach for something beyond the outer mind, the thinking mind, or even the feeling mind, or even the identity mind. For when I say the thinking mind, the linear mind, this actually involves all of the subconscious selves at the emotional, mental and identity level, because they are also linear, they want to have a rule. The ego does not want to be wrong, so the ego says: Give me a rule so that if I follow that rule I am never wrong. That is not Christhood. 

Take wisdom. The ego wants us to define what wisdom is. The ego would love the ascended masters to give forth one book, it can even be a thick book, but give forth one book and say: This contains all the wisdom you need to know. The ego will say: “Well, if I learn this book by heart, if I know all that is in it, then I can never be wrong.” The ego is per definition wrong, because the ego is not in oneness. Wisdom that is just acquired from without, meaning knowledge that is acquired from without and now you think this is wisdom, this is not Christhood. 

You cannot define a curriculum, a book, and say if you know this, you are the Christ. Why not? Because think about everyday life, just think about everyday life. Imagine yourself getting up in the morning, you may interact with your family members, you now leave the house, you may meet people in the bus or the train or the subway, you get to work, you are interacting with people. Could you sit there in the morning while you are eating breakfast and define everything that is going to happen to you during the day? Could you do that ahead of time and then you would know that your day is going to unfold exactly the way you predicted it? 

Now you see, there are scientists who would say that: Yes, theoretically you could. If you had enough knowledge of the conditions, then you could predict everything that was going to happen. This is not realistic, as there are now other scientists who are beginning to realize. You can see in your daily life, how it would be impossible to predict every situation. 

Interdependent originations in everyday life

What is it actually you are facing in your daily life? I know that when we talk about this concept of the interdependent originations, it may seem somewhat theoretical, up there, somewhat vague, somewhat abstract. What are you facing in your everyday life by interacting with the people you interact with? Do you know what that person is going to say to you? When you walk down the street and there is another person, are they going to frown at you or smile at you? What exactly is going to happen to you during the day? What is it you are facing in your everyday life? The interdependent originations. 

You are getting up in the morning and your day is an interaction with other people and situations that cannot be predicted. They have no fixed outcome. They are affecting you, what you do affects them. Is this not interdependence? You see, you could not break down everything that could possibly happen during your day and predict it and control it. Therefore, what good would it do you to know everything before you started your day? You still could not predict what this person is going to do or say, what that person is going to do or say. 

What is true wisdom, Christ-based wisdom? It is that you are able to respond to every situation, depending on how that situation unfolds. You see again, the ego will say, Christhood should mean that I can know exactly what is the right way to behave in every situation. Give me a rule, a fixed rule that says: “If I treat every person I meet like this, I will be right. I will do the right thing.” But you see, every person is different, every situation is different. How can you treat them all the same? 

Responding to every situation spontaneously

What is the wisdom of the Christ mind? It is that you intuitively tune in to the Christ mind in every situation, and use it almost spontaneously. When you really tune in and get momentum on using the Christ mind, it is spontaneous. You treat that situation in the best possible way. This does not mean that every situation will work out according to some perfect standard. It just means that here is a situation, there are certain parameters. We might say that in every situation, there is a set of interdependent factors that are affecting the situation. You may not know this with the outer mind. In fact, in most cases, you do not know with the outer mind. Let us say, just to make it simple, even though it is rarely that simple, let us say there are five possible outcomes of a situation where you meet a person at work and you have to interact with them. Five possible outcomes.

Now, there may be one outcome that is not very desirable, where you fail to communicate, fail to reach some kind of result, maybe even end up in a conflict. There may be other outcomes that are better, and there may be one that is the best possible in the situation. What does it mean to be in tune with the Christ mind in that situation? It means that, without knowing it with the outer mind, you choose what leads to the highest possible outcome. You see, that outcome is dependent on the situation. 

Now you could, as many people do, as many spiritual and religious people do, you could step back and say: “Oh, but there should be a highest possible outcome, an outcome that was always right.” You see, you are on an unnatural planet. We have told you this now for several years. One of the conclusions that you can draw based on this teaching is: On an unnatural planet, there is no highest outcome, there is no ideal outcome, so, what do you see? 

You see that the ego has this drive to compensate for the loss of connection. It wants to manifest ultimate security. The idea that there should be a highest possible outcome appeals to the ego. Where does it come from? From the fallen beings, of course. For the Christ mind, there is no highest possible outcome. There is just a certain scale where there could be a lower and a higher outcome, and the Christ always seeks to help people reach the highest possible, given the situation, the interdependent originations of the situation. 

You take one situation where you are at work, you meet a new person that you have not interacted with before. If you are intuitively attuned to the Christ mind, you will act in a way that leads to the highest possible outcome in that situation. Now, this means that maybe some days or weeks later you interact with the same person again and now you are starting at a higher outcome at a higher point than you did in your first interaction. If you are again attuned with the Christ mind, you can again lead to a higher outcome and you may gradually build a better and better relationship with that person. If you are not attuned to the higher outcome, then it goes the other way and you may gradually build a downward spiral with that person. 

The practical realism of the Christ mind

You see again, the ego wants to project that Christhood, wisdom, the wisdom of Christ, is always knowing the ideal outcome, but the Christ mind is realistic. The Christ mind does not look for the ideal outcome. It looks for how to take a particular situation with the interdependent parameters of that situation and raise it to the next level up, and then from there raise it up. This is what becomes the River of Life. So many people, when they first hear about Christhood, their egos color the concept of Christhood and say: “Ah, this is what will give me the ultimate wisdom of how to make every situation ideal, how I can always be in control of every situation, how I can always get what I want.” You see, the Christ does not want to get what it wants. Why? Because the Christ needs nothing from the matter world.

The Christ mind, as we have said, is beyond the matter world. It needs no specific outcome. The Christ mind is not looking at an outer situation, saying: Here is the ideal outcome and if these five people just do what I tell them to do, we will have the ideal physical outcome. The Christ mind, in a sense you could say, does not care about the physical outcome. The Christ mind looks at those five people in that situation of interdependent originations and it only wants to lift all of them up from their current level of consciousness to the next step up. The Christ is always seeking to raise people, not physical conditions. 

This, of course, is not what the business world wants to hear, because they want to say: “Ah, but if we have the Christ mind, we should be able to generate the highest profit for our company.” Does the Christ mind care about profits? Of course not. It cares about the people who are part of the company, because for the Christ mind, the ultimate asset is people, or rather minds. The Christ always seeks to raise the minds of all people. 

In contrast, what does the mind of anti-christ, the fallen beings, what do they want? They want to control all people. There are certainly some students who hear about the concept of Christhood and they think that becoming the Christ means you surrender yourself, your will, to the Christ mind, and now you are like a marionette where the Christ mind tells you what to do. The Christ mind does not want to tell you what to do. It wants you to make the highest choice in a particular situation that will take you to the next step up in consciousness. 

The fallen beings, in contrast, they want to control their situation, and they think they can only control their situation by controlling all other people. What does a dictator want: To control all the people in its sphere of influence. Ideally it wants to control all people on Earth if it could, but that cannot be done because of the size and the complexity of the Earth and because of the interdependent originations. 

Interdependent originations cannot be controlled

Perhaps this is a topic for some of you to ponder. How could you ever control anything, given the interdependent originations? You see that the fallen beings are using the linear mind to gain control. They want to say: “Here are the initial conditions, here are the laws that guide the unfoldment of the universe. If we know all of this, we can predict the outcome, and if we can predict the outcome, we can control it. If we can change the initial conditions a little bit, if we can change some of the parameters and the laws, we can control the outcome.” The fallen beings believe that if they can control the minds of all people on Earth, they can control the outcome on Earth. You see, the interdependent originations makes this impossible. You could not even control the minds of all people on Earth, but the Earth is not an isolated unit floating in space.

The Earth is being pulled up by all of the other planets that are in an upward spiral in this unascended sphere, and the entire unascended sphere is being pulled up by the ascended spheres before it. Nothing can control these interdependent originations. You can have the illusion for a time on an unnatural planet that you can gain control, but it is an illusion. It will always be an illusion. 

 

The rest of this dictation, along with an invocation based on the dictation, is found in the book: Being the Living Christ in everyday life.

 

Copyright © 2025 Kim Michaels

How to overcome stress on the spiritual path

Listen to a recording of this dictation (subscribers only) 

Ascended Master Portia through Kim Michaels, June 6, 2025. This dictation was given the conference in Seoul, South Korea: Being the Living Christ in everyday life.

I AM the Ascended Master Portia. What I wish to talk about here is a phenomenon that we have often observed among spiritual people, not only in ascended master movements, but in many, if not all, spiritual movements. It is this phenomenon that here you are, you are living your life the way you were brought up to live your life, you may have various issues, various problems you are dealing with or you may live a relatively normal life where you feel that something is missing. Then you find a spiritual teaching, a spiritual guru, a spiritual movement and you decide to join it. You decide to make an effort to really study the teaching, apply the practices, perhaps you even uproot your life, move from where you live to be in a spiritual community as many people around the world have done. 

After you make this commitment to the spiritual path, you often have what we could call the honeymoon period where everything is wonderful. You are literally in love with your new spiritual focus in life, you feel excited about life, about your future, you feel that you are discovering new things all the time. You have a hope that you will one day reach whatever goal is defined in your spiritual movement and you are very optimistic about the future.

When people stress about spiritual growth

Then after some time (it may take months, it may take years, for some it takes decades) there comes a gradual shift or perhaps even a sudden shift where now you start to become more and more tense. It is like the innocence of that first period gradually fades away and now you become much more serious. In many cases, people think that this really demonstrates that they have made a higher commitment to the spiritual path, they take it more seriously, they are making more of an effort, they have a stronger commitment. What actually happens is that people become stressed. 

In the beginning, your spirituality was a sense of joy, a sense of opportunity, an innocent looking forward to the future. Then, after some time you become tense, you become serious, everything seems to be so serious, there are mistakes that could be made, tests that may not be passed. You may not live up to certain demands, whether they be defined from without by the guru or the organization or whether they be defined from within. You become stressed, you start to become dissatisfied, perhaps you feel that you are not living up to the expectations, the demands or the standard, perhaps you feel that other people are not living up to it. Perhaps you feel like you are not reaching the people you think you should be reaching, you feel like you are not attracting new people to your group or your movement and suddenly there is a certain sense of stress that creeps in.

Now again, as we have said many, many times, we are not in any way blaming you for this. We are not trying to say that this should not be happening. It happens to the vast majority of spiritual people, and ascended master students are no exception. Perhaps they are in some cases worse because they think they found the highest spiritual teaching so they need to live up to the highest possible standard. What I would like to address here is why this happens. 

How subconscious selves color your approach to the path

Now in a sense we have already addressed it because, as we have explained, when you first find a spiritual teaching or movement, your view of life is colored by the ego, by the subconscious selves. What happens is that in the beginning there might be so many new things that are happening to you, so many new teachings you come across, that for a little while the ego, the subconscious selves, lose their grip over your mind because you are just so excited and you are flowing with this excitement, exploring something new. It is like being in love with a person where everything is new and everything is exciting and you are optimistic about the future.

Then, after a while, gradually the selves now start finding a way to again exert influence over you and they start very subtly coloring the way you approach the spiritual path. What do the selves do? Well, they do the only thing they can do and as Mother Mary explained, the ego is on this impossible quest to compensate for the loss of connection to your higher self. It can happen that gradually you take this impossible quest of the ego, you transfer it to your spiritual teaching, your guru, your path and now you think that the movement, the teachings have defined this path, these demands that you are supposed to live up to and you are not sure that you can. 

Actually, this is your intuition, not your fears. Well, it can also be your fears, but often it is your intuition that is trying to tell you that you cannot live up to these outer demands. Why? Because what is it that the ego attempts to do? It attempts to take something in this world and try to use it to compensate for the loss of connection to your I AM Presence. Since nothing in this world can replace that connection, your intuition is trying to tell you that you making this commitment to follow all the outer rules, standards and demands is not actually going to get you to where you hope you are going. 

When you are trying to fulfill all of these outer requirements in order to create a feeling within yourself, namely the feeling of being connected to your I AM Presence, then you will experience, usually after some time (in a few cases after a long period of time) that you are not there. You are not living up to the demands, you are not getting the results you thought you were going to get. This then causes stress, it causes strain and many of you think that: “But then I have to apply myself even harder. I have to give more decrees, I have to get up earlier and give the decrees, I have to do all of the outer things right.” You put yourself on this treadmill where, as you know on a treadmill, you can run faster and faster, but you are still not getting anywhere.

Recognizing the cause of your stress

What is it we desire to see for our ascended master students in this dispensation? If you have gotten yourself into this state of feeling stressed, feeling dissatisfied, feeling like you are not there, you are not achieving the results you should be achieving, we desire to see you get out of that state. We desire for you to again recapture that inner sense of feeling that the path is exciting, that you are constantly moving forward, that you are constantly taking steps that are making you feel better about yourself and your path. What is the only way that this can be done? It is by resolving the subconscious selves that color your view of the path. 

If you find yourself being in this position, where you do not have the joy that you used to have, then be willing to look into your subconscious mind. It is not as difficult as you might think, you just need to be willing to acknowledge: “Ah, but I have lost some of that innocence, I do feel stress, but why? What is it I really feel? What are the thoughts behind it? What is it that causes me to be in this bind, in this dilemma, in this catch-22, where I am pulled in different directions. and therefore I cannot possibly be at peace?”  

You can unravel this, use the tools, use the teachings we have given about the subconscious selves, and come to this point where you can see the mechanism. Because the selves are based on duality, they first of all cannot take you to the goal, but they are also pulling you in opposite directions, and this is what causes the stress. When you see two selves that are pulling you in opposite directions, then you can look for the illusion in each self, and come to see that it is really just an illusion, that it was not real, that it was the ego trying to define the path to Christhood, but it can never happen. How do you come to that realization? Well, by reaching for the Christ mind, which is right there with you—it is not way up there. The Christ mind is not far removed from you, the Christ mind is always within you, the kingdom of God is within you, and so it does not come with observation of the outer rules, it comes with observation of the inner selves.

A black-and-white view of Christhood

There is a subtle point that may require some contemplation, because there is a tendency (more so in previous dispensations, but even in this) that students can come to see the Christ mind in this black-and-white light, of the black-and-white thinking of the ego. They think, as we have talked about: If you are the Christ, you are always right, you have the ultimate truth that will resolve any conflict. 

You see, in the Christ mind, is there any stress in the Christ mind? Does the Christ mind ever get stressed? Why would it? It is experiencing oneness with the Creator, with the source, why would it feel stressed? Does the Christ mind need anything on Earth? Nay. What could the Christ mind possibly need from Earth? What could it need from form? What could it need from matter? The Christ mind is connected to the source of all life, the Creator itself. The Christ mind could never feel lack, could never feel stress. Therefore, when you begin to lock in to the Christ mind, you can gradually overcome the selves that cause you to feel stress about the spiritual path.

You can come to see that these selves, they want you to feel stressed because of two reasons. First of all, when you are stressed, when you are divided within yourself, you are qualifying energy with a fear-based vibration, and that feeds the selves. They can only absorb light below a certain vibration, and so they need you to be stressed in order to feed them. The other thing is that when you are stressed, what are you doing? You are focusing on outer things. Oh, there is this path, I have to follow it, there are all these demands, there are other people, there is a guru. There are these ascended masters up there that are making demands on me, they are looking down on me every second, seeing if I pass my tests. I must pass my tests, but I do not know what the tests are, so how can I pass them? At least if I stress about it, it might seem like I am serious, I am a serious student, more serious than those other students who are not stressed. 

You see how the effect of this is—what? You are looking “out there,” you are thinking that when you find something out there, when you achieve something out there, then you will feel at peace, then you will feel fulfilled. How will that ever happen? As we have said, the ultimate fulfillment is to experience a connection to your I AM Presence, to the Christ mind, to the ascended masters. As long as you are looking outside yourself, how can you discover the Kingdom of God that is within you? How can you say to Christ: “This does not matter to me, what is that to me, I will follow thee?” 

Is the Conscious You stressed?

When you see this, when you see that the selves are just trying frantically to pull your attention away from the one thing that can give you what you need, then you can begin to separate yourself, to separate the Conscious You, from them. You can ask yourself a simple question: “Where is my stress located? Is it located in the Conscious You?” Well, some people think it is, because they are so identified with the outer selves that they think that I, the Conscious You, I am such a good ascended master student, and therefore, I have to live up to these outer demands. 

You see, the Conscious You—what have we said so many times? Is the Conscious You your physical body? To help you wake up: answer! Is the Conscious You your physical body? No. Is the Conscious You your emotional body? No. Is the Conscious You your mental body? No. Is the Conscious You your identity body? No. The Conscious You is more. If the Conscious You is pure awareness, neutral awareness, is not affected by anything on Earth, why would the Conscious You be stressed? 

You see, the Conscious You cannot be stressed. Why are you then feeling stressed? Because the Conscious You is experiencing stress through a separate self. The self is stressed because the self is based on duality, and what have we said? There is an existential stress in the duality consciousness. No one is more stressed than the fallen beings. When you realize this, you can see that you are not stressed. You cannot be stressed. You can only experience it and when you see that stress is simply an experience, you can ask yourself: “Why did I want to have that experience?”  

You have most likely never thought about it this way, and your outer mind is going to say, the selves are going to say: “Oh, but it is not that you chose to have this experience. That is just how life on Earth is. Look at all these outer conditions, look at all these problems, how could you be embodiment on Earth and not be stressed?” It is easy to believe that life on Earth, on an unnatural planet, is so difficult, that Earth is so dense, that there is so much conflict that you can only be stressed. 

We recognize that we have all felt a certain stress from being on an unnatural planet, but still you do not have to be stressed. The Conscious You does not have to be stressed when you realize that nothing on Earth can touch you when you are in touch with pure awareness, neutral awareness. If you are neutral, what can stress you? What can pull you in opposite directions? What is stress? You are always pulled in opposite directions, at least two different directions, maybe even more if you have several selves that are pulling on you. You can therefore, begin to ask yourself these questions: “Is the Christ mind ever stressed? Is my I AM Presence ever stressed? Why would the Conscious You be stressed?” You can realize that it is not. 

Are ascended masters stressed?

Now there will be, perhaps, for some of you an outer self that says: “But are not the ascended masters stressed? Do they not want Earth to become a natural planet? Do they not want the manifestation of Saint Germain’s Golden Age? Do they not want me to manifest Christhood, to give all these decrees, to help raise the collective consciousness?” We have seen in previous dispensations how ascended master students could become so focused on changing the world that they actually thought that their stress came from us, that we were the ones who were putting this stress upon them, wanting them to do all these things, wanting them to do more than could possibly be done. This is not a reality. 

Ask yourself: “Why would an ascended master be stressed?” You have ascended by leaving behind all attachments to anything on Earth. What does this mean? It means that we are not in our minds looking at Earth and thinking there is a huge deficit, there is a huge gap. Look at conditions, how they are. Look at what Saint Germain’s Golden Age will be like. Look at the huge difference and look at these people, especially our own students, who will not give all these decrees that we want them to give so we can close the gap. You think this is how we think, but this is not how we think, because if we thought that way, we would not have ascended, we would be in embodiment like you. You see, yes, of course we want Earth to become a natural planet. Yes, of course we want Saint Germain’s Golden Age to be manifest. But we are not wanting this from a sense of deficit, but from a sense of flowing with the River of Life. There is a huge difference, and the difference is, as we have now talked about, in vibration, reading the vibration, as Master MORE said. 

When you are coming from this deficit approach, there is a specific vibration. It is fear-based, it causes stress, it causes you to feel obsessive-compulsive, for example about decreeing or studying the teachings. You can learn to read that vibration. You can realize that this kind of vibration does not come from the Christ mind. Then, as you tune in to the Christ mind, after working on the selves, you will experience the difference in vibration between the Christ mind and this lower vibration. You can come to experience the vibration of an ascended master, as Master MORE talked about with the unconditional love, because we all have unconditional love. I can assure you that unconditional love is unconditional. Master MORE’s unconditional love is not more unconditional than my unconditional love, for there can, of course, be no gradations, no comparisons in the unconditional. It is more than the love you know on Earth and when you experience that, you can begin to free yourself from this sense of stress.

 

The rest of this dictation, along with an invocation based on the dictation, is found in the book: Being the Living Christ in everyday life.

 

Copyright © 2025 Kim Michaels

The Christ is always MORE

Listen to a recording of this dictation (subscribers only) 

Ascended Master MORE through Kim Michaels, June 6, 2025. This dictation was given the conference in Seoul, South Korea: Being the Living Christ in everyday life.

I AM the Ascended Master MORE, and I am always MORE I AM. 

What is the essence of the Christ? The Christ is always more. In any situation on Earth, whatever you may encounter, the question always is: “Do I want to be more, or do I want to conform to what is?” There is always a temptation from the prince of this world, from the demons of Mara, to conform to what is. 

The subtle message is: “What is cannot be more, must not be more, does not need to be more. It is impossible to be more than what is.” You will even see those who have glorified this, saying: “Ah, what is, is just what is, and there is no point in trying to be more. You just have to accept what is, and in that you are free, you are awakened. You are enlightened when you are not striving to be more.” Well, my beloved, where did this nonsense come from? Certainly not from my mind, and certainly not from the Christ mind. 

The Christ mind and the purpose of creation

What is the function of the Christ mind? You might say: “To unify the Creator with its creation.” Yes, but that is not all, there is more. For what is the purpose of the Creator creating a creation, creating a world of form? It is to send extensions of itself, of its own Being, into the world of form, where they may start out with this point-like sense of self, and gradually expand it by becoming more. What is the purpose of this? To draw those sparks, those spirit sparks of the Creator’s Being, not really back into the Creator’s being, but to draw them towards the Creator consciousness, so that they become creators in their own right. 

What does it take for a spirit spark with a point-like sense of identity to reach the Creator consciousness? It must strive for more, and then more, and then more, and continue to strive for more, until it reaches that level of the Creator consciousness. Even then, there is still more, but that is still such a long way off that it is something neither you or I need to worry about in the present moment. 

Now, you see what we have said: This is the Christ mind. In any situation where there is an opening for the Christ mind to be expressed, what does it seek to do? It does not, as Kuan Yin so carefully explained, seek to make one person right, the other person wrong, one argument right, one ideology, one religion right. Nay. It seeks to show everyone that in any situation on Earth there is more, and when you reach for the more, you can transcend what is, for Earth is, of course, an unnatural planet. 

How to escape suffering

Why is there suffering on Earth? Because of the duality consciousness. When you come and say: “What is is what is, and it cannot be more,” what are you actually saying? You are saying the Earth can never be free of suffering. This is, of course, the fallen beings’ dream. They can take a planet into an unnatural state, and nothing can free it from it. Once it is there, it is trapped indefinitely, and they can rule the planet and milk the inhabitants of their energy. This is the fallen consciousness. It wants to lower something below the level of a natural planet and keep it there indefinitely. 

What is the only thing that can counteract this? The Christ mind, but how does it do it? By always showing that there is more than what is. If what is cannot become more, where is the possibility of escaping suffering that the Buddha talked about, that Jesus talked about, that many spiritual and mystical traditions have talked about?

What is the purpose of a higher state of consciousness if it is not to escape suffering? You look at the false gurus who are parading their wares out there, where they are saying: “Oh, you must come to a point where you just accept what is.” Where does it come from? Well, it comes from these traditions that the false gurus have created, especially in the East, where they say: “Only Brahman is real, the world is an illusion. And spiritual growth means that you come to a point where you have transcended all sense of self, and you accept what is, you accept conditions as they are on Earth, you do not strive to improve them, to make them better, you just accept what is, and in that you are supposedly awakened or enlightened.” 

The lie of accepting what is 

Well, my beloved, if that is the definition of awakening, then I am not awakened. If that is the definition of enlightenment, then I am not enlightened. Yet I am an ascended master, so I am beyond what human beings define as awakening or enlightenment, for I am more than any definition that could be given on Earth.

As I said, the idea that you should accept what is for what it is, and not strive to be more, is a denial of the very purpose of life. This is what in Eastern traditions often is not asked. If Brahman, the undifferentiated, was all that existed before the world of form, that means Brahman must have decided to create the world, and Brahman must have created the world out of itself, for what else was there? This must mean that Brahman had a purpose for creating the world. So many times in the East, they do not ask that question, because they have been trapped in this idea that the ultimate goal of spiritual growth is to return to Brahman, the undifferentiated, whereby the self ceases to exist. 

Why was the self created? It was created to become more. Why was the world created? Out of Brahman’s, the Creator’s, desire to become more. The desire to become more is the driving force, not only behind this world of form, but behind innumerable worlds of form, far more than you could possibly fathom, far more than I could even fathom as an ascended master.

I can at least fathom what I cannot fathom, which is progress compared to the fallen beings who think they can fathom and define everything. What is it they have done? They have defined an entire false teaching, and they have then projected that this is the ultimate spiritual understanding, the ultimate spiritual teaching. What is the function of the Christ? To show that this is not the ultimate spiritual teaching because there is more to understand, more to grasp, more to experience. 

That is always the purpose of the Christ: to show that there is more. This is not a simple point to get. We have seen over the many, many years we have given teachings about Christhood, how students have come, they have understood that there is this concept called Christhood, but they think it means you reach some ultimate state. Some even think that the ascension means reaching some ultimate state. The reality is that it is never the goal of the Christ mind to define or to prove some ultimate truth. It is only the goal of the Christ mind to, in any situation, demonstrate there is more.

The Christ does not seek to prove anything on Earth

You see how this ties in with Kuan Yin’s talk about wanting to be right, by having some ultimate proof that this is the superior argument, this is the highest idea, this is the highest teaching. It is truly not the goal of the Christ to prove anything on Earth. It is the goal of the Christ to always show that there is more. Take a situation where you have this personal conflict between two people. They each want to be right, each want their egos to be proven ultimately right, and in the mind of the ego this means that the other person must be proven wrong. 

What do they both do? They go into this state of mind where you are seeking to prove the other wrong in order to prove yourself right. What is it that Christ wants to do? It does not want to prove any of them wrong or put any of them down. It wants to raise up both of them. If both of them are seeking to put the other down, how can either of them be open to the Christ expressing itself through them? One of the saddest situations you can see on the path is where two people both believe they have attained a certain level of Christhood, but now because of some conflict that springs from unresolved psychology, the subconscious selves, they are trying to prove the other wrong, they are trying to prove each other wrong. They think it has some epic importance that they prove themselves right, because otherwise terrible things are going to happen, whether it be to themselves or their spiritual movement or whatever it may be.

What is the only solution? Well, ultimately it is that both come to the realization: I want to be more. But at least if you can come to that realization, you can free yourself from this never-ending unresolvable conflict. You see, if you are trying to prove other people wrong, you cannot be more, for you are seeking to attain something in this world, and being more means reaching beyond this world. This, of course, the ego cannot fathom, this, of course, the fallen beings cannot fathom, because they are seeking to reach an ultimate state in this world by using the things of this world. It is the Tower of Babel, building a tower that reaches into the heavens by using the things on Earth. 

What will happen? It will collapse under its own weight, and for some only such a collapse has a chance of awakening them to again reach for more. Not everyone needs to go through this process, for many have the potential to see the futility of it, the vanity of it. 

 

The rest of this dictation, along with an invocation based on the dictation, is found in the book: Being the Living Christ in everyday life.

 

Copyright © 2025 Kim Michaels

The Christ will not win every argument

Listen to a recording of this dictation (subscribers only) 

Ascended Master Kuan Yin through Kim Michaels, June 6, 2025. This dictation was given the conference in Seoul, South Korea: Being the Living Christ in everyday life.

I AM the Ascended Master Kuan Yin. What I wish to discourse on here is another element of how the ego can use Christhood to attain another ego goal. There are many, many students over the decades, where we have given direct teachings through various dispensations, who have come upon the concept of Christhood. Without realizing what was happening, they allowed their egos to project an image into their minds that when you have Christhood, it means you are always right. You can always win an argument, because surely Christhood must be the ultimate truth, the ultimate reality, and when you have the ultimate truth, surely you will always be right. 

This is the line of reasoning that does not come particularly from ascended master students or even spiritual students. It actually comes from the fallen beings and the serpentine mindset. In order to understand this, we need to step back and look at the serpentine mindset. Now, as we have explained very carefully, the ego is on the impossible quest of seeking to attain an ultimate state by using the things of this world.

How the ego seeks to be right

When I say the things of this world, what does this mean in this specific context? Well, it actually means the duality, consciousness. The ego is seeking to attain whatever ultimate goal it sets by using the duality consciousness. What we have explained many times, and what this messenger has explained in many of his YouTube videos, is that the duality consciousness has this characteristic: There are always two opposite polarities. 

This means that when the ego seeks to be ultimately right, the ego goes into one polarity. It sees this polarity as being the ultimate one and the opposite polarity as also being ultimate but being ultimately wrong. One polarity is ultimately right, it is the truth, the other is ultimately wrong, it is the lie. However, as we have also explained, in the duality consciousness you can actually prove both of the two polarities as being right, because what do you do in the duality consciousness? You add a value judgment, and when you add the value judgment, it means that you now create a filter. You say: “This is ultimately right,” that is the value judgment. The filter that is created is: Any argument that supports this viewpoint is valid. Any argument that questions it is invalid. 

You see, it is inevitable that you will have some people who do exactly the same to the other dualistic polarity, saying this dualistic polarity is right. They just add a different value judgment, and now they create the opposite filter, saying anything that validates this dualistic polarity is right, anything that questions it is wrong. To give you a historical example we have used before, some people say capitalism is the ultimate economic system. Any argument that supports capitalism is valid, any argument that questions it is invalid. Other people say communism is the ultimate economic system, the value judgment, any argument that validates that is right, any argument coming from the other side, from the capitalists, is wrong, and therefore, you can ignore it. 

When you understand this dynamic, can you not see what happens when the ego of a person who is trapped in this mindset hears about the concept of Christhood? The ego of this person believes: “Ah, when I attain Christhood, I will be ultimately right.” Meaning that the ego believes that the Christ will validate the dualistic polarity that the ego has chosen as the ultimate one. Therefore, the Christ will invalidate or banish from the Earth the opposite and the people who believe in the opposite. 

The irony of how the ego sees Christ

Can you begin to see the irony? The ego is trapped in the dualistic mindset. What is the function of the Christ? To set people free from the dualistic mindset, from separation. Now people hear about the concept of Christhood but they allow their egos to project into their minds that when they attain Christhood, it means that their dualistic polarity will be validated by the Christ mind as the ultimate truth. 

Look at Christians for example. Most Christians, of course, do not believe that they can attain Christhood, but you will see some people who have opened their minds to the idea that other people than Jesus could attain a higher state of consciousness. They think this means that when they attain Christhood, Christianity will be validated by the Christ mind as the ultimate religion and any other religion will be invalidated and put down by the Christ mind. Can you begin to see why this can never be?

Can you, my beloved, begin to see this? Yes or no? I am merely asking for a response to help you stay awake. If you fall asleep again, I will have to ask you more questions. This by the way is how the Christ expression can adapt itself to the realities of the physical octave. You can see then how this dynamic has outplayed itself throughout the ages in many different contexts, in many different spiritual traditions where people come into a spiritual tradition. They may have come from no spiritual tradition or they may have grown up in another spiritual tradition, but now they go through an awakening or conversion process and they become convinced that now they have found the ultimate spiritual teaching or tradition. 

We have seen many people in the East who are suddenly awakened to Buddhism, one of the forms of Buddhism, one of the traditions of Buddhism, and they believe this is the ultimate one. Then they hear about the idea of higher states of consciousness and a spiritual path, and now they think that attaining a higher state of consciousness means that their outer tradition will be validated. They look to a particular guru who has validated their outer tradition and they take that as proof that their tradition is the ultimate one. 

You can see how there are people in India who have become convinced that this or that Indian guru either was enlightened or had reached some other definition of an ultimate state of consciousness. They have felt that because this guru came from the Hindu tradition, this has now validated Hinduism as the ultimate religion. The same in Buddhism, the same in Taoism, the same in Christianity, the same in Islam—everywhere. 

What you see here is that most people are following the outer religion, but in every religion or spiritual tradition there are those who are beginning to awaken to the mystical path. They are starting to become mystics, but now they are misled by the ego into thinking that attaining a higher state of consciousness, however they define it, means their tradition will be validated and they themselves will be validated as being the most advanced students. Can you see this, my beloved? Then I shall continue.

Ascended master students blinded by the ego

You see, when you look at ascended master students, you will see the same dynamic. You go back to the 1930s when we started expressing ourselves through the I AM Movement. There are not many of the original I AM students still in embodiment, but there are still some that are convinced that that was the ultimate progressive revelation from the ascended masters. They do not need to look at anything that came after because theirs was the ultimate one. 

The same in the Summit Lighthouse and we are hoping that those of you who are part of this dispensation will not fall into this trap or at least will be able to get yourself out of it fairly quickly. Because we have no desire to have you seek ultimate validation of the outer teaching, the outer messenger or the outer message. What we desire to see is for you to attain individual Christhood, but in order to attain it, you need to give up the desire to be right. This does not apply only to your spiritual teaching, it applies in everyday life.

Take a look at yourselves, at people you know and see how many times you are in situations where you want to be right or other people want to be right. In every spiritual movement you can find on the face of this planet, you will have people who get into personal conflicts. Now, in many cases these conflicts are not different from the conflicts you find out there in the world among people who are not spiritual. They are simply differences of opinion because you have a different background, you have a different psychology, you look at things from a different perspective. 

Unresolvable conflicts in spiritual movements

In a spiritual movement this is often blown out of proportion because you think it has some epic importance that you are proven right and the other opposite side is proven wrong. Now you have a black-and-white conflict among spiritual people and there can often be no resolution to it. We have seen people get angry and leave spiritual movements, we have seen spiritual movements fall apart from within because they could not resolve this.

You see, what is it that creates the black-and-white conflict in spiritual movements? It is this idea that you have attained some level of Christhood and because you have attained this level of Christhood, you are right. The other person has not attained this level of Christhood and, therefore, that person is wrong. You can see this because you have Christhood, the other person cannot see this because he or she does not have the level of Christhood you have. Therefore, the situation is locked and there is no way to resolve it. 

There is no way to resolve it when both sides are still thinking that their expression of Christhood is not colored by the ego. You see when there is a conflict, both sides are colored by ego or there would not be the conflict in the first place. What is the resolution to this? It is that those who are sincere students who really want to attain Christhood, you need to recognize that you all have, we all when we are in embodiment on Earth, we have these selves created in past lives of wanting to be right on Earth by proving something on Earth.

Therefore, you think that when you attain Christhood, the Christ mind through you will prove something on Earth, will prove something in matter. This is not the case, this is a misunderstanding of what Christ is. For what is the function of the Christ mind? It is to unify you with your higher self, with the ascended masters and to unify people horizontally. There is a vertical unity that leads to a horizontal unity. If there is not the horizontal unity, perhaps the reason is that there is not sufficient vertical unity on both sides. 

Now, this can easily be misunderstood but bear with me. The function of the Christ mind is to unify, unify with your higher self, unify horizontally. The ego, the dualistic mind will never be able to fathom this—never. “It does not compute,” as they say. The ego will always seek to be right by proving something on Earth. The question you need to ask yourself is: “Where do you want to be right? Do you want to be right among men or right with God?” 

 

The rest of this dictation, along with an invocation based on the dictation, is found in the book: Being the Living Christ in everyday life.

 

Copyright © 2025 Kim Michaels

What the Father does for the Christ

Listen to a recording of this dictation (subscribers only) 

Ascended Master Saint Germain through Kim Michaels, June 6, 2025. This dictation was given the conference in Seoul, South Korea: Being the Living Christ in everyday life.

I AM the Ascended Master Saint Germain. Let us go with the biblical story of Saint Joseph being the father of Jesus and what has been said in previous dispensations that I was the being who was embodied as Joseph. Again, as Mother Mary explained, this is all symbolism and you can look at symbolism at different levels. Certainly, you can look at the fact that the Christ child was nourished by the mother but also had a father figure. What does the father do for the Christ as the Christ grows up, as the Christ child matures? 

Well, first of all, the father teaches the Christ child a trade, a skill. This, of course, applies to you in the sense that you are the father of the Christ in you. You are that father figure as well as the mother figure for the expression of your personal Christhood. You need to teach the Christ a certain skill, a certain knowledge. This does not necessarily mean a trade like a carpenter or a scientist or whatever. It may be that you pick a topic that is close to you, that is dear to your heart, and you study that topic.

It does not have to be in a formal education. It can be that you study this topic on your own. You become an expert on the topic in the sense that you know the topic from different angles, different perspectives. What does this do? It creates a structure whereby the Christ mind can express itself through your mind so that there is a chalice to flow into. You have, of course, another symbol from the Bible of the cup that Christ used at the last supper, the Holy Grail, as it has often been called. The symbol for this is, that as you are acquiring a certain skill, a certain knowledge, you are forming in your four lower bodies that cup, that chalice, so that as you mature in Christhood, there is a chalice, a structure for the wine of the Christ consciousness to be poured into. Because the Christ will not flow into nothing, will not flow into an empty vessel where it will be spilled on the ground. 

The Christ mind needs a structure for its expression

Now again, as Padmasambhava pointed out, the outer mind, the rational mind, can take anything we say and give it a twist and say: “Is it not a contradiction, for did not Padmasambhava talk about coming to see all of these selves that you have that are tied to the past, that are tied to the future? Could we not then from this infer that if you empty your mind of all of these selves, then the mind will be clear and the Christ light can flow.” 

Now, I am talking about becoming an expert in some topic, raising up a structure in the mind. I am not talking about raising up a structure that is formed by these separate subconscious selves. I am talking about raising up a structure of knowledge, understanding, skills, so that the Christ mind has something it can be expressed through. You may say: “Here is this messenger who is taking a message from an ascended master that is naturally flowing through the Christ mind, and yes, the messenger, as he explained, seeks to be neutral.” If he knew absolutely nothing about the topic, then I could not give a dictation through him. I cannot, through this messenger, give a meaningful dictation about astrophysics or nuclear physics or brain surgery. Because there is no structure in the messenger’s mind that can receive the concepts that I have in my mind.

This is what I mean when I say you are raising up a chalice, forming a chalice. This chalice is not made up of separate selves. It is made up of concepts, ideas, language, so that you can receive the impulses coming from the Christ mind. Now it is clear, of course, that this is not a simple thing to do. It is not just a matter of finding every book you can find on a certain topic and studying them all and writing down notes—and here you know all of these things. Because the challenge is to provide a structure that the Christ can flow into, but that limits the expression of the Christ mind as little as possible. 

Worldly knowledge can limit Christ

What do I mean with this? Well, what I mean is that if you take as an example a scientist who grew up in a Western or a modern society, went to school, goes to university, studies for a number of years, receives a degree, gets a job, keeps experimenting and studying, that scientist in the current climate on Earth is going to be programmed, indoctrinated, brainwashed with the philosophy, ideology, religion called scientific materialism. This means that if the scientist takes what has been put upon it into its mind, then the scientist will not dare to receive anything from the Christ mind that questions, challenges, goes beyond the materialistic worldview. This, of course, will limit the expression of the Christ mind. 

You see that the challenge is to become an expert in a certain field without adopting the limiting beliefs that are also found in that field. This may not be materialism, this can be other ideas. It can be subtle ideas that are not part of any ideology or religion. In any field, there are certain limitations and why do I say this? Because if you look at any field of society, there is a certain thinking, there is a certain paradigm that dominates that field. Even though this sets a foundation for the field, it also sets limits to a people’s ability to receive new ideas from the ascended realm. This is, of course, the challenge for you, but it is not as big of a challenge as it is for people out in the world who know nothing about Christhood.

When you have the knowledge we have given you about Christhood, you can see that you can study a field, you can know what is brought forth in that field so far, without limiting your mind by thinking: “Oh, this is the ultimate knowledge.” You know, when you have a spiritual outlook, for example, that scientific materialism is not the ultimate worldview, or that the Catholic worldview is not the ultimate view. Therefore, you can avoid having your mind be limited by these mental boxes that have been created in the world, so that your knowledge does not limit my ability, or another ascended master’s ability, to give you new ideas that can bring that field forward, that can allow you to speak about the field in a way that is new, that is different, that gives a different perspective that can help other people think. 

Disciplining the Christ mind

Now, there is another aspect of the father element, which is that the Christ child, as it is yet a child, needs to have boundaries set for it. There are some stories that Jesus, when he was a child, experimented with his abilities, such as creating figures of clay and breathing life into them. Now, even though these stories are fictional, it is an example of what many people dream of when they hear the concept of Christhood. They think they can do these miraculous things, manifest all kinds of miracles, all kinds of signs and wonders. This is where the Christ mind needs to be disciplined so it tunes in to what is the time, the society that you are living in.

 As we have said before, at Jesus’ time, the collective consciousness was so dense that it was necessary for him to perform certain seemingly miraculous feats in order to catch people’s attention. Now, you could of course look at all the miracles described in the scriptures in a purely symbolic way and see a deeper symbolic meaning behind them instead of taking them literally, but that is another discussion for another day. What I want to point out here is that the Christ mind can express certain things in its enthusiasm for finding expression that are not necessarily constructive for the particular situation.

You have to discipline your own mind by realizing that you will have selves in your subconscious mind that want to produce some kind of undeniable manifestation so that you can prove that there is something beyond what people believe. This is especially true for avatars because you have the dynamic that you had a certain vision, a certain desire before you came to Earth for what you wanted to achieve. Then you received the birth trauma, felt rejected, started doubting that it could be achieved. When you start learning about the concept of Christhood and open yourself to the possibility that you could have the Christ be born in you, then you can very easily transfer this and think: “Ah, when I attain Christhood, then I can do what I wanted to do before I came here, then I can manifest something that they cannot deny, that they cannot put down.” This is not an appropriate expression of Christhood in most cases and therefore, the father element needs to come in and discipline the Christ child. What is the father element in your being? It is not the Conscious You, it is the I AM Presence. By the Conscious You tuning in to the I AM Presence, you can learn to be careful with the expression of Christhood. 

Now, it may seem again, as PadmaSambhava pointed out, that we are contradicting ourselves for it has been said, even in the scriptures, that the Holy Spirit bloweth where it listeth. How does that harmonize with the idea that you should restrict the expression of your Christhood? Well, I did not say that your outer mind should restrict the expression of your Christhood. I said your I AM Presence. The outer mind will restrict Christhood based on the culture, for example, you grew up in or the family and what is appropriate there. The I AM Presence is not bound by this. It does have that higher vision of what is the most constructive way to express Christhood. 

 

The rest of this dictation, along with an invocation based on the dictation, is found in the book: Being the Living Christ in everyday life.

 

Copyright © 2025 Kim Michaels

Is there past or future in the Christ mind?


Listen to a recording of this dictation (subscribers only) 

Ascended Master PadmaSambhava through Kim Michaels, June 6, 2025. This dictation was given the conference in Seoul, South Korea: Being the Living Christ in everyday life.

I AM the Ascended Master PadmaSambhava. Some may say: “Are you not from the Buddhist tradition, and here you are at a conference about Christhood?” Well, first of all, I am not from the Buddhist tradition. I am an ascended master! No ascended master is from any tradition on Earth. For how do you ascend? By transcending all traditions on Earth—be it this, be it that, be it the next thing. No shackles from Earth can hold you when you ascend. That is the whole process of throwing off—first this shackle, then the next, then the next, until there are no more shackles left. Then, you can step into the ascended realm. If you see me as being from a certain tradition, you have not tuned in to the ascended being that I AM.

What can limit Christ?

Then, there is, of course, the concept of Christhood. Yes, Christhood, Christ, Christianity. Can Christhood be shackled by any tradition, any religion on Earth? Can it be confined to doctrines and dogmas, rituals? Nay, Christhood is a higher state of consciousness. It is the One Mind, the One Mind that unifies the Creator with its creation. That too is beyond anything on Earth. You can prove it by reading the Gospel of John. In the beginning was the Logos. In the beginning was the Christ mind, the One Mind. Before anything, any form, had appeared, there was the One Mind, the Christ mind, and without Him was not anything made that was made. First is the Christ mind, then there is form.

How can then any form limit what came before it? This is the lie of the fallen beings, or the mind of anti-christ, that they want human beings on Earth to believe—that the form can limit its origin, which by definition must be beyond form. The form can limit the formless, that which is beyond form. How difficult is it to see this lie? Well, here is the catch-22, the enigma. You can only see that this is a lie when you have some attunement with the Christ mind. What does this attunement do for you? Ah, it gives you a frame of reference that is beyond argumentation, beyond reasoning, beyond intellectualizing, beyond dogmas and doctrines, beyond discussions. Nothing on Earth can shackle the Christ mind. No form can bind the formless. It only binds itself—and it binds you if you believe in it. If you believe that form can limit the expression of Christ in you.

Am I not now contradicting what Mother Mary so carefully explained: That the expression of Christhood needs to be adapted to the way things are on Earth right now? Was she not in essence saying that the expression of Christhood, which is an expression of the formless, must be limited by, adapted to, the form that is there right now? Am I not saying the opposite? Not really—when you grasp that even though the Christ is adapted to form as it is right now, the expression of Christ is always more than the form. That is the whole purpose. What Mother Mary was saying was not that Christhood shall conform to form, but shall adapt to form. Still, the expression of Christhood goes beyond the form that is there now, expresses something that is beyond. What Mother Mary was saying was that that expression cannot be so far beyond the form that people who are still identified with form cannot grasp the expression. It must be adapted to their level of consciousness so they see there is something more. What can they then see when they experience the expression of the Christ mind? Ah, they can experience that there is something more than the form that matters to them right now. 

The common denominator for all people

Look at yourselves, look at people you know, look at people in the world. What is the common denominator that all people share? There is something that matters to them. Something on Earth, something in form. Something in matter matters to them. When you encounter the Christ, you can see that perhaps that which matters so much to you does not have to matter quite as much. What I want to give you here at an early point in this conference is this thought. Contemplate it when you have a moment during the conference, after the conference. Contemplate, perhaps before you go to sleep at night. Contemplate: “Why does what matters to me matter to me?” Why does what matters to you matter to you? Contemplate this.

You will see that you have many things that matter to you. It may not be so much physical form. It may be the way other people look at you. Or the way you think other people look at you. Or the way you would like other people to look at you. Or the way you actually look at yourself, based on how you think other people look at you—and on, and on, and on. When you begin to contemplate this, you might see that there are many of these things that matter to you, and for each thing that matters to you, what is hiding behind it? Well, of course, a subconscious self.

What is an essential key to resolving this enigma of why what matters to you matters to you? It is to ask yourself: “What is the ‘you’ to whom it matters? Is it the you that you really are, the Conscious You? Or is it an outer you?” Some ‘you’ that you have created perhaps many lifetimes ago, perhaps as a result of your cosmic birth trauma, that you think the way the world looks at you matters to you. This self can only think that way because it was created based on this belief, this illusion, that the way the world looks at you matters to you, that the way form looks at you matters to you, the Conscious You.

Does anything in form matter to the Conscious You? Not when the Conscious You is conscious of itself as pure awareness, as an expression of the I AM Presence. As a spiritual being who has only descended into this matter world and is expressing itself through, interacting with the matter world, through the contents of your four lower bodies. When the Conscious You becomes aware that: “I am not the contents of these four lower bodies,” then the Conscious You can come to a point where it looks at a specific thing that matters to you, that has mattered to you your whole life, that has mattered to you for many lifetimes. It looks at this and experiences: “Yes, it matters to that ‘you’ out there in my four lower bodies, but it does not matter to me.” That is when you can be free, when you see that it does not matter to me. It only matters to that outer you.

 

The rest of this dictation, along with an invocation based on the dictation, is found in the book: Being the Living Christ in everyday life.

 

Copyright © 2025 Kim Michaels

Christhood does not happen instantly

Listen to a recording of this dictation (subscribers only) 

Ascended Master Mother Mary through Kim Michaels, June 6, 2025. This dictation was given the conference in Seoul, South Korea: Being the Living Christ in everyday life.

I AM the Ascended Master Mother Mary and I am very grateful for you all being here – those of you who are physically here, those who are on the webinar – welcoming us, the ascended masters, to Korea. Naturally, when I say “welcoming us,” it may sound as if we are far away and we come here for this conference, but as many of you have experienced, we are always with you—for we are not limited by time and space.

Now, if you look back to 2002, when we started working with this messenger, you would see that we have given a very large body of teachings about the topic of Christhood. We have, of course, given teachings about Christhood in previous dispensations as well, both the I AM Movement and the Summit Lighthouse. You might say that there is already a lot of teachings about Christhood. What more could possibly be said? Well, certainly, Master MORE would say that there is always more to be said. Certainly, I would say the same. We are grateful that you here in Korea were able to tune in to this topic of Being the Christ in Everyday Life, which, of course, is the biggest challenge about Christhood.

The biggest challenge about Christhood

When we look back throughout the ages, throughout the previous dispensations, through this dispensation, we can see that many people find it fairly easy to gain an intellectual understanding of Christhood—what it is, how to define it. The challenge is always to apply it, and especially to apply it to everyday life. When you look back throughout the millennia, you see that many people have found a spiritual teaching, a spiritual path that talks about higher states of consciousness. They have found it necessary to withdraw from the world, to sit somewhere isolated from the world, and then seek to cultivate this higher state of consciousness.

Very few have been able to then come out of this meditative state and apply and demonstrate the higher state of consciousness in everyday life. Even fewer have been able to manifest, to attain, that state of consciousness while living a normal, active life. As we have explained, this is indeed the challenge of the Aquarian Age. You who have been willing to contemplate this topic, you are the forerunners for this shift in awareness that must become, that will become, a worldwide phenomenon among spiritual people. They realize that there may be separation of church and state, but there is really no separation between spirituality and everyday life.

This is the challenge of the Aquarian Age: to bring spirituality into every aspect of life. This is a topic we will, of course, be discoursing on throughout this conference. We will be doing it in a slightly different manner than we have done so before. We will be doing it from different angles. It may, when you experience what we will bring forth, seem confusing—and that, my beloved, is not only intentional from our side, but if you find yourself confused, then remember this concept of the magnificent confusion. It is very good to be confused about Christhood, at least for a time. In fact, those who are not confused about Christhood, but think they have it all figured out, are often the ones who are furthest from attaining or applying it, certainly applying it to everyday life.

The inner teaching about Christhood

What then, do I want to say here at the opening? Well, I want to talk about the story of Jesus’ conception and birth. Now, when you look at the scriptures, the New Testament, there is one sentence in there that very few Christians actually pay attention to, but it is a pivotal statement in the scriptures. It is simply this: “Jesus taught the multitude in parables. But when they were alone together, he expounded all things to his disciples.” Right there, you have an undeniable scriptural reference that Jesus taught at two different levels, a broader level for the general public and a more esoteric, mystical, direct level for his disciples.

The question is: After 2,000 years, after 17 centuries since the formation of the Catholic Church, why have so few of those who call themselves Christians contemplated what might be the inner mystical teachings that Jesus gave to his disciples? Why are they so focused on what is in the scriptures instead of contemplating what the scriptures themselves say are not in the scriptures? Then, can they not put this together with another statement of Jesus: “I am with you always,” and that “I will send you another comforter who shall be with you?” Could they not have reached in their hearts for this direct mystical teaching from Jesus himself? A few so-called Christian mystics have done so, but very few. Of course, in today’s age, there are many more who are willing to do this, yourselves included.

What was that inner teaching? Well, here is certainly one way to define it. The inner teaching is that which is beyond the outer teaching, but what is the outer teaching? Well, what do you see among most Christians, those who are not willing to reach for the mystical teaching? They look at the outer teaching, they look at the scriptures, they want to take it literally. They want to interpret it literally, or at least according to doctrine, be it the Eastern Orthodox or the Catholic Church, but how can there be a literal interpretation? Either something is literal or it is an interpretation, and there is no interpretation that is not an interpretation.

Everything is a symbol with a deeper meaning

What do I want to say with this? Well, if you are open to the mystical teachings of Christ, consider this: Everything that is in the scriptures, everything that Jesus taught to the multitudes, is a symbol. It is not meant to be taken literally. It is all a symbol that has a deeper meaning when you look beyond the outer form. This is the essence of mysticism. You look beyond the outer form, and you intuitively get a deeper meaning that you cannot get with the outer mind, the intellectual mind, the analytical mind. Where I am going with this is that when you look at the story of Jesus’ birth and upbringing, there is a deeper meaning. There are, of course, layers of deeper meaning, but there is one I want to draw to your attention.

You see, you can read the scriptures and you can say: “There was this young girl, named Mary. She was living her life, thinking her life was on a certain track. One day an angel appears to her and tells her that she is to give birth to the Christ child.” Many people read the story and think: “Oh, there must have been a physically visible and audible angel who appeared to Mary.” That is just the symbolic presentation. It was an inner, intuitive, mystical experience that I had. I did not need a physical appearance, because I was willing to follow my intuition, as most of you are. 

That is the difference between a mystic and one who has not yet risen to the mystical level. Those who are not yet there, they want something that appeals to the outer, analytical, rational mind, something they can understand, that they can grasp, that they can wrap their minds around and put into a nice little mental box, where they feel they have it under control, so it does not disturb them. Certainly, it does not require them to live their lives differently, to break off their lives and suddenly go in a different direction.

Spirituality is about giving up control

You see, for those who have not reached the mystical level, life is about control, spirituality is about control. When you reach that mystical level, you give up control. You give up the outer mind’s sense of control. You are willing to listen for that mystical still, small voice within and follow it. Is that not why you are all here? Certainly, it is why the messenger is here, for he did not need a physical, visible appearance to change his life in a completely different direction, actually several times. You see, when you look at the story of the birth of Christ, you can see a deeper symbolic meaning and it is simply this: The Christ can be born in every human being, but in order for the Christ to grow and mature, it must be nourished by the mother element, the mother flame.

What does that mean for you, personally? It means that you must begin by recognizing, accepting that the Christ can be born in you. Also, mind you, that the Christ will not be born as an adult, but as a baby, as a child that needs to be nourished. You see so many people, even so many people who find spiritual teachings (even ascended master teachings), and they come from the outer mind’s desire for control. When they hear about Christhood, they are thinking that this should happen all at once. There should be some magical trick, some secret formula, some philosopher’s stone, whereby they could snap their fingers and now they are the Christ, in the fullness of the Christ.

 

The rest of this dictation, along with an invocation based on the dictation, is found in the book: Being the Living Christ in everyday life.

 

Copyright © 2025 Kim Michaels

What kind of spiritual teaching do you want—reinforcing superiority or transcending it?

Listen to a recording of this dictation (subscribers only) 

Ascended Master Gautama Buddha through Kim Michaels, August 9, 2025. This dictation was given at the 2025 Conference for America: Rising above the superiority-inferiority duality.

I AM the Ascended Master Gautama Buddha. We have talked about various factors that contribute to the inferiority-superiority dynamic on earth. One of the major ones being of course the fallen beings. You could in a certain sense say that the inferiority-superiority dynamic originated with the fallen beings was certainly put upon humankind in a more intense way by the fallen beings, although of course the original inhabitants had some of that dynamic before the fallen beings came, but that is inevitable when you go into duality.

Spirituality as a tool of the fallen beings

Perhaps we can say that the factor I will talk about here is not necessarily the cause of the inferiority-superiority dynamic, but it is certainly one of the most powerful tools, if not the most powerful tool, that the fallen beings have used to keep humanity trapped in the inferiority-superiority dynamic. And what is the factor I am talking about? Does anyone have a guess? [Audience: Money?]. Yeah, that was not my thought, but it is a good thought. Fear, divide and conquer, power, love, control. All good thoughts, but all not exactly what I had in mind. The factor I had in mind is religion, and for that matter, spirituality.

If you look at the function of religion and spirituality, you could say from a certain perspective that all religion and spirituality points beyond this world. There is some reality beyond this world, at least something beyond the material world, and therefore in a certain sense you could say, that the purpose of religion is to get you out of this world, to sort of graduate from school room earth, to be saved, to enter heaven, to reach Nirvana. But is that really the primary function of religion when you look at how human beings are using it? You see, when you apply the wisdom of the Mother to the field of religion, you could begin to consider what does it actually mean, to exit this world or to reach what has been called enlightenment, a supposedly higher state of consciousness than most people have on earth.

Transcending ignorance by using ignorance?

Well, if enlightenment is a higher state of consciousness than the maya that most people are trapped in, would the wisdom of the Mother not tell you that it has to be something entirely beyond this world? As Padmasambhava said, everything is really just an experience so you could say that the state of mind that most people are in is just a certain experience, suffering, maya, illusion and therefore enlightenment is a different form of experience that is beyond the experience of suffering. The wisdom of the Mother would allow you to begin to ask: “Well, then if the purpose of spirituality and religion is to help you attain this transcendent experience that is beyond this world, does it not stand to reason that you cannot look at and apply religion or spirituality through the state of consciousness you are seeking to escape?”

If you are seeking to escape suffering through Buddhism for example, you cannot really look at Buddhism through the filter of ignorance because how can the state that you see in this world tell you anything about what the experience is that is beyond this world? From this viewpoint, you would say that the purpose of spirituality is to help people attain an experience that is entirely beyond the experience that most people are having in this world. But when you look at this historically, you will see that very, very few people from any religion or spiritual teaching have actually grasped this. The vast majority of people approach spirituality and religion through the filter of the very mindset that spirituality is meant to take them beyond.

So can you go beyond ignorance by using ignorance to get there? We can say it in a slightly different way. If we accept the model that people in this world are in a lower state of consciousness, you can call it sin, you can call it maya, you can call it illusion, you can call it ignorance, you can call it the death consciousness, and that the goal of spirituality is to take them beyond that mind, then religion, spirituality must have originated from a source beyond the level of this world and religion is therefore meant to give you something that will help you transcend the ignorance you are having, you are trapped in. When you look again at this historically, you can say: “Has that really worked?”

You look at, for example, Buddhism. Supposedly I, the founder of Buddhism, was enlightened, meaning my consciousness was beyond what most people have. How many of those who follow the religion or movement or teaching of Buddhism have reached the same state? Do we see today that there are Buddhist movements that, in a regular systematic way, produce enlightened beings? Do we see other religions or spiritual movements that on a routine basis produce people in a higher state of consciousness? Why is this so? I am not saying nobody has reached enlightenment through Buddhism or other spiritual movements. I am just saying it is not a mass phenomenon. And why not?

Spirituality as a ladder out of separation and superiority

Well, precisely because the vast majority of people are approaching religion and spirituality through the very consciousness that true religion and spirituality was meant to help them transcend. And why is this so? Well, it is because, what is the function of the material realm on a planet like earth? We have said many times, earth can be considered an experience machine, a reality simulator, where you can have a certain range of experiences. Currently, it is an unnatural planet because the vast majority of the people who inhabit it are trapped in a duality consciousness, the pairs that I talked about back then. And what is this duality consciousness, this illusion of separation? It is an experience.

You can have experiences as a separate being that you cannot have as a connected being. And in order to explore the full range of free will, as we have explained, you must be allowed to use your free will to go into separation, experience what you can experience in separation, until you have had enough of that experience. That means that the original purpose of giving a spiritual teaching from a higher realm is so that when people reach the point where they have had enough of separation, spirituality offers them a ladder they can climb to the higher level of consciousness, beyond the mass consciousness on earth, beyond the physical realm, beyond separation. That was the original intent for my teachings, also for the teachings of Jesus and other religions or spiritual movements, including, of course, the teachings we are giving today.

Spirituality reinforcing separation and superiority

However, it is inevitable that those who are not at the point where they have had enough of the experiences you can have on earth, they will use religion or even a spiritual teaching to reinforce the experiences you can have on earth. And one of the experiences that many people still have not had enough of on earth is the feeling of being superior to other people.

And when you look at history, it is not difficult to see with a touch of the wisdom of the Mother, or even common sense, which is also an aspect of the wisdom of the Mother by the way, that many, many people throughout the ages have used religion as the ultimate justification for them feeling superior. You have the Jews, believing they are the only people on earth, this little tribe in the Middle East, are the only people on earth who have been chosen by the ultimate God of the universe. You have Buddhists who believe that the Buddha was the ultimate spiritual teacher ever to appear on earth, and he was so special because of all of the miracles surrounding his birth and life and therefore, they are clearly superior to those who are not Buddhists. But wait a minute, there is this Buddhic sect and that Buddhic sect and a third and a fourth, and each of them feel they are superior to the others. They are more superior to the non-Buddhists, but they are even superior to the other Buddhists.

And of course, in Christianity, all Christians feel superior to non-Christians, but many of the individual Christian churches feel superior to all the other Christian churches. Same in Hinduism, Islam, spiritual movements of today. Look at how many gurus you can find out there on the internet who have made some claim to superiority, special abilities, higher state of consciousness, and they have attracted to them a small group of followers who, because they believe in the superiority of the guru, they themselves attain a superior status by being among the very few people on earth who can recognize this superior guru. It is an interesting phenomenon that the fewer people who recognize the guru, the more special those people are. The fewer people in the Jewish race, the more special they are because all others are persecuting them.

Two distinct functions of religion

What you see here is that you can say there is a religion, a spirituality that is given from a higher realm to help people who have had enough of the experiences of duality, exit this realm, or at least exit the dualistic state of mind. But even this true form of spirituality can be perverted into supporting the desire to feel superior. Then we must also say there are many religious and spiritual teachings that are not given from a higher realm. They were created here on earth, often by fallen beings. Now you may say, do fallen beings believe there is a God in the spiritual realm? Many of them deny it. They do not believe there is any reality to it, but some do. But they also have this intent of proving God wrong, and they see religion as a tool in that quest to prove their superiority to God. Others do not really believe there is a God, but they see that human beings want to believe, and so they use it to build their own sense of superiority, either because they can set themselves up to be worshipped or idolized, or they can feel they have fooled people into worshipping an entirely false god of their own making, and they feel that makes them superior.

What I am saying is, religion on earth has two distinct functions. One is to help you transcend the experience of superiority and reach a higher level of awareness. The other is to reinforce the experience of superiority. Am I thereby saying that, oh, this is all wrong? Nay, because one of the only things that can get people out of duality is that they have enough of the experiences you can have in duality. If religion intensifies their experience of superiority, then it can shorten the time before they have had enough and look for the real purpose of religion or spirituality.

Examining religious beliefs

But when you begin to grasp this, you can use the wisdom of the Mother to look at whatever religion or spiritual teaching you have been affected by. And for many of you, it will be important to do so, because when you have, for example, grown up in a religion, you will have taken certain things in, in childhood, that you were not really conscious of. You, so to speak, took them in with the mother’s milk. You accepted them uncritically.

And there are so many beliefs in these religions that are created on earth, or even the perversions of originally valid religions, that can prevent your growth, your escape from the maya, your attaining a higher state of consciousness. Because the fallen beings are very clever at inserting this, what we have called serpentine logic, that creates a sort of circular movement in your mind that you cannot get out of. That is, of course, also the nature of the duality consciousness, is that if you have no access to the wisdom of Christ, and if you are not willing to apply the wisdom of the Mother, you cannot reason your way out of it. You just keep reasoning your way around a closed circle. So it can be important for you to take a look at whatever spiritual teachings, religious teachings, you have been brought up with, especially to evaluate whether they reinforce a sense of superiority, a sense of superiority in you and in other people following that religion. For if they do, then you can clearly see these religions have the function of reinforcing the experience of separation and superiority, rather than helping you transcend that experience and attain a higher experience.

Reaching beyond the human mind

Again, I respect your free will. I am not telling you that the experience of superiority is wrong. But I am telling you that in order to transcend it, you have to take a very close look at it, because it is not going to happen automatically, and no external savior is going to do it for you. When you begin to grasp these concepts, and of course I know that most of you have started grasping them, but I am also directing this into the collective consciousness because many people out there are ready from all religions and spiritual movements. There are people everywhere ready to transcend this dynamic where the mind becomes a closed circle, for they have had enough of the experiences that are created in the mind. And when I say “in the mind,” I mean in the four levels of the mind, the identity, mental, emotional, and even the physical level.

Many, many people in today’s age are at that point where they are beginning to long for something. They do not know what they are longing for, but in reality, what they are longing for is an experience that is not created in their own minds. How do you have that experience? How do you free yourself from the circular movement of your own mind? Well, you must as we said, first come to see the contradictions, the limitations of your mind then reach for something beyond which you can call the Christ consciousness, the Buddha nature. But it really in practicality, is your higher self and your spiritual teachers. We call ourselves Ascended Masters, but you could use other names. You must connect to a mind that is beyond your own, so you have a frame of reference from beyond the circular movement of your own mind.

The trap of the ultimate superiority and inferiority

But now consider how “clever” the fallen beings are by connecting religion and superiority. First, there is this idea found in many religions that there is this ultimate God, there is this God figure that is the ultimate being, the highest possible being, the originator of form, the almighty all powerful God. There is nothing beyond this. This is the highest authority in the universe. If you have a person who holds a position in a religious movement like the Pope, and that Pope is speaking for God, then that person is the ultimate authority on Earth for those who believe in this claim. And what do the fallen beings crave most? To be the ultimate authority somewhere. They would like to be the ultimate authority of the universe, but if they cannot figure out how to do that, they at least want to be the ultimate authority on Earth, if they are stuck with this planet.

Once you believe that an earthly institution is representing the ultimate authority in the universe, and therefore that earthly institution is the ultimate authority on Earth, it becomes very difficult to question the doctrines and rituals and even the actions of this church. And if you cannot question the beliefs that have been put into your subconscious mind by your affiliation with this religion, how can you free yourself from that influence? How can you free yourself from the sense of superiority that you belong to the only true church of Jesus, and therefore you will be saved if you are a good Catholic? Especially because you will see that this belief in your superiority because you are a good Catholic, is clearly in a dualistic polarity with the inferiority that if you are not a good Catholic, if you question the Catholic church you will reach the ultimate state of inferiority, namely a fiery hell where you will burn for all eternity.

You see how they have the carrot of superiority and the stick of the ultimate inferiority in hell. A very potent combination for people who are still trapped in duality because many people, not only Catholics but in many religions, are mortally afraid of questioning the beliefs they have taken in. But the beliefs are designed to keep them trapped in the inferiority-superiority dynamic. How are you going to transcend the dualistic consciousness? How are you going to escape duality and separation? Well, you must transcend inferiority and superiority. You do not ascend by becoming a superior follower of a particular religion or guru. You do not ascend by being able to recite the Buddhist scriptures and tell fanciful stories of the Buddha’s life or by meditating so many hours because this just reinforces your sense of superiority.

Transcending duality

You see what we have said, the Christ consciousness is the equalizer. As Jesus explained, there is a gate and Jesus is the gatekeeper who evaluates: “Are you ready to walk through that gate or do you need to go to another gate?” Well, one way to describe the criteria is that in order to walk through the gate you have to be completely free of duality. You could say it is like the ocean, it has to be completely calm. If there are waves up or down, you cannot pass through. There cannot be any sense of superiority, any sense of inferiority. You simply cannot pass through the gate. You have to overcome this. You have to have the equalizing effect of finding what I call the Middle Way, a completely balanced way where you are not pulled in either direction by these pairs of dualistic opposites.

But fallen beings and your ego whisper in your ear “No. The key to getting into the kingdom of heaven is to reach some ultimate state here on Earth defined by this religion or spiritual movement. Look at this guru, he has awakened, he is enlightened, he can get in. And if you can reach that same state, you can get in.” Or if you become a good Catholic who is doing everything right according to the outer religion, or a good Jew like the scribes and Pharisees who are observing all the outer rules, thinking that will get them to the inner kingdom.

You see the fallen beings are using the superiority illusion to say that the way to qualify for entering into heaven is to reach a superior state based on criteria here on Earth. For surely heaven is a superior state compared to Earth so only those who are superior can enter. This is just one of many examples of what we have called serpentine logic. There is no way out of this unless you reach beyond that form of thinking. Either reach up for the Christ mind or apply the wisdom of the Mother to see that this cannot be logical—it cannot be logical that people are trapped in a certain state of mind and that the only way out of this state of mind is to take that state of mind to an extreme. People are trapped in either being inferior or superior so the way out is to become really superior.

No, the way out is to walk the Middle Way where you transcend both dualistic extremes. You do not find a midpoint. You transcend the entire scale so the scales fall from your eyes. Interestingly, in the English language, “scale” has a dual meaning. It can be scales that cover like the scales of a fish or it can be the scales that weigh and the scale must be balanced so you are not seeing with your eyes everything in terms of two polarities.

What kind of spiritual teaching do you want?

The question that I hurl into the collective consciousness is: “What kind of religion or spiritual teaching do you want? Do you want one that gives you a more intense experience here on Earth or do you want one that gives you an experience that is beyond Earth?”

There are many religions that will intensify your experience by telling you how special you are because you can see this superior spiritual truth and you have been willing to apply it more than most other people and you can use such a religion to create a spiral for yourself where you become more obsessive-compulsive about seeking some superior status, somehow demonstrating to whomever you think is up there looking at you that you are willing to do more than anyone else. Whether it is prostrating yourself on the floor, spinning a prayer wheel, lighting candles, saying rosaries, giving decrees, whatever it may be. You think that by doing more and more here on Earth you come closer and closer to the door that leads beyond Earth but you are just digging a deeper and deeper hole for yourself. Again, if this is the experience you desire, I have no issue with this. You are free to exercise your free will.

I am only speaking for those who have begun to feel there must be a different approach to religion. And you can apply the wisdom of the Mother but in the longer run only the Christ consciousness will help you fully transcend that desire to build or intensify a sense of superiority by using a spiritual teaching or even the entire concept of a spiritual path.

Using  AM teachings to reinforce superiority

You may say: “But you are the Ascended Masters, you are beyond Earth, you are giving a direct teaching here. Surely you are giving a teaching to help us exit, to help us reach a higher state of consciousness where we can exit or we can stay here and express Christhood.” Sure, that is exactly our goal but that does not mean you cannot take an Ascended Master teaching and use it to build a sense of superiority which Ascended Master students have done in the previous dispensations and some even in this one. Again, we know the dynamics on Earth. We also look at those who find our teachings and say: “Well, our teaching is meant to help them raise their consciousness. We cannot really demand that they raise their consciousness before they walk through the door.”

Naturally we allow you to come in with whatever unresolved beliefs and psychology you have and we know you will project this on the teaching. It does not fool us but it does not concern us either because we know that if you apply the teaching, you will gradually overcome this. And if you do not apply the teaching, well, it does not really make much difference whether you are in an Ascended Master teaching or in some other teaching. It is of course always our hope that most of you will come to the point where you really grasp what the teaching is about, what is the goal that we have for the teachings and where you come to that conscious recognition: “Ahh, I see it! I see that it is about attaining freedom from this separate sense of self that is always pulled by these dualistic extremes. Now I see it and that is what I want!” And that is when we can really help you.

We are always ready and willing to help but the thing is, until you have seen this dynamic that I have described, you are using our teaching to build your sense of superiority. And what does that mean? Well, what have other Masters said? You are essentially subconsciously saying: “Get thee behind me Gautama, I do not need you, I want to feel superior and I know that if you come in I cannot continue to feel superior, so leave me alone.” And then we must bow to your free will because you are trying to hide something from me and therefore you cannot hear me. I am not hiding from you but you just cannot hear me because that which you are trying to hide from me blocks you from hearing me. Do you not see this?

When an impulse comes to you from a higher realm, from your I AM Presence, from an Ascended Master, it must pass through your four lower bodies before it reaches the conscious mind. And these beliefs you have, this unresolved psychology that you are seeking to hide from us, will block the impulse coming from us so it does not reach your conscious mind, also it is colored by the beliefs you are not willing to give up. You see through a glass darkly because you are not yet ready to see us face to face, to see us as we are. Again, no blame here. I am not seeking to make you feel inadequate or inferior but I have to give a direct teaching to help you come to see how you have used our teachings to intensify the sense of being superior.

Initiation at the 96th level

You see, Christ is the equalizing mind. When you go beyond the 96th level and attain the beginning stages of Christhood, you need to relatively quickly overcome all sense that you are special because you have walked the path and attained Christhood. There are a few steps where you can be allowed to carry this with you but you need to overcome it so that the entire idea that walking the path to Christhood has made you superior, simply fades away because you experience the Christ mind as a complete opposite of the dualistic mind. You experience the unreality of this sense of superiority and you cannot maintain it because you want the Christ more. Now those who do not pass that initiation at the 96th level, what do they do? They use the attainment they gained between the 48th and the 96th level to continue to reinforce the sense of how superior they are because they have walked the path, they have found an Ascended Master teaching, they have recognized the Ascended Masters, they have given all these decrees, they have come to all these conferences and therefore they must be superior. And they can then start going down to lower levels of consciousness without realizing what is happening.

Now you may say: “Gautama, it sounds like this is a contradiction. How can you go to lower levels of consciousness while being convinced that you have attained Christhood or some superior state of spirituality?” But are you not realizing what is going on in the mind of a fallen being? They are below the 48th level. Some of them are close to the lowest level possible on Earth. Do they realize they are at the lowest level? No. They feel more superior than anyone on Earth. The lower you go in consciousness, the more superior you feel. Why? Because the more clever you are in applying the dualistic serpentine logic, filtering out all challenges to your sense of superiority, building up the absolute conviction that you cannot be wrong. And you can use anything on Earth, even an Ascended Master teaching.

The moment an Ascended Master teaching is expressed in words, even fallen beings can use it to build their sense of superiority. They could, for example, claim that they are messengers for the Ascended Masters, they are the superior guru, as some have done. As some have done. When you go towards lower states of consciousness, you cannot see it because what causes you to go towards lower states of consciousness is your quest for superiority in this world that you are not willing to give up. It may be that you never rose above the 48th level of consciousness, but you can rise to the 95th level not being willing to give up your sense of being superior and therefore start going down while still building your sense of superiority. Again, I am trying to make you feel guilty or inferior or ashamed or anything but you understand, I hope, what I am saying. I have to give a direct teaching that is not as easy to interpret by the ego and this is part of what we do with progressive revelation.

The purpose of genuine spiritual teaching

We have often seen students who came and thought that, ah, progressive revelation is about coming out with continually higher and higher teachings. There are ascended master students who are always looking for a higher teaching than the one we have given at this point. However, first of all, we can say that there are teachings on Earth that have all the elements you need to transcend the duality consciousness, if you understand how to use it and read between the lines. Yes, what we are giving now is a very direct teaching adapted to the time and the consciousness right now, but there are other teachings. So it is not really necessary for you to free yourself from duality to continue to give higher and higher teachings. There are students who are always looking for a more advanced teaching because they think: “Oh, this will do it.” But you see, if they have not applied the teaching already given, what is a higher teaching going to do for them?

You see, it is not really a matter of evaluating a teaching based on high and low. These are dualistic terms. And if you think you have a teaching that is the highest that could ever be given on Earth, or at least that has so far ever been given, you are building your sense of superiority. Because if you were not an advanced student, you could not recognize the teaching, as so many people on Earth are not recognizing the teaching. Again, the fewer ascended master students there are, the more special they are, and that is not a dynamic you want to get stuck in for longer than absolutely necessary.

A teaching just needs to have certain elements that either contains the wisdom of the Mother or allows you to reach for a higher mind beyond your own. It is not really the outer teaching that does it for you, as I have said several times before. The purpose of the outer teaching is not the form of the teaching. It is to give you a tool for connecting in your own mind to the Being who gave the teaching.

What is the real purpose of the teaching that I gave 2500 years ago? To help people connect to me as a spiritual or ascended being. That was the main purpose. Look how many people have become focused on the outer teaching, and the form of the teaching, and the interpretation of the teaching. Of course, you can interpret a teaching in different ways because there are different groups of people on Earth. They have different levels of consciousness and come from different backgrounds. I am not trying to say that there is only one branch of Buddhism that is the only true one. They can all have functions for different groups of people. It is not a matter of coming to develop or find the ultimate form of Buddhism. But they only have value if they help people transcend the outer teaching and connect directly to the being with whom the teaching originated.

That was what I attempted to do before I took leave of the physical body. That those who had been my direct students would have a connection, not just to me, but to other ascended beings, other ascended masters so they could continue to get teachings from that source and get that frame of reference from the Buddha nature, we might say. But what was eventually preserved and written down left certain things out that were difficult at the time to express in words. It has become easier today. I can give a more direct teaching today than I could 2500 years ago because the collective consciousness has been raised. But still, what I am giving now is just words. And what did Padmasambhava take so great care to explain? The interdependent unfolding.

Rejecting the challenging teachings

I AM an Ascended Master. I AM an enlightened being, if you want to use that terminology. What is coming from me is at a higher level than the state of consciousness you have right now. But when the teaching and the energy enters your energy field, your mind field, it cannot override what is there. It can only interact with what is there and the question is, how much is your conscious mind colored by what is in the subconscious mind, so that when my words reach the conscious mind, you are no longer hearing my words, but a distorted version that might validate some belief that you are attached to, which could be anything. We have seen students come to an ascended master teaching, even this one. They are open. They hear there is something there that is interesting. But then they hear one statement which contradicts an existing belief that they are very attached to. And what do they say? “Oh, this cannot be true. This cannot be coming from the real ascended masters. Kim has lost his mantle. He is no longer in contact with the real masters.” In many cases, it is because they have used that belief they are attached to as an integral part of building their sense of superiority. Now we are challenging that belief, and thereby we are also challenging their sense of superiority.

This is a catch-22 that some students are in and we have seen people come to an ascended master movement, and many other spiritual movements for that matter, being very attached to a particular belief, having it be challenged, and they leave in a huff. But you see here, what I am trying to say? How are you going to be free from the dualistic state of mind, your present state of consciousness? How are you going to attain Christhood? What did Jesus say? “He who is willing to lose his life for my sake shall enter the kingdom with me. But he who is not willing to lose his life, he who seeks to save his life, cannot enter the kingdom, because you are still having the experience here on Earth that you want to have, and which you cannot have in the kingdom.”

In many cases it is the sense of superiority that people are attached to, and they have used some outer belief to build the sense of superiority. And this is the risk we are taking by giving a teaching. Do you understand the dynamic? Because of the way spiritual teachings and religions have been used to build the sense of superiority, people’s sense of superiority is linked to specific beliefs. We see that if we are to free people from the dualistic state of mind, they must be willing to let go of those beliefs so we give a teaching that challenges them. But some people cannot let go of the sense of superiority and accept the teaching. They hold on as if it was a matter of life and death to that particular belief they have. Why? Because the sense of superiority makes you feel that because you believe in that particular idea, you are right. And if we challenge that idea, you are afraid that you will be plunged into feeling you were wrong and you will fall from the lofty heights of your own illusion of superiority into the deep dungeon of inferiority. You cannot bear this, so you must deny the teaching.

Are you willing to give up everything?

But what is really the dynamic here? It is you are not ready and willing to give up the experience of superiority on Earth in order to enter the kingdom, nirvana, enlightenment. It is amazing to me when I look at spiritual students. Well, amazing may not be the best word, but nevertheless, when I look at spiritual students, not just ascended master students, but from everywhere, the effort, the ingenuity, the subtlety that they will use to defend a particular belief because they have come to believe that that particular belief is their ticket to heaven and if it was proven wrong, they are afraid they will not go there. Many, many people are trapped in this constant evaluation process. “What is real? What is right? What is wrong? Would the ascended masters really say this? Would they say that? Is this a true teaching? Is this a false teaching?” But the way out of this is so simple.

These people think that in order to qualify for entry into the kingdom, I have to let go of all false beliefs and maintain the true beliefs but the reality is entirely different. It is so simple. What beliefs do you have to let go of in order to qualify for entry into the kingdom? All of the ones you have here on Earth. Every single one. Every single belief and idea. You have to be willing to lose your entire life on Earth. Could it be more simple? Forget the intellectual arguments. Forget: “Oh this is a true teaching. That is the high teaching. No, this guru is higher than your guru. My dad was stronger than your dad.” If this is the experience you want of seeking to establish superiority on Earth, by all means continue. But then you do not need me, do you?

If you want to transcend that experience, just let go of all your beliefs. This took this messenger decades to realize and you are now going to say with the linear mind: “But are you saying that all the beliefs we have are wrong? Many of our beliefs and ideas are based on the teachings you have given directly. Are you saying they are wrong?” No, I did not say that. I just said you have to be willing to give them up because what has been expressed in words on Earth is not the highest teaching, not the highest view, because there are things that cannot be expressed in words on an unnatural planet. How will you experience the higher truth than what can be expressed on Earth? Only from the ascended state. How will you reach the ascended state? Only when you stop holding on to experiences on Earth, you are willing to let them all go in order to reach something higher.

How simple is that? But of course, it is completely undecipherable for the ego, for the separate selves, for the fallen beings. You are not your ego, not your separate self, you are not a fallen being or you would not sit here. You, the Conscious You, can come to experience that you are pure awareness and when you experience that you are pure awareness, this is the magic of this teaching, you realize you are not your beliefs. You do not need to carry those beliefs with you. You need to return to the pure, neutral awareness you had when you first descended from the I AM Presence.

Only the being that descended from heaven can ascend back to heaven. The beliefs you have on Earth have helped you reach the neutral state. Those beliefs that have not helped you are hindering you. So obviously you need to give up the ones that are hindering you. But even the ones that have helped you reach the 96th level must be given up for you to reach the 97th and so forth until the 144th. At the 144th there is that last ghost that Jesus had on the cross and he must give up that ghost in order to ascend. I had to give up my ghost. It was different from Jesus’s. It’s different from yours. It does not matter what form it takes. It just has to go. The ghost has to go. “Go ghost! Get thee behind me ghost!”

You face the Presence and you unfold your sense of self from the worldly sense of self into the sense of self that is the I AM Presence. And then you experience I AM Presence. And then after you have ascended you continue to unfold your sense of self to where you may sense: “I AM the Ascended Master Gautama Buddha.”

With this my beloved I seal you, those who are physically here, those on the webinar and I seal this conference in the Flame of Peace. How do you attain peace? So simple. Just give up everything.

 

Copyright © 2025 Kim Michaels

 

Back to Rising above the superiority-inferiority duality

Tuning in to the reality of interdependent unfolding


Listen to a recording of this dictation (subscribers only) 

Ascended Master PadmaSambhava through Kim Michaels, August 9, 2025. This dictation was given at the 2025 Conference for America: Rising above the superiority-inferiority duality.

I AM the Ascended Master PadmaSambhava. I am asking you to close your eyes, forget that there are other people around you, forget that you are sitting in a room, forget that you are a physical body and just take in my voice. What is it that is happening here?

Interdependent unfolding

From a traditional viewpoint you might say you are sitting here in the physical realm on planet Earth. You are open to the fact that there are spiritual beings in a higher realm. You might see me as this remote spiritual being somewhere up there in the spiritual realm, and I am communicating with you through this outer messenger, who is speaking the words that I am projecting into his mind. You then are hearing them from an outside source.

But the deeper reality can be grasped when you consider the concept of the interdependent originations. Now, originally the Buddha gave this teaching to show that you cannot look at an isolated phenomenon or event in the physical octave on earth and trace it back towards previous causes, or more simpler causes, so you eventually find the ultimate beginning of the universe, the ultimate cause, because there is no single cause that caused the universe, there is a set of interdependent causes.

But when you fast forward to right now, that the universe is old and has been unfolding for a long time, what do you have now? Well, you actually have the interdependent unfolding. It is also based on the reality that everything, we might say, is connected, but even that is a limited view. Everything is part of a whole, so therefore everything is interdependent. You might, to give you a simple visualization, say that the universe is a piece of paper folded many, many times, and that the beginning of the universe, that piece of paper started unfolding, and the unfolding process, is still going on.

So, am I a remote being in some higher realm communicating with you from a distance? Well, that depends on your choice, whether you will see me that way, or whether you will allow me to take you beyond it and realize that I am not bound by time and space. You are not bound by time and space, but most of you are still so identified with the body, so let that be. You are here right now, you have a point-like sense of self, but I am not up there in the spiritual realm, I am beyond time and space. So, I can focus myself right here where you are. That means we are not separated by distance, by space. Our minds, our energy fields can interact directly, not over distance. When you allow this to happen, we form together the interdependent unfolding of this event. Why do I want you to tune into this?

Well, because it is of course our goal to gradually take you to a higher realization of how the world works. Let us look at your personal life where you have a situation that you would like to change. Traditionally you would say: “Here I am, I’m a separate being. There are other people that are separate beings, there are physical conditions that are separate conditions. If I want to change the situation, I have to do something to get these other people to change their minds and behaviour, or I have to try to effect physical conditions as much as I can.” 

Of course, your experience will tell you that you have limited powers to change the minds of other people, or to change physical conditions. But you see, this is the traditional view based on the senses, even based on scientific materialism and the traditional classical view of science, of objects, bodies that are independent and moving independently. But the deeper reality is that everything is an interconnected whole. 

So, when you are acting with other people – what happens? Is it so that your mind is separate from their minds, and you might send some kind of words at them that they might accept or reject? Or, is it actually so that your minds – when you are physically together, or when you are thinking about each other – are forming an interdependent whole, an interdependent unfolding?

Is it perhaps so, that even physical conditions are not separated from you? Because they are also an energy field, and your mind is an energy field. And when you put your attention upon these conditions, your mind and the external field are no longer external to each other, they combine and form this interdependent unfolding. 

So, instead of thinking that you, as a separate being, have to change separate objects, you can step up to this higher realization that you can actually change the parameters, the equation for the situation, by changing your own state of mind. For as you change your mind, you change how the situation unfolds, and whereas you have limited powers to change other people or physical circumstances, you do have the potential to take command over your own mind.

A tree falling in the forest

Now, perhaps it would be helpful for some of you if we step back a little bit. There is a question often asked by scientists or at least philosophers of science, and it this: “If a tree falls in the forest and there is no one around, does it make a sound?” You see how this question is based on classical physics, with separate objects moving around in a space, even the empty space of space. Now, first of all, we could say: “If there is no one around…”—here is one problem with this statement. There is always someone around, not necessarily a human someone, but certainly elemental beings, ascended masters, Elohim, who are part of this interdependent unfolding of the universe. 

The problem is that human beings only see a very small part. They do not even see the tip of the iceberg, they see the tip of the tip of the iceberg with their outer minds and physical senses. They do not see all of these other beings who are constantly part of allowing this physical world that you see to unfold. So, there is always someone in the forest, because if there is a tree and if there is a forest, some non-material being has manifested that. 

Then there is the question: “Does the tree make a sound if there is no human being around to hear it?” And there we can say from a certain perspective: “No, it doesn’t”, since a sound is a concept in the human mind because you have physical senses. What does happen when the tree falls in the forest is that it changes the interdependent energy field that makes up the tree, the forest, the entire planet and the entire universe. The interdependent unfolding is changed when the tree falls. Or perhaps we could even say that the interdependent unfolding changes and that causes the tree to fall. 

Again, the linear mind cannot grasp how the universe truly works. Is the effect a cause, or is the cause an effect? What is cause, what is effect? Certainly, the tree falling produces an effect in the interdependent whole. Human beings would perceive this visually as the tree falling, and hear it as a sound. It is really just an unfolding of the whole. It is almost like you could imagine that you have washed a sheet and hung it out to dry in your garden. At first it is just hanging flat but then a wind starts blowing and the sheet starts waving. The tree falling in the forest is just like one of these ripples in the sheet caused by the wind.

The double-slit experiment

Now, we move from classical physics to quantum physics, which has actually discovered that the world is an interdependent whole, a connected whole. What have they also discovered? There is some phenomenon which they do not really know how to identify and name, but they can see that when they use a certain type of instrument to investigate this phenomenon, they detect a particle, what they call a particle. But when they use another way to investigate the phenomenon, they detect a wave. Sometimes they have even detected that seemingly unconnected particles, when many of them are sent through two slits in a screen, can behave as if they are actually connected and they form a wave pattern. 

They have also discovered that this phenomenon is not as it says in classical physics, independent of the mind of the observer. They have actually discovered that when a scientist is measuring a quantum phenomenon, then the mind of the scientist and the instrument used and the quantum phenomenon become part of an interdependent whole and all three factors determine the outcome.

The simple conclusion that scientists are reluctant to make, because they want to maintain materialism, is that everything is interconnected, that the human mind is interconnected with the greater reality of the universe, that the human mind has an influence on how the universe unfolds. If you are looking for a particle, the quantum something-or-other behaves like a particle. If you are looking for a wave, it behaves like a wave. 

What does that mean, really? You are co-creators of the world, or rather you are co-creators of the unfolding of the whole, the interdependent whole. 

Changing how your mind interacts with the whole 

What does that mean for you? Again, you have a situation you want to change. Instead of seeking to directly change other people, by talking to them, or by trying to pressure them into changing their minds, instead of seeking to change physical conditions, you realize that what you really have the power to change is your own mind, and when you change your mind, you will change how your mind interacts with the whole of the situation. 

What did I say? You will change how your mind interacts with the whole of the situation. I did not say you will change the situation. You will change your mind’s interaction with the whole. There is a difference, a fundamental difference. Because when you take the traditional view that there are other people and physical conditions that are separate from you, what are you then doing? You are attuning your mind to the appearances that come through the physical senses and the outer mind, even the collective mind of humankind which is still very much trapped in this view of separate objects, the illusion of separation. So, you see that the deeper reality is that everything is an interconnected whole. But when humankind stepped into separation, it now seemed real to them that they are separate beings, they are living in a world with other separate beings, they are living on a physical planet that is separate from themselves.

What does that mean? It means that the power you have to change the situation is limited by the physical senses, the physical body, the density of matter, and the conditions in the physical realm. When you step into separation and duality you are limiting the powers of your mind to the powers of the physical body. That means that if you are to change something you have to do it through physical means. You may talk to other people, you may try to persuade them or pressure them, or manipulate them into changing their minds, and you may try to use physical force to change them. If you want to move a mountain, you grab a shovel and start digging. But the deeper reality is that what you are doing here is simply limiting the powers of your mind.

When you are not trapped in this sensory perception, this perception of the outer mind and the ego, you have the option to change your mind, your state of mind, and thereby you are not limited to the powers of the physical body and the physical octave. You are using your three higher levels of the mind to change the interdependent unfolding of the situation. It is not my intent to say here that this means you now get the complete power of mind over matter so you can change anything. Because you are still acting within an interdependent whole, and part of the equation of course is that you live on a planet with eight billion other people who form a collective consciousness. You also have their individual minds; you also have physical conditions that are very much affected by the collective consciousness. Therefore, you cannot, as one mind in the whole, change everything in the whole.

But you see, you don’t have to! What you can change is not the whole but your position in the whole. You can change how you interact with the whole. You may say you are facing a physical condition, a situation with certain limitations. You may not be able to change those limiting circumstances, but by changing your mind you can flow around them into a situation with different physical circumstances. You may not be able to change the minds of specific other people, for they are not willing to flow to a higher level. But you may be able to flow around these people and suddenly find yourself among other people who have an approach to life that is the same as the one you have achieved by changing your state of mind. 

You see, we can compare it again to this River of Life, you are floating down a river in a little boat, you are coming to a point where there are rocks sticking out of the river, you keep bumping into these rocks, and you are thinking, if only I had some tools where I could chip the rocks into pieces, and my boat could continue. But what could you do instead, you could realize your boat has a rudder, and if you change the angle of the rudder, you will change the angle that the boat is hitting the rocks, and gradually it will move around the rocks and now it’s free to flow.

It is as if, when you are thinking you have to change the outer situation, you and the other people are in a sense fixating on that situation in time and space, it is no longer flowing, moving. But when you change your mind, you will unfold yourself from that fixed situation even if the other people are still fixated on this. Therefore, you will move and you will be part of the unfolding of the River of Life. Your life will unfold in a different way, because you have changed what you can change, your part of the equation. 

Blending with the unfolding  of PadmaSambhava’s mind  

Right now you may still be thinking that I am an external voice that you hear through your senses. But the voice that you hear is just the tip of the iceberg of my mind. My mind is not limited by time and space, therefore it is not confined to the voice. I am right here with you if you desire, and I fully respect your free will, but if you desire, you have an opportunity here to shift your focus from the physical voice, to realizing that your mind is an energy field, my mind is an energy field and if you open your mind to it, our energy fields can interact directly, independently of this outer voice.

That means that the outer voice just becomes a tool for helping you attune to my frequency, like the old-fashioned dial on a radio. You might have static, but you turn the dial and now you have a station where you get a clear sound. You can turn the dial of your mind to my radio station, and then you are not hearing me, you may still be hearing the voice, but you are not primarily hearing me, you are blending, and your mind and my mind become the interdependent unfolding. 

Which means that I can communicate with you, give you something that is beyond the physical words that your senses are hearing. This can happen now, it can happen anytime you might listen to this dictation, or you can give my mantra and then sit in stillness and tune in to this unfolding of my mind, and become aware that your mind is also constantly unfolding. By allowing the two to blend – because you see how they are interdependent, my mind can assist you in changing the unfolding of your mind, thereby changing the unfolding of your situation. I am not doing it for you as an external being, I am helping you change the unfolding of your mind, thereby changing the unfolding of your outer situation.

I know that what I am asking you to do here, or realise, will take some work for many of you because you have been brought up with this classical view of the separate objects. It might take some re-tooling of the mind, realignment of the mind, before you have freed your mind from this so you can truly experience the interdependent originations or unfolding of my mind and your mind, and of your mind and the world around you, but it is possible, because what one has done, all can do. How did I ascend? By changing my mind until it became in sync with the unfolding of a higher realm than the physical realm.

No barrier between physical and ascended realms

When you take the classical view of separate objects, this is in a sense what was given in the I AM Movement, the Summit Lighthouse and in the beginning years of this dispensation, because that was what we determined people could handle. But now we are at a point where we see that there are at least some people who can shift. Where instead of seeing the ascended masters as these remote beings up there in the sky, you overcome the sense of distance, you tune in to the reality of the interdependent unfolding of the world. Meaning nothing is separate, the physical realm is not separated from the ascended realm, they are two aspects of the whole. Therefore, if you can re-tool your mind so that you do not see a barrier between the two, then there will not be a barrier for you. That means that now the energies, the impulses, the ideas from the ascended realm can flow into your mind, flow through your mind as it is indeed happening through the messenger’s mind right now. 

The messenger does not see me as this remote being up there in the sky, but has overcome that sense of separation and distance, where he just allows his mind to become neutral so that my mind can unfold itself through his mind and vocal chords. It seems easy to some of you – because it is when you have overcome the sense of separation. It is effortless because you of your own self are doing nothing, but allowing the Father within you to unfold itself through you.

Interdependent unfolding of earth

Now, back to my original question – what is real and what is unreal? You have my decree that you just gave: “The ultimate truth you reveal, earth is an appearance where nothing is real”. This is actually meant to provoke the mind because it is not necessarily a literal statement. As we have said before, and as I even said in the example of the forest and the tree, there are beings in higher realms who have manifested the earth. But they have not manifested it in the sense that they have created a planet that is floating in empty space. It is not even so that we have sent energy to the planet, or sent the planet hurling through space. We have actually unfolded the planet from the identity, through the mental, through the emotional and through the physical [realms], and we are constantly unfolding it. 

How is earth moving through space? Is there a planet like a tennis ball moving through the air – nay. There is an unfolding that just unfolds in a slightly different position, then in a slightly different position, then in a slightly different position. But as Surya was explaining yesterday, nothing is constant, nothing is unchangeable. It may seem as if the earth is on a predefined, predestined orbit. That is what materialists want to believe. They want to believe that if they could know all of the initial conditions that created the earth, if they could know the laws that determine the earth’s movement through space, they could predict with mathematical precision which position the earth would be in, in a thousand years. 

But if you take the quantum physical view, then earth’s position in space in a thousand years is not fixed, it is not given, it cannot be determined from present conditions. Because the minds of humanity are part of the equation that will determine how the earth moves through space, or rather unfolds along with the space, as it is unfolding. And a slight change, even you raising your mind and tuning in to this interdependent unfolding, can shift the path of the earth through space a little bit. But a slight change in its current position will set it on a different course, and in a thousand years it will make a huge difference if we go with the traditional view. 

Changing the unfolding of our minds

You see here that nothing is set in stone, nothing is fixed. Your life may seem to be on a certain track based on what you have experienced so far. You may even, if you could see your karma from past lives, say: “Oh, my karma has defined this track and I can do nothing about it.” This is what many believe in the East. But you can change how your mind is unfolding when you stop focusing on outer conditions and other people, thinking you can only change your situation through physical means. But become willing to change the unfolding of your mind. Then your mind will interact with the unfolding of the whole at the emotional, mental, identity levels and even at the spiritual level, and that means that your life can change dramatically. Even if your current physical conditions and other people do not change at all – your life can change. 

This messenger decided at an early age to leave his native country. He went through a huge transformation of changing the unfolding of his mind, and has now moved back to his home country where he still has some family left. They have barely changed at all, and certainly cannot even perceive how he has changed. Yet his life, even his physical situation has changed dramatically. Many of you have experienced the same. All of you can experience something similar. Change what you can change, and even what you cannot change will not matter to you anymore. For your experience of life will have changed. 

The purpose of earth

Now what does it mean really when I say: earth is an appearance where nothing is real. Well, it ties in with the concept of a reality simulator, where the important aspect of a simulator is not what you are actually seeing in the simulator. You go into a flight simulator to learn to fly an airplane; it isn’t what you see in the simulator. What is important is how interacting with the simulator changes your mind, so you learn how to fly an airplane, and gain the confidence that you could. Earth is just an appearance, nothing is real in the sense that it’s fixed and cannot be changed, but nothing is real in the sense that it is not the conditions on earth that matter to you at all. What matters is how your mind interacts with the conditions on earth, for the whole purpose of the simulator is to help you change your state of mind. You do this by coming to see that nothing on earth is fixed, it’s constantly unfolding, and when your mind connects beyond the physical level to the deeper levels of that unfolding, you will fundamentally change your life experience in the simulator. You will not let outer circumstances define you.

Those of you who opened your mind to my mind have also given me some interaction with your mind where I see what is happening in your mind. I am not here trying to pry and violate your privacy. But I simply see that many of you, your minds are so filled with outer situations, interactions with other people, spouses, children, co-workers, family members, friends, this and that. You are so fixated on this. I am not blaming you at all, I am just pointing out that this takes up a very large part of your attention. Which means that your attention is drawn towards the physical, so you cannot really connect to the deeper levels. 

Often you are so fixated on an outer situation, that you do not have attention left over to say: what are the deeper levels of this situation beyond the physical, and then you can look at the beam in your own eye, your emotional, mental, identity bodies and see: “How can I change what is happening in my own mind. Because it is what is happening in my own mind that determines how I experience the situation, and how could the situation be changed by me changing that part of the interdependent unfolding that is my mind.”

Mapping out your attention 

If you look at your mind – your attention – as a circle, you could, as we have said before simply say, you could sit with a piece of paper, draw a circle, and there is a centre in the middle. Now you draw a slice of the pie, and then you say, this is my spouse that takes up this much space, however big the slice is for you. You draw another slice, this is my job, these are my children, these are my studies, this is my career, this is my hobby, these are my spiritual pursuits. You can map out your attention on this pie chart and you can see which slices of the pie take up most of your attention.

Then you can look at a particular slice and say: “Yes, I am now an adult, but my mother still takes up that big slice – is that really necessary?” Then you can look at what separate selves do you have that cause you to react to your mother so she takes up that much of your attention. Then you can use our tools to dig down for those selves and say: “What are the beliefs I have that allow my mother to capture so much of my attention?” 

And you can see that at some point, often in a past life, maybe with the mother you have now, maybe with somebody else, you came to accept a certain belief about how you are obligated towards your mother. How you are obligated to allow her to have an influence on your life, on your state of mind. How you have created certain buttons and you are allowing her to push them at will. 

Then you can reduce that, you can see the self, let it die, and suddenly the slice that is your mother starts shrinking and collapsing until it finds a more reasonable level. This frees up your attention for other things. And you can go around the pie of your mind until you come to a point where your mind is free from many of the things that are now occupying it. Therefore, you can more easily tune in to these deeper levels and see that your outer situation is not just at the physical level, it is at the emotional, mental and identity [level]. Even if you cannot change the physical, or at least it seems like you cannot change the physical, you can change the other three levels of your mind. It will either change the outer situation or it will cause you to flow around it into another situation. You are shifting your position in the River and avoiding the rocks that are holding you back now. 

Inferiority-superiority game on the spiritual path 

I have in a sense given you what I wanted to give you for your personal growth. But I want to just say a few things about relating it to the topic of this conference. Earth is an appearance where nothing is real. There are many appearances on earth. One of the appearances that takes up an enormous amount of space in people’s minds is the inferiority-superiority dynamic. You look around at people. You see how many people are occupied at gaining some position of superiority. Or they are occupied by having accepted a position of inferiority, using it as an excuse for not doing anything to change their lives. 

As we have said before, when you first find the spiritual path, it is inevitable that your subconscious selves will color your approach to the path. It is inevitable that avatars, when they first find the spiritual path, they have an inferiority complex. Because you came here to earth with the best of intentions, you were, as we have said, hammered down by the fallen beings who did everything they could to destroy you, and give you such an inferiority complex that you felt that it was a mistake to come to earth: “I should never have done it, I have no right to be here. I have no right to challenge the fallen beings, I have no right to challenge other people, and they don’t want to listen to me anyway. I should not try to do anything on earth. I should just dig a hole, climb in it and throw the dirt back on top of myself.” Rather difficult to do, by the way! 

So, when you find the spiritual path, most avatars, not all but most, have that sense of inferiority. You often base it on your interactions with the world and with other people where you felt like an outcast, because nobody could really understand you and relate to you. So, now you find the spiritual path, you find other spiritual people, and as you are climbing from the 48th to the 96th level and building that spiritual self that takes you above the mass consciousness, it is virtually inevitable that you build a certain sense of superiority, because you are more spiritual than most other people. 

Again, we are not blaming you, we are just pointing out the dynamic. And then you come to the 96th level and you will not pass the initiation at the 96th level unless you fully let go of this desire to use the spiritual path to play the superiority game. Or for that matter still play the inferiority game where you see yourself as inferior and therefore you do not dare to go out into the world and talk about your spirituality. You have to let that go, to go beyond the 96th level. 

Beyond the 96th level: The path of surrender

How do you let it go? By seeing that the entire game of inferiority and superiority that is being outplayed on earth is an appearance where nothing is real. For in the Christ mind, as we have explained, there is no inferiority and superiority, they have no meaning. And what you do at the 96th level is, you are letting go of the things that be of men. You focus your attention on the things that be of God. Thereby tuning into the Christ mind and therefore saying, understanding, grasping, feeling: “There is nothing in this world that I won’t give up to come closer to Christ, to come closer to my I AM Presence, to the ascended masters. I am willing to give up, I am willing to lose my life for the sake of following Christ into the inner kingdom. Nothing here is real because nothing defines me, and nothing is going to keep me from taking the next step on my path towards Christ – because it is unreal.”

That is a decision you have to make, it will not happen automatically, even if you resolve the self at the 96th level, you still have to make that decision.  You will have to validate it many times when you are confronted with things in the world. Where you can say: “I surrender, I give it up”. If you could have counted how many times this messenger has said: “I surrender it”, you would be surprised at how many things you can actually surrender on a planet like earth, where you are constantly bombarded with these impulses that want you to think that something in matter matters, defines you and pulls you back and prevents you from saying with Christ: “What is that to me, I will follow thee”. 

Shifting the mind’s unfolding into the ascended state

The fallen beings are relentless, certain other people close to you might also be relentless. But when you begin to tune into this interdependent unfolding, you can see that you are not a separate being. Therefore, these conditions on earth at the physical level, they don’t limit you, they do not have power over you, and they do not have any pull on you, you have no obligation to let them determine the course of your life. You have a right to go within your mind, go after these selves that feel attached to things on earth, that are identified with things on earth, surrender them, give them up, thereby changing the unfolding of your mind, and thereby changing the position your mind has in the grand unfolding of the universe. 

Again, you can take this view that the ascension is a process where you are somehow travelling up there. Really, the way I would describe it based on my own experiences and the words I am using here is that there came a point where the appearances of the world lost their ability to pull my mind into thinking that they were real. I saw them as appearances because I saw beyond the physical appearances, and I saw that it is all just this unfolding of energy. Even the mountain that might have been there for millions of years and seems immovable is still just an unfoldment of the energies in the emotional, mental and identity levels. 

When I saw that behind the physical appearances is just the unfoldment of fluid energy that can be changed anytime, I saw everything on earth is an appearance where nothing is real. And then the unfolding of my mind shifted, so that instead of continually folding around the appearances on earth, it started unfolding into the other realms, eventually into the ascended realm. Now my mind was just – instead of being unfolded as a being embodied on earth – it was unfolded as an ascended being. 

I am not saying you need to unfold your mind so you ascend right now, if that is your choice of course, but most of you have a Divine plan where you want to stay in embodiment for some time. You want to achieve certain goals, but how are you going to achieve those goals? Through physical means or through changing the unfolding of your mind, so that your mind simply unfolds those results that you want to achieve? How are you going to do that unless you unfold your mind so that you see that the appearances on earth are just appearances? In fact, earth is an appearance where nothing is real in the sense that it cannot limit your mind. Regardless of conditions on earth your mind can unfold so you gain a different experience where, instead of being tuned in to the physical limitations and thinking they define you, you are tuned in to the higher realms, in the spiritual realm, to your I AM Presence and you are saying: “I can of my own self, the physical self, do nothing. The Father within me, the I AM Presence, the ascended masters, they are the doers. My Father works hitherto and I work because I am paying attention to the outer situations. But I am allowing my I AM Presence, the power of my I AM Presence to flow through me, and unfold those situations so they move in the direction I determined in my Divine plan. And so they move in the direction of my qualifying for my ascension, by raising my consciousness to the levels of Christhood where I attain inner peace.” Because, what does it mean to be the Christ in embodiment? It means that you realize who you are, an extension of the Creator’s Being, and as such you are not defined by the outer conditions in the physical realm on earth, or in the emotional body, or the mental or the identity [body]. Nothing on earth defines you, because earth is an appearance where nothing is real. But you are real, the Conscious You is real, your I AM Presence is real. The ascended masters that are your spiritual lineage going all the way to the Creator are real. 

Can you feel the unfolding of our interdependent interaction, and how my mind has shifted during this dictation, has unfolded? And if you are willing to unfold with it, your mind has shifted as well. If it has not shifted now, it can. If you continue to make some effort to tune in to me, even giving my mantra nine times a day, and taking a few moments afterwards to be still, and just see how our minds can unfold together. 

So, with this I seal you in the flame that I AM. 

PadmaSambhava I AM. 

 

Copyright © 2025 Kim Michaels

 

Back to Rising above the superiority-inferiority duality

The cosmic experiment: The dance of creation

Listen to a recording of this dictation (subscribers only)

Ascended Master Surya through Kim Michaels, August 9, 2025. This dictation was given at the 2025 Conference for America: Rising above the superiority-inferiority duality.

I AM the Ascended Master Surya. And although I do not speak often, I decided to take this opportunity to give a teaching that really does not directly relate to the topic of this conference. At least, not directly, but perhaps indirectly. What I wish to speak about here is the cosmic dance of the universe.

At Jesus’ time, people had a very limited worldview. Even up to modern times, they had a very limited worldview. It is only in the last century or so, with the appearance of technology that has allowed scientists to look deeper and deeper into the universe, that people have attained a more realistic view of the cosmos. Not a realistic view, but a more realistic view. I wish to push a little bit towards a more realistic view.

The impuls and the Matter-light

When you look at the universe, you can look at the galaxies, solar systems, planets, of how they are moving through what scientists call empty space. As some of them are beginning to realize, empty space is, of course, not empty. It is just filled with a substance that is not physical, not material. For if there was only emptiness, how could anything move through it? You know that sound, sound waves, propagate through some medium. Light rays, supposedly, scientists believe, can spread through empty space. But how does a wave spread if there is nothing that waves, nothing that oscillates?

You see that creation is based on, as Portia described, this differentiation into two, first. The expanding. The contracting. But we can look at this from a slightly different perspective and say the contracting element is the basic substance of creation. We have called it the Ma-ter light. This is what can wave, what can oscillate. The expanding force is that which moves through the Ma-ter light and sets it in a wave-like motion. It is actually not the highest view to say that light is a wave, nay. Light is an impulse, springing from the expanding force. And when it moves through the contracting element of the Ma-ter light, it generates a wave. Because the Ma-ter light is set in an oscillating movement, which you see as a wave.

This is how the physical universe was generated, by beings in a higher realm, using that expanding element to formulate a vision and project it upon the Ma-ter light, thereby setting the Ma-ter light in motion. And the Ma-ter light can move in two ways. A wave that is propagating through space. And a wave that is standing still, and therefore, becomes an energy field. In a sense, you could say it is all fields, it is just a matter of how they move. Because even what you on earth see as a stationary field, which you see as solid matter, such as planet earth, is of course moving.

This is something that you could not have explained to people even a century or two ago. They thought the earth was stationary. They did not have the ability to think in abstract ways and see that the earth is moving through space at an incredible speed. Going even further back, the ancients could see that the star constellations were moving in the sky, but they thought the sky was moving relative to the earth. But they still thought the heavens were immutable. But what I aim to convey to you is, nothing is immutable, nothing is unchanging. Everything is constantly changing in this cosmic dance that the Buddha called the interdependent originations and which Hinduists sometimes refer to as the dance of Shiva.

How the universe was created

Scientists today, as I said, have been able to look deeper into the physical universe than ever before, at least in recorded history. And they have begun to appreciate, first of all, how vast the universe is, how complex it is. But it is still as if for every new discovery there is a new mystery springing up. Lately, they have seen these galaxies that they think have formed so shortly after the big bang that it defies their traditional cosmology and time frame of how long it took. But they are reasoning that since these galaxies are so far from earth, they must have formed earlier than the galaxies who are closer to earth. But is that the case? Is that the only possible interpretation?

What have we described? Everything is made out of the Ma-ter light that takes on form, but the Ma-ter light does not take on form by itself. It moves when an impulse is directed at it from a higher realm. The galaxies that you see today, including your own, did not start forming when there was only supposedly cosmic dust produced by the big bang and hurled outwards. Your galaxy did not start with one speck of dust colliding with another speck of dust, colliding with a third speck of dust, continuing and continuing until specks of dust had formed this entire galaxy. The galaxies were started as a matrix held in the mind of beings in the ascended realm, and they were lowered into the material frequency spectrum through the power of the expanding force. They did not all come into the physical spectrum simultaneously. They came over some period of time. But nowhere near the time frame in the big bang theory.

What is time?

You cannot in any way, as some scientists are beginning to acknowledge, create a linear timeline from the big bang to today and say that at the time of the big bang, a second was the same length as the second is today. Time changes over time. In fact, everything changes over time. Or we could even say there was a time when there was no time. A time before time. For what is time? It is a movement through space. How do you count time on earth? The basic time is day and night. Well, what creates day and night? The fact that the surface of the earth at any point moves during the 24-hour cycle.

What creates the times of the year? The earth moves around the Sun. What creates even greater time frames? That the solar system is moving through the galaxy. That the galaxy is moving through space.

Beings behind the movement of galaxies

But is the galaxy moving as an independent separate unit? Nay. It is moving in a choreographed dance with all the other galaxies. Scientists have been attempting to portray this as a purely mechanical process driven by gravity. The galaxies influence each other through gravity and this accounts for the movement. But they have known for some time that the movement you observe cannot be explained by the gravitational force of the physical matter they can see.

They have speculated about dark matter. But the dark matter is just the emotional, mental and identity realm and the spiritual realm that affects the movements of bodies in the physical. How does this happen? Is it a purely mechanical process of gravity pulling on everything else creating this movement? Nay, it is not. What moves the earth around the Sun? Is it just gravity? Nay. It is the constant attention of the Elohim that keeps the earth in orbit. What moves the Sun through the galaxy? The constant attention of ascended masters at a higher level of the Elohim than created the earth. And what moves the entire galaxy are even beings at a higher level with the power of mind to move the unit the size of a galaxy. And all of this is conscious, coordinated, choreographed. Why, you might say? For the growth of the beings who are expanding their sense of self by reaching a level of consciousness where they have that power of mind over matter to lower an entire galaxy into the material frequency spectrum and to move it in coordination with other beings with that power.

The lie of the mechanical world

And you may say: “Well, how is that relevant to me?” Well, these beings who can move an entire galaxy started out like you. They are just further along in the path of self-transcendence. You can work your way up to that level and even go beyond. For that is the purpose of creation, that growth in awareness that allows you to manifest something in the physical and move it. There is, of course, much that could be said about this. But the main thing I wanted to convey here is that science is really trapped in a mindset of wanting to explain everything in a purely mechanical way.

Now, you could say: “Why is that so? Why have scientists become trapped in this mindset?” Well, because of the influence of the fallen beings. Some fallen beings want to create their false god and get people to worship that god. But other fallen beings who want to be superior to the fallen beings who create gods, they want to destroy gods. The gods created by the other fallen beings, but even the real God. They want to create a worldview of a world where there is no god, there are no conscious beings, it is all mechanical, driven by laws of nature. They want to explain everything in the world by what you can see in the physical realm. It is as other masters have said, when you are trapped in duality and can see only the physical world, you want to take what you see in the physical world and project it on anything beyond. Or you want to take what is in the physical world and project that the physical world is a self-existing, self-contained unit that needs nothing from outside itself to explain the cosmic dance of the galaxies.

Not-so-constant cosmological constants

One thing that science has discovered is that the universe has these cosmological constants. This is where the wisdom of the Mother allows you to look at science and say: “But have you not been telling us that there is no guiding principle? That, for example, we are the product of a process of evolution that is blind, unconscious, and entirely based on random events, random mutations and then the adaptation to physical conditions. If the entire universe is defined by these cosmological constants, where is the room for randomness?” Clearly, with the wisdom of the Divine Mother, something is missing in the scientific worldview. There are either cosmological constants or there is randomness. You cannot have both. But scientists, at least a few, have begun to ask the question: “Are these constants really constant? Or could they change over time? For example, was the speed of light the same a millisecond after the big bang as it is today? Was the gravitational constant the same before galaxies formed? For dust does not really have much of a gravitational pull compared to a galaxy.”

The reality is that there is nothing in this world that is constant and never changes. It is a constant dance guided by self-aware beings with a much higher level of consciousness than any human being on earth, including fallen beings. And as the universe unfolds, they adjust these so-called constants, because they experience directly that nothing is separate. Even galaxies that are far apart, seemingly, are not separate. They are all part of what the Buddha called the interdependent originations, where everything is connected. What connects it? The connection is not at the physical level. The connection is in the mind of the ascended beings who are directing the movement of the galaxies. And they are united through the Christ mind.

Therefore, it is not that those who oversee the Andromeda galaxy are disconnected from those who oversee other galaxies. They work together. They coordinate the movements. And as the galaxies move closer to each other, further away from each other, the so-called cosmological constants are constantly adjusted to produce the movement that the beings want to produce. These beings are not bound by the limitations of the physical octave or the duality consciousness. There is certainly a certain mechanics that comes in, in the physical realm. But the ascended beings can override this and define what they want to manifest. It is simply that if you want to manifest a galaxy that has these properties and moves this way, then certain cosmological constants have to have this value. If you want to manifest a galaxy that has different properties, you adjust the constants. And even a small change can produce a big effect.

You may say that this is a very abstract message. Certainly, if you feel it is too abstract, ignore it. Focus on what some other masters have talked about. But I know there are people in embodiment, both some of you here and other people who are not part of this movement, who could benefit from this message. And again, the interdependent originations between you and I are sending this impulse out. There are scientists, for example, who have never heard of ascended masters and do not need to hear about us, but who are asking themselves these questions about whether anything is really constant. And they can benefit from receiving this impulse, allowing them to see a little bit further, and reach more clear questions that can lead to clearer insights, breakthroughs.

Learning what is possible

What is the purpose of it all? Well partly, as I said, the growth in self-awareness of the beings who are orchestrating this cosmic dance. But also, that these beings come to appreciate the world of form of our Creator and the incredible opportunities that are here. But also, that they come to know the mechanics. For when you manifest something that is differentiated, you must make a choice. But the choice has certain consequences, because you cannot have your cake and eat it too. You cannot create something with these properties and at the same time it has other properties. And in order to create a universe that is sustainable over time, you need to know what works and what does not.

And how do you get to know how to create a galaxy that does not self-destruct? Only by doing. There is no cosmic academy where you can get a degree in galaxy formation. It is only hands-on, minds-on, because then the lesson is integrated, not theoretical. You are not sitting there like the fallen beings, thinking that in your mind you can define how the world should work. You are experimenting and learning what is actually possible. What is not possible? What are the consequences of every choice you make? And that is how you grow to that level of awareness where you can create a creation that is sustainable.

Now, you might say, based on this teaching: “But has the Creator really created our world of form when you consider that the beings in the first sphere co-created their sphere, and so forth with the succeeding spheres down to this one?” But the Creator has defined the parameters for how this world of form works. And they could have been very different. And there are worlds of form where they are very different. But these worlds of form are still sustainable. But within a sphere, especially an unascended sphere, there is vast room for experimentation. And this is what allows these beings to then experience what works and what does not work.

Sometimes even ascended beings co-creating galaxies create something that is not sustainable. You may have two suns that collide or two galaxies that collide or merge, but it is part of the learning process. You may say: “How can ascended masters make mistakes?” But they are not mistakes, they are experiments. The ascended masters are not in duality, do not think in terms of mistakes. When you reach that level of awareness, you can create or move a galaxy. You have a vast experience base to draw upon, but you are still experimenting. You are just not thinking of an experiment as a mistake, but as a stepping stone towards something that is sustainable. Because of the increasing density of the spheres, the beings who create galaxies in this sphere are doing something that has never been done before, even in previous spheres. But still, everything that is done is within the parameters defined by the Creator. And although individual structures might not be sustainable, it will not cause the entire world to self-destruct.

No boredom in the ascended state

It has been my joy to interact with you in this way, and to give you a glimpse in what you can see, experience, explore from the ascended state. You will see that one of the most common states of mind on earth is boredom. Why? Because there are beings on earth who have been in duality for so long that they have explored almost everything that could be done in duality. And they are beginning to long for something beyond duality, but they have not locked in to what it is. And therefore, they are thinking: “Maybe it is boring to be in the heaven realm, the kingdom of God, the ascended realm. Maybe there is only God and some angels that are sitting on a pink cloud playing the harp for all eternity, once in a while blowing in a trumpet. But it is not really that exciting, is it?”

I wanted to send this impulse into the collective consciousness so that those who are open for it can shift and see that there is immense opportunities for experiences and growth in the ascended realm. Immense opportunities! Once you ascend, boredom is left behind. You can never be bored as an ascended master. It is only a product of the duality consciousness and this illusion you can create that you know everything, you have it all figured out. You know better than God how God’s creation works. But after a time of using your own mind, the separate mind, to attempt to define reality, you get bored with your own mind. And the solution is to reach for the mind that is beyond yours. And there are almost infinite levels of minds that are beyond yours when you are embodied on a planet called earth.

I hope I have given you a glimpse of this immense world of opportunities and exploration and experimentation and participation in this really most wondrous creation defined by our Creator. With this, I seal you in the God flame that I AM, Surya I AM.

 

Copyright © 2025 Kim Michaels

 

Back to Rising above the superiority-inferiority duality

Rethinking society: when the Wisdom of Christ meets the Wisdom of the Mother


Listen to a recording of this dictation (subscribers only) 

Ascended Master Portia through Kim Michaels, August 9, 2025. This dictation was given at the 2025 Conference for America: Rising above the superiority-inferiority duality.

I AM the Ascended Master Portia. Can we talk about the concept of inferiority and superiority without talking about the most basic, the most devastating inferiority-superiority dynamic seen on earth?

Now, I would ask you to guess what dynamic am I talking about? Anyone? Men and women? Exactly.

You look at history on this planet, you go as far back as you have recorded history, which is, of course, only a blink of an eye in the actual history of earth, but nevertheless you see that there has, for all of that time span, been a clear dynamic where men have felt superior to women, and in many cultures women have accepted that inferior position and accepted the superiority of men. Where does that particular dynamic come from? Is it natural? Well, let me leave that question hanging.

Christ is neither male nor female

Most of you will know this, but I wish to put it out there in the collective consciousness. In the beginning was only the Creator. The Creator is one being. Regardless of the images created by many religions on earth, the Creator is not male. Neither is the Creator female. The Creator is beyond any divisions that you could possibly think up. The Creator is undivided, indivisible. The Creator then, out of its own being, creates the Christ mind, the One mind. This mind is also not male or female, for it is undivided, indivisible, meaning there is no differentiation in terms of the forms that you see in this world of form. You cannot take any form in the world of form and project it onto the Christ mind or the Creator.

This does not mean that the Creator is completely undifferentiated, for the Creator is a being, a self-aware being with an individuality. It is an individuality that is way beyond anything you can conceptualize on earth. But the Creator is not the completely undifferentiated Brahman envisioned by many eastern religions. But compared to the forms in this creation of the Creator, the Creator and the Christ consciousness are undifferentiated, undivided. There is no male or female. Now, the Creator has created this One mind out of which everything else will be created and the purpose is, of course, that no matter what form is created, no matter what differentiation might appear, you can use the One mind to trace the origin of form back to the Creator.

The expanding and contracting forces

Now, the Creator has set the stage for creating a differentiated world of form, a world of differentiated forms: What is the first differentiation that appears? It is the differentiation depicted in the Tai Chi of two forces. We have called them the expanding and the contracting forces. These forces are not opposites. They are complementary, which is why you see the black and white fields that are interwoven in the Tai Chi. The Tai Chi can, of course, not be taken literally, but it shows two interwoven forces, because in order to create differentiated forms, there must be some beginning level of differentiation: the outgoing, the contracting. And these two complement each other, balance each other, and any form that you see in this entire world of form springs out of the interaction, we might say, the interdependent origination of these two forces.

Now I know that we have, especially in the beginning teachings of this dispensation, also called them masculine and feminine, male and female, Father and Mother. But that is to make it more easy for people on earth to relate to them. In the beginning, it was not masculine and feminine. They were just two forces. Then what first springs out of these two forces is what makes up what we have called the first sphere. And then there is a succession of spheres leading to your sphere, our sphere, the seventh, which is yet unascended. Everything in this sphere is created out of the interaction of these two basic forces. Still we are not talking masculine and feminine, men and women. But again, layers of creation leading to the physical octave, the densest realm in this unascended sphere. For that matter, the densest realm yet created in the entire world of form.

The concept of men and women

As you go towards greater density, matter sets certain parameters for what can be created. We might say that in the identity realm, the identity octave, things are more fluid. In the mental realm, they are a little bit less fluid. In the emotional realm, they are another notch down, not quite as fluid. And of course, in the physical, you have the densest, the least fluid. In the identity, mental, emotional realms, you do not have physical bodies. You have what you can call bodies, but they are not as dense as the physical bodies. Therefore, they are not subject to the same laws. You might say that there is a succession of layers, levels of laws, principles and the denser the substance that makes up the sphere or the octave, the more, we might say, limiting these laws become. They are simply certain mechanics that come into play, which, and I am, of course, simplifying this somewhat, but nevertheless, which means that on a planet with a density of earth, reproduction requires physical bodies of two ‘opposite’, you might say, ‘complementary’, you might also say, sexes. There are complicated reasons for this, which I will not go into, because my purpose here is to explain that the concept of men and women, masculine and feminine, really only applies to the physical realm, the most dense realm in the world of form.

The male God

As other Masters have said, the problem with the duality consciousness is that once you go into it, you cannot see beyond the material realm. You can have the concept that there is some world beyond it, but you cannot contact the Christ mind and therefore, experience that world directly. Therefore, you take the forms that are in the material realm and project it upon the realm that is beyond the material. You have a situation on earth where you have physical bodies with different sexes, and now people look at what is here on earth and they project this upon the spiritual realm, and now they come up with this idea that God is male: “God is a male figure, the old man with a long white beard and hair sitting on a white throne in heaven, and if God is a man and God is the Creator, the ultimate God, then surely God must be superior to anything in the material realm, and therefore, man must be superior to woman.” Such is the reasoning of the dualistic mind. I am not saying it is that way in the Christ mind, nor that it is that way in the wisdom of the Mother, but that is the reasoning of the dualistic mind.

Duality and value judgment

Because, as we have said, the dualistic mind cannot simply look at differentiation in a neutral way. The dualistic mind looks at the different forms, but it must apply a value judgment. There is always a comparison, there is always a scale: true, false; right, wrong; better, worse; inferior, superior. It cannot think in any other way. Therefore, when you have projected this image that God is male and God is the ultimate being in the universe, then naturally women on earth must be inferior to the men on earth. That is how the dualistic mind reasons, the only way it can reason. Not the only way, because you could have reasoned with the dualistic mind that God was female and therefore, women were superior to men. But back in time a choice was made. And who made that choice? Well, human beings did not make that choice, if with human beings we mean the original earth inhabitants. Neither did, of course, God make that choice. Who made it? Well, this is what you cannot grasp unless you have our teachings about what we have called fallen beings.

The fallen beings’ choice

Beings who in the distant past went so deeply into duality that they came to believe that their minds were capable of defining how the world works, or at least how it should work. And some of them came to believe that they knew better than God how the world works. These then, when they were allowed to come to earth, which we have explained in great depth in other places, but when they were first allowed to come to earth, they had a clear goal of taking dominion over this planet and controlling the original earth inhabitants. They looked at how might we attain control over these primitive, ignorant human beings. And therefore, they came up with a scheme that they would project that God is male and therefore, men are superior to women.

There is a certain irony here. Did the fallen beings look at men and women and say: “Yeah, men are clearly superior, so that is what we are going to project?” No, they did not. They actually looked at men and women and they saw that because humankind at the time had gone into duality, men had a certain characteristic in the duality consciousness. Because on a dense planet like earth, when people go into duality, they begin to identify with form. Those who were in male bodies identified themselves with a male form. Those who were in female bodies, of course, identified themselves with a female form. But the male force, when you go back to the original two forces, is the expansive force. That means that men have more of a tendency to look for some ultimate answer, such as wanting to have the ultimate God of the universe be intimately concerned about conditions on earth. Women, on the other hand, were more in touch with the Mother realm, the matter realm, the physical planet, nature. And therefore, the fallen beings saw that although both were cut off from the wisdom of the Christ, women were more in tune with the wisdom of the Mother. Women were the ones who were more willing to look at how things actually work in nature. And therefore, the fallen beings saw: “Ah, women are harder to fool than men. We can fool men into believing in an idea that is completely disconnected from the physical matter realm.”

A mind trap for men

What does that mean? It means that when you project the idea that God is male, you cannot look at the nature you can see with your physical senses and validate or invalidate that idea. Meaning that once men had been fooled into thinking that God was a male, what frame of reference did they have for evaluating this, for getting out of the illusion? Women, on the other hand, if you gave them an idea, they would be willing to look at nature, at the physical realm, and look at how things actually work and see whether your idea was realistic or not. Therefore, it became clear to the fallen beings that women were harder to fool than men. They had more of a frame of reference than men did. Meaning once men had gone into the state of illusion, it would be harder for them to get out of it. I am, of course, not using the terms inferior and superior, but when it comes to the question of who were the easiest people to fool on earth, it is clear that men were easier to fool than women. And that is why the fallen beings chose to create an entire worldview, not just one religion, but an entire worldview that God is male.

And because God is male, God first created man, and then as a kind of afterthought, he created women: “Let us not have Adam be lonely. Let us give him someone who can help him, serve him.” By the very fact that men do not have as much of a frame of reference as women, you could say that even before the fallen beings came, there was a certain rivalry, envy in the minds of men. Because as you see in some native societies in recent history, what happened back then was that women were often wiser than men when it came to practical life, making things work, because they were, as it was said in the Middle Ages, wise women. They could go out into nature and find herbs and intuitively sense that they would cure a certain disease, which most men were not able to do. Women had certain abilities that men did not have, which meant that some of the societies on earth, women had a higher position than men, and some men envied that. Therefore, they were very susceptible when the fallen beings came and said: “But clearly men are superior because God is a man!”

The false God of the Old Testament

As I have explained: God is not a man. The God created by the fallen beings is a false God. Any God that is differentiated into male and female is not the ultimate God. There can be ascended beings in heaven who hold a male and female, masculine-feminine polarity, but the ultimate God cannot be male or female, therefore, likely to be a false God created by the fallen beings. The fallen beings, in their arrogance, believe that they are capable of creating their own God that is more powerful or wiser than the real Creator. They took great delight in sitting there in their councils, defining this male God which was much further back than the origin of the Old Testament and some of the other known civilizations and their religions, but nevertheless it was carried over to the Old Testament God, which is why as we have said before, the Old Testament God is a false God, a man-made idol, or rather an idol made by the fallen beings. This does not mean that the Bible is entirely false, for the name I AM or I AM THAT I AM has a validity as we have explained, and which I will not go into here.

Men’s and women’s tendencies

I want to stay with this idea that the fallen beings defined men as superior to women because they saw that men were easier to fool than women. Therefore, you could say the fallen beings defined men as superior because they saw that they were really inferior. Another irony of history, we might say. We can now fast forward to modern times. We can look at the world today and we can see that there are still cultures today that are clearly patriarchal, male-dominated. We can ask ourselves: “What is it that could liberate humankind from the current mindset, worldview, the duality consciousness, the consciousness of anti-christ, the death consciousness? What could liberate?” Well, as we have explained, only the Christ mind. But the Christ mind can be reached in two different ways, as we have explained. The vertical way where you reach up, and the horizontal way where you use the wisdom of the Mother to see the contradictions of duality. Both are needed.

Men have a tendency, and I say tendency, that it is easier for them to reach up directly and reach the Christ mind vertically. Women have a tendency, again a tendency, that it is easier for them to reach horizontally and contact the wisdom of the Mother. It is by no means so that men cannot contact or use the wisdom of the Mother and women cannot contact the Christ mind directly. But there is a tendency. And the reason why it is important to realize this is that this explains why Jesus took on a male body and supposedly had only male disciples. It was partly also because he descended into, embodied into a patriarchal culture that simply would not have accepted a female prophet or Messiah. But it was also to demonstrate this, that men have the potential to reach up. Women of course do too, as seen by the fact that Jesus actually had female disciples who were in certain ways more advanced than the male disciples. But again, there is that tendency that women find it more easy to contact the wisdom of the Mother.

The need for both wisdoms

Now, originally the two forces, the expanding and the contracting, are complementary. And they of course still are. But because of the density of earth, because the vast majority of human beings have descended into the duality consciousness, then people cannot easily grasp this. And this means that due to the density of people’s minds, they find it difficult to contact the Christ mind vertically and the wisdom of the Mother horizontally in their pure forms. It is, as we have said before, that the first challenge of Christ is to recognize Christ as something beyond this world, beyond your own mind. The second challenge is that you do not try to pull Christ into your mind and validate your world view. But when people hear about the Christ mind and the wisdom of the Mother, they do tend to pull them in. And that means that whether they contact the Christ mind this way or the wisdom of the Mother that way, they impose a certain coloring upon them. And the effect of this is that given the current density of earth, you cannot actually liberate yourself from duality by only using the Christ mind or by only using the wisdom of the Mother.

Because due to people’s density of consciousness, the way they tend to use these tools is colored by their minds. And that gives certain limitations. For example, men who reach for the Christ mind often tend to disconnect from practical everyday life and find it difficult to function in everyday life. You see many examples of it through history. You see it today. Women who use the wisdom of the Mother find it very easy to see the contradictions of duality, but find it difficult to reach for the Christ vision beyond duality. It does not mean they come to see one dualistic polarity as true and the other as false. It just means that they see both are false, but they cannot quite grasp what is the Christ perspective beyond them. And the same, of course, if men use the wisdom of the Mother and women contact the Christ mind.

Complementing each other in society

That is why you need to have both. And that is why if you actually look at Jesus’ life, you saw that he was standing there at the wedding of Cana, hesitating to demonstrate his mastery of mind over matter. And the female element in the form of Mother Mary had to step in and basically say: “Do it.” But there were also times where Jesus helped the female disciples see something that they found it difficult to see on their own. That is actually why the higher approach to spirituality sees men and women as complementary, complementing each other, helping each other reach something that they both find it difficult to reach on their own. And that is why in a modern spiritual movement, it is necessary to transcend the patriarchal mindset, the whole idea that men are somehow superior to women. Surely there are physical differences. Surely those need to be taken into account. But what do they have to do with inferiority and superiority? They are just physical differences. They are neutral when viewed from a neutral state of mind. You see here that the only thing that can change the equation on earth is the spiritual people who are willing to look beyond the patriarchal mindset, the stereotypes of men and women, and strive to create a movement where men and women complement each other instead of competing with each other.

If this can be achieved by a critical mass of spiritual people, and I did say if, then it can spread from there to other areas of society. You have, of course, societies today where people have used a combination of the direct wisdom of Christ and the wisdom of the Mother to question the patriarchal mindset, to see that there is something amiss there. But because they do not have the full clarity, they have actually come up with this idea that there should be equality between men and women. And that is actually not the highest view, because the duality consciousness will attempt to color this in various ways. For example, you take the business world where the vast majority of CEOs and board members of corporations are men. Some nations have then decided this is not right. We need to change this. We create a rule that there should be a quota. There should be a certain percentage of women on boards.

Changing the business world 

But you see, that is actually not the highest approach. You also have the concept that women should be allowed to reach positions in the business world. But since the business world is dominated by the patriarchal mindset, it means that women, in order to rise to these positions, have to turn themselves into men and start behaving like men. And if they do this, then men should accept them. But again, that is not the highest approach. The fact of the matter is that the businesses you have today are unbalanced because they are dominated by the male mindset, the patriarchal mindset, the inferiority of women and the superiority of men. It is not enough to get women on the boards because it does not change the fundamental approach to business. In order for women and men to complement each other in the business world, business would have to be fundamentally changed to incorporate both the male and female elements, the wisdom of Christ, the wisdom of the Mother. And that would require a fundamental rethinking of the business world.

As Saint Germain said earlier, the business world today functions to give a small elite maximum profit and power, and the vast majority of that, the members of that elite, are men. The entire business world is dominated by this desire for men to buy superiority with money. With a more balanced approach that incorporates both the wisdom of Christ and the wisdom of the Mother, businesses would be fundamentally changed so that the focus of business is not profit but people, both the customers and the employees. In fact, there would not be employees, there would be co-owners, because everyone who worked in a company would be invested in the company. There are, of course, examples of this already, but not many, and certainly not the big corporations. That is why I am saying that creating equality is not really the highest approach when you seek to force it. It is not really a matter of creating equality between men and women, but overcoming the value judgment of inferiority and superiority, so you can see how men and women complement each other, and that only by incorporating both can you reach the highest result.

Changing politics 

The same with politics. Politics will not be changed by having more women elected. It will be changed by fundamentally rethinking the approach to politics, because currently politics has been defined by the unbalanced male mindset based on superiority. Politics is about being right, not about serving the people. But if you incorporated both male and female polarities, you could shift the focus of politics away from being right or having power to again being focused on people. He or she who would be greatest among you, let them be the servant of all. That should be the focus of politics, but it is not attained automatically by electing more women, even though they would create changes. But it is really only achieved by fundamentally rethinking.

And how do you rethink? By abandoning the entire inferiority-superiority dynamic between men and women. You see them not as competitors, not as one being dominant, but you see them as complementary, each supplying something that the other one does not have. Therefore, they balance each other. And you avoid the imbalances that are inevitable in the duality consciousness. You could say that ultimately it requires that people transcend the duality consciousness, and that is again best achieved by men and women working together, balancing each other. I am not saying that a man cannot transcend duality, or that a woman cannot transcend duality, but for the purpose of society, both are needed. Both perspectives are needed. The wisdom of the Christ, the wisdom of the Mother.

Breaking up the patriarchal culture

Is this process happening? Has it begun? Yes, it has. It actually began 2,000 years ago, when Jesus in many ways challenged the patriarchal mindset, even though the scriptures do not reflect this, because they do not admit that he had female disciples. You will know that in Jewish culture, women are not allowed to study the Torah. There were people back then who condemned Jesus for having female disciples, for having women around him, allowing them to hear his teachings. But Jesus did it anyway, and it started breaking up that patriarchal culture that you find not only in the Jewish religion, not only in the Christian religion, but you find it in Islam, in Hinduism, in Buddhism.

There were centuries where many Buddhists felt that women should not be allowed to study Buddhism or practice Buddhism, and even today some feel that way. Really Jesus was the first one to seriously challenge this, and he challenged it much more directly than is reflected in the scriptures, which by the way shows you that the scriptures are not the infallible word of God. They are a product of men who were a product of their times, and the gospel writers simply decided that it would be too difficult to get the Jews to accept Jesus’ teachings if they talked about the equality of men and women. “Ah, time is not ready for it.” Never mind that Jesus thought the times were ready for it, but the gospel writers thought they knew better than Christ. As Peter thought he knew better than Christ, and so did many of the early Christians in the diversified Christian movement, and then you saw the creation of the Catholic Church, and again men with a sense of superiority stepped in and thought they knew better than Christ how the Christian religion should be formed.

The inferiority of women in the Catholic Church

And what did they do? As Jesus said, they took the teachings and the examples of Christ and used them to institutionalize the denial of Christ. But what did they also do? Jesus was the only Son of God, the only offspring of God. Meaning what? God apparently does not have daughters. The Almighty God is not capable of creating daughters, only one son. And then he was done, and we have not heard from him since. For who needs God when you have a church hierarchy that knows better than God and better than Christ? “Get thee behind thee Christ, for thou art an offense to us Catholics. Thou savors the things that be of God, and not the things that be of men.” You see that despite the fact that Jesus wanted to start a movement that gave equal opportunity to men and women to raise their consciousness, the very religion that claims to represent him cemented the inferiority of women and the superiority of men. And it does so to this day. And it has seemingly no intent of truly reforming itself.

What can one say to such an institution? “Get thee behind me, Satan.” Look at what the Catholic religion has done to Mother Mary. She did not have the status or the level of consciousness of Jesus. She had not attained personal Christhood according to the Christian religion. They accept her as a saint, but clearly inferior to Jesus. Even Mother Mary is used to cement the inferiority of women, for they should find their place as Mother Mary has found her place in the Catholic religion. How long, O Lord, shall this go on? When will the women simply abandon the Catholic church? When will they abandon the Lutheran churches, the fundamentalist churches, and simply say to those male pastors and popes and potentates: “Get thee behind me, for I am walking away from you, and I am not looking back.”

Radiating the impulse into the collective consciousness

Although I may sound more serious than the male masters who have practically become sit-down comedians at this conference, it has still been my great joy to interact with you, all of you, whatever body you are in.

For to me, I see beyond it. I see who you really are, as the Conscious You that is beyond male and female, as the I AM Presence that is beyond male and female. And you have my deep gratitude for having given me the opportunity to enter into this interdependent originations with you and through you with the collective consciousness. Many women have been and will be awakened by this impulse that we have radiated out, and they will reconnect to that wisdom of the Divine Mother. They will look at the Christian religion. They will look at the business world. They will look at the world of politics and say: Change is needed. With this, I seal you in the flame of opportunity, the flame of justice. For is it not ultimate justice that the inferiority-superiority dynamic between men and women is transcended so that the scales can become even and not offset? With this, I seal you in that flame of opportunity.

 

Copyright © 2025 Kim Michaels

 

Back to Rising above the superiority-inferiority duality

Jesus’ message to you: Christ can be born in you!


Listen to a recording of this dictation (subscribers only) 

Ascended Master Jesus Christ through Kim Michaels, August 9, 2025. This dictation was given at the 2025 Conference for America: Rising above the superiority-inferiority duality.

 

I AM the Ascended Master Jesus Christ, and you may consider this the second coming of Christ. At least, it is as close as you are ever going to get to the second coming, if you see Christ as coming from outside yourself.

The external savior

What is, in a roundabout way, a contributing factor to maintaining the superiority-inferiority dynamic that allows, as Saint Germain has just explained, the power elite to dominate the population, to control the population, to keep the population fixated in this Catch-22? Well, one of them is, of course, Christianity. But more specifically this idea that the people are sinners, and therefore, cannot save themselves. They need the external savior. At the same time, you have the power elite who do not believe in Christianity at all, do not believe in Christ, believe they have been successful in shutting Christ out of this world. They do not believe in a second coming. But they realize that their control over society is fragile, because they have seen so many times in history this inevitable law.

As Saint Germain explained about the capitalists, if they raise the profits too much, it increases the incentive for other people to come in. But the other factor is that if the power elite increases their control of the people so that the people really feel suppressed, it increases the incentive of the people to revolt against the elite. They are always looking for ways to channel the people’s discontent in some other direction. And we have talked about how in the Middle Ages, the people lived in a very poor state, very suppressed by the feudal lords. But they accepted this, because the Catholic church had made them believe that they were only here on earth in such a short time. And after that, because they were good Christians, they would live for an eternity in heaven. And have all the things they did not have here on earth. Submit to the church, submit to the elite, and you will go to heaven.

The second coming of the false Christ

And in today’s age, another aspect of this, another outcome of this mindset, is this idea of the second coming. Again, the elite is suppressing the people. The people are feeling discontent. More and more people are beginning to be discontent in America and elsewhere, and so, there is again this idea that: “It does not really matter so much that we are suppressed by the elite here on earth”, because in the not-too-distant future, Jesus is going to appear in the sky, roll up the world as a scroll, and the second coming of Christ will take us into the kingdom. And perhaps even restore things in the world and create the kingdom of God on earth. Whatever they believe in different Christian denominations. But you see the mechanism. It does not matter that you are not living in ideal conditions now, because there is this wonderful future coming tomorrow, next week, next year, definitely soon.

As we have explained, Christ respects free will. How could I appear in a second coming and take all people to heaven against their free will? Now, many Christians are saying: “But Jesus, I want you to take me to heaven.” But, as I explained carefully this morning, they are not actually wanting me to take them to heaven, because they do not want Christ. They want to hide from Christ. They are sitting there. They want to maintain their idolatrous view of Christ.

What is the purpose of God’s creation?

But there is another reason why I cannot appear in a second coming and take people to heaven and send those who are not Christians to hell. And it is a question that many Christians are not asking themselves, that most Christians are not asking themselves, that hardly any Christian is asking. And it is: “What is the purpose of God’s creation? Why did God create the world? Why did God create human beings?” If you take certain Christian beliefs about original sin, this almighty, all-good God supposedly created you in sin. And all you can do is wait for the only begotten Son of the Father to come and save you from your sin, from the state that God created you in. The question remains when you have a touch of the wisdom of the Mother: “What on earth was God thinking? What was God’s purpose for creating you in sin, so you can live here on earth for a short time and suffer and waiting for God’s Son to come and save you? If God wants you in his kingdom, why didn’t he just create you in the kingdom? Why bother creating you as a sinner on earth that has to be saved?”

The wisdom of the Mother will show you again, here is an enigma, here is what seems like a contradiction. Is there a higher understanding? And you who are ascended master students, of course, know the higher understanding. The purpose of God creating the world is to give extensions of God, self-aware beings, an environment where they can start out with a limited sense of self and expand their sense of self until they can join God in his kingdom, so to speak, by reaching the same consciousness as the Creator. Therefore, fully appreciating all of the incredible complexity of God’s creation.

The simplified worldview of Christians

Now, this was something that could not have been explained to people 2,000 years ago, because the world view that people had back then was so simplistic compared to what is available today. I am not saying compared to the world view that people have today, but the world view that is available. Back then, people did not even know, most of them, that the earth was round, that there was a planet, that there were other continents than the one they lived on. They did not know how big their continent was, there were other countries, other people. They knew just what was around them in a fairly limited area. They did not have a phone where they could look up and ask AI: “How big is the world?”

And unfortunately, many Christians today do not have a much more sophisticated world view than people had 2,000 years ago. Why? Because the Christian religion does not want to give it to them and wants them to believe that they know everything they need to know in order to be saved. But the wisdom of the Mother allows you to see that science is continually discovering new frontiers, new galaxies, new complexities of how incredibly complex the world is.

And the wisdom of the Mother then allows you to ask a question that also many people are not asking: Did God create the world just for the sake of human beings? And if you had the world view that people had 2,000 years ago, the earth was very small, the world was very small. And some people saw it as a round, flat disc with a dome above it. And right up there would be God and the angels. The world view that people had back then with this dome—it was so small that if you had climbed Mount Everest, you would have poked your head through the dome. Today, of course, people have a somewhat broader view of the earth, most people believing it is round, not flat, give or take a few exceptions. But still, most Christians, because they have come to see science as somewhat of an enemy of religion, are not following the discoveries of science and realizing how incredibly complex the universe is.

And therefore, they are not asking the question: “Given that the earth is just a small planet, did God really create this entire complex universe for our sake? Or must there be a much grander purpose?” And the grander purpose, as we have explained, is, of course, that you have the potential to expand your sense of self. To rise up through the different levels of God’s creation, so you can come to a full appreciation of the complexity that our Creator built into this world that we live in. You see here. What is the purpose of your life as a human being on earth? It is to expand your sense of self, raise your awareness of God’s creation, so you understand it, so you can appreciate it.

A sinner with one life

But of course, here comes again the limitation imposed by Christianity. You only have such a short lifespan that you could not possibly study everything. Again, when you took out, when they took out reincarnation from Christianity, they made it almost impossible for Christians to understand a greater purpose. And when you do not understand that God had a greater purpose for creating you, that is when you then become susceptible to this idea that you are a sinner, that you have limited abilities. That you cannot save yourself because you cannot expand your consciousness to the point where you are in the kingdom because your consciousness has been raised. Then, you are waiting for the outer savior.

And in the meantime, you become open to submitting to the leaders, the elite here on earth. This is the dynamic you saw in the Jewish religion 2,000 years ago. The scribes, the Pharisees, the Sanhedrin had suppressed the people by thinking that—getting the people to think that they, the leaders, were the key to their salvation, their entry into the kingdom. The same that the Catholic church claims today and that other Christian denominations claim. Some claim that: “Oh, no. That Jesus is the savior.” But what Jesus are they talking about? The one they have defined based on the consciousness of anti-christ. You see here that when you do not have a sense of purpose that reaches beyond this lifetime, you are much more likely to accept your inferiority compared to the elite here on earth, who are in so many ways seemingly superior to you.

The pope: The Vicar of Christ?

Look at the Catholics who just elected—or appointed, or whatever you want to call the process—a new pope. He was a cardinal. He started out like a, what shall we say, normal human being, just a figure of speech. And he grew in the Catholic hierarchy, attained the status of priest, and bishop, and cardinal, and this and that. But as a cardinal, even though you have your position in church hierarchy, you are still just a man. But the moment you become ordained as pope, you become more than a man, you become the Vicar of Christ. Catholics, many of them at least, believe that the pope has an almost supernatural ability. And they worship this idol because they themselves could never have that. They are not looking at the fact that he started out like them and grew in the hierarchy.

The wisdom of the Mother allows you to say: “Well, if he started as a man and has attained a position in an earthly organization, does he really have a supernatural ability or status? Or is it just that the organization projects this image?” Now, there could be some validity in the sense that a person could become open to receiving an anointing from the spiritual realm. You could move from being the son of man or the daughter of man to being the son or daughter of God. You could become the incarnation of Christ. That is a possibility, but you do not attain this by working your way up in an earthly institution, taking on an appearance. There is no guarantee that a person who has worked his way up in the hierarchy of the Catholic church can become or will become the incarnation, receive an anointing directly from the spiritual realm. It could happen. It has happened, but not very often.

The incarnation of Christ

And there is certainly the possibility that other people who have no position in an earthly hierarchy could attain that anointing, become the incarnation, independently of the Catholic church or any other religion. Because what is it that determines your higher status? It is your willingness to look at the beam in your own eye, remove it, and thereby come into oneness with the Christ mind. This could also be said to be a purpose for your life. But of course, since most other churches have upheld the illusion created by the Catholic church that Jesus Christ was the only begotten Son of God, all of these Christian churches are maintaining that same view. That I was the exception, that nobody else can become the Christ while in embodiment.

This is, as we have said before, the fallen beings who have done everything they could to prevent the appearance of the Christ in the physical realm. They slipped up with me. I slipped through the cracks. They killed me as quickly as they could. And now, they have used my very teachings to create a church that claims to represent Christ while perpetrating on people the most extreme denial of Christ imaginable, namely that the incarnation was a one-time phenomenon.

But the incarnation does not have to be a one-time phenomenon, and it was not my intention that it should be. Otherwise, why would I say: “He that believeth on me shall do the works that I did. And even greater works, because I go to the Father.” I carve a trail that others can follow. Because I have attained Christhood, it becomes easier for others to attain it. And when others do it, they broaden the trail to become still easier. And if that pattern had been repeated over these past 2,000 years, well, there would have been 10,000 people in embodiment right now with full awareness of their Christhood. Many more getting closer and closer to that point where they could be the incarnation of Christ.

The true meaning of the second coming of Christ

What is my point here? It is what is the reality, not the fantasy, the reality of the second coming of Christ? It is that the second coming of Christ is the coming of Christ in you, and you, and you, and many people. If you are looking for the second coming of Christ outside yourself, it will never happen. The moment you open your mind to looking for the second coming of Christ in yourself, it may indeed happen, if you are willing to remove the beam in your own eye so that you attain the single eye. Not even the single eye in the forehead, but the single eye as the letter I, the identity, the undivided identity: “I am a spiritual being. I am the Christ.” And compared to that, everything on earth is secondary. For you savor not the things that be of men, but the things that be of God. And you are willing to lose your earthly life for the sake of attaining oneness with the Christ mind and thereby attaining the life of Christ. That is the true meaning of the second coming.

Denial of Christ in Christianity

If you do not accept this, you are denying Christ. And therefore, the vast majority of Christian churches are denying Christ in the most extreme way it can be done. And they have used my incarnation to deny the possibility that anyone else could become the incarnation, because they want to make as sure as they possibly can that the first coming of Christ will be the last coming of Christ. There will be no second coming. Those who are perpetuating this lie, they do not believe there will be a second coming when I will appear in the sky. Some of them, the fallen beings, they even have an understanding that because of the law of free will, I cannot appear in the sky, as long as the fallen beings can get the majority of the people to deny that Christ could come again in them.

Do you grasp what I am saying? I know that you who are hearing this do, physically, but I am speaking in the collective consciousness. Do you grasp what I am saying? The vast majority of Christian churches are perpetuating the most extreme denial of Christ possible. And they are using my appearance 2,000 years ago to justify it and validate it, and get people to believe in it so that they deny all possibility. They will not even think that it could be possible that the second coming of Christ could happen in them. This is the false teachers who are beautiful outward, but inwardly they are ravening wolves, because they hate the Christ with an extreme hatred. And that is why they are doing everything they can to perpetuate this denial of Christ, the inner Christ.

Awakening the 10,000 and millions more

Why are they doing this? Because they also know that because of free will, the law of free will, they cannot prevent a person from opening his or her mind and heart to the coming of Christ within. They cannot physically prevent this. They cannot prevent it through outer means. They can only prevent it by getting people to believe in this nonsense, so that people are not even open to the possibility, or that they deny it as blasphemy. Why am I saying this? I have said similar things before, but why am I saying it again? Because of the interdependent originations. Because of the release of light at New Years, there is a new opportunity to project this into the collective consciousness. I am not interested in having Christian churches recognize this. I am not interested in the pope standing there in St. Peter’s Basilica up on the balcony, or in his office next to it. And preaching and saying: “Guess what guys? I have received this new revelation that we can all be the incarnation of Christ.” That is not my intent.

My intent is to reach those who have it in their Divine plan in this lifetime to open themselves up to the possibility. The 10,000 and millions more, those who have not yet come to that conscious recognition. Because by using your auras and chakras, we can send an impulse, reinforced by your willingness to recognize the possibility of this, that the Christ can be born in you. We can send an impulse into the collective consciousness, so that more and more of these people can awaken. And the more of these people that awaken, the more it affects the collective consciousness, pulling up upon it, so that the fallen beings gradually lose their grip. One Christed being makes up for millions and millions of people in the death consciousness.

With this, I have had my say, and I am grateful for your willingness to take part in this interdependent release. I seal you in a flame of joy. It may not seem as if this was a joyous message, but there is a hidden joy in the truth. And when the truth is expressed and you accept it, it leads to joy. For you see that there is a reality beyond the fantasy. With this, I seal you.

 

Copyright © 2025 Kim Michaels

 

Back to Rising above the superiority-inferiority duality

The enemy of the people: not the government but the financial elite, both established and aspiring


Listen to a recording of this dictation (subscribers only) 

Ascended Master Saint Germain through Kim Michaels, August 9, 2025. This dictation was given at the 2025 Conference for America: Rising above the superiority-inferiority duality.

 

I AM the Ascended Master Saint Germain.

What I wish to talk about here is that aspect of inferiority-superiority that relates to money. You can see throughout history but especially in the last 150 or so years, that you have a certain group of people who have an insatiable desire for superiority, and who attempt to buy it with money because they have figured out how to acquire money. There are two ways traditionally that you can acquire a lot of money, and it is by either taking advantage of other people’s labour, so you get them to work for you without compensating them in proportion to what they are doing. Or you can, as has especially become prominent in the last century, use money to make more money.

Money as flowing energy

Now, if you take Jesus’ parable about the talents, you will see that both of these ways of making money are out of alignment with the Christ mind. For what is the Christ minds perspective on money? Well, it is of course that when you multiply the talents – you are given more talents – which means what? Well, it basically means that when you use the money you have in a way that raises the all, you will receive a multiplication factor from the Christ mind, from the spiritual realm. Now, of course this cannot be taken literally. I am not saying that if you use money to benefit other people, there are suddenly going to be coins falling from the sky covering you from head to toe in gold coins.

But what is it you receive from the spiritual realm? Well, you receive energy. So what is money? In its original form money is energy. What is the characteristic of energy in comparison to matter? As you all know and as we have talked about before, Einstein proved with the equation E=mc², that matter and energy are interchangeable, or rather that matter is a form of energy. So, to simplify things, we can say that what people normally call energy – flows, this is energy that is moving as a wave, moving through space. Whereas what people normally call matter is energy that is in a stationary matrix, like an energy field that is vibrating but not moving through space.

If we take this definition, we would say that money is originally meant to be energy that constantly flows, that does not stand still. We can say that one way to multiply the talents is to keep the money flowing. This of course does not allow you to accumulate money, and therefore you cannot really buy the sense of superiority you want when you are trapped in the state of separation, trapped in the dualistic mind. You want money to become stationary, and how do you turn free flowing energy of money into the stationary energy of money?

“Financial instruments”

You create something called “financial instruments” and you will say perhaps: “Well some of these financial instruments are accumulating or at least in a sense multiplying money – isn’t that flowing?”  No. Because it is all happening in this space that you today call a computer server, where there are just 0’s and 1’s that are accumulating and the money is not spent, money that is flowing is money that is invested or spent on consumption, so that it benefits those who are providing the product or the service that you are buying – this is what keeps the economy flowing, and keeps the economy growing. But “financial instruments” primarily increase the fortunes of those who have control over them, and if they are not spent on consumption then they do not benefit the economy, they are not buying products, they are not buying services.

Perhaps they are buying some palatial villas on Long Island or South Florida. But there is a limit to how many palaces one person needs. Perhaps they are buying some luxurious yacht, sailing around in the warmer climates with Russian oligarchs or American oligarchs, passing like ships in the night. But there is a limit to how many yachts you need. You can in fact sail on only one boat at a time, just as you can only live in one house at a time. Therefore, there is a limit to how this accumulation of money benefits the wider economy.

The social perception of accumulating money

However, when you look at the world you will see that there are clear cultural differences between how people look at this process of accumulating money. Now, you will see for example in the Scandinavian countries where you have a higher level of social awareness than you have in America, and there are certainly people that are rich in Denmark. For example, one of the richest families in Denmark are the ones who invented Lego plastic toys. But in Denmark there is a culture where the people who have a lot of money, and hoard it for themselves instead of spending it on benefitting society are looked down upon.

So, for example – the Lego family have invested heavily in the local community thereby keeping the money flowing, at least to some degree, and this is acceptable in the culture. Whereas those who just want to accumulate more and more, that is looked down upon as not being socially aware. You are not seeking to use your money to benefit the whole. There is also a clear awareness that even though these people have accumulated money through inventing a product, providing a product, it is reasonable that they pay a certain percentage of their income in taxes, and they do this willingly.

In the United States there is a different culture, and it goes back, actually in a certain sense even to the Founding Fathers, but certainly to the so-called Gilded Age in the 1800’s where the big monopoly capitalists, the industrialists, the financiers, where it was looked that those who accumulated money in their own possession, they were looked upon as the leaders of industry, the leaders of the financial world, in a sense the leaders of society. They were admired and looked up to, not necessarily by all people but certainly by many, this is because of the lower level of social awareness.

You look at the United States today, there are more billionaires than ever, there are more billionaires per capita than in just about any other country in the world, except a few. But still, these billionaires are paying a very small percentage of their income in taxes. Many of them are clearly only accumulating money, not even buying houses or yachts, they are just accumulating them in their accounts, not using them to keep the economy flowing because they are driven by this obsessive-compulsive need.

You would think as I said, you can only live in one house at a time, you can only sail in one boat at a time. You would think there comes a point where a person would say: “Now I have accumulated enough money, let me enjoy life.” A few people say this, but very few because they get obsessive compulsive. They are on a merry-go-round they can’t stop, because is it really enough to feel secure? Or, is it really enough that I can feel more superior than that other guy over there that I have been competing with for decades, and who thinks he’s better than me because he has a few hundred thousand millions more than I do. It’s never enough—it is never enough.

In Scandinavia once you have more money than you need for yourself, and people can generally accept that someone accumulates more money than they need, you need to do something for the whole – in America where is that awareness. Yes! Some people have it of course, but certainly not the majority, not a critical mass. So, what is it that keeps the majority of Americans from looking at the American economic system and saying with the wisdom of the Mother: “What’s really going on here. Why is it that the richest people are paying the lowest percentage of taxes. Why is it that those who could afford to pay more taxes and would barely even notice, are time and time again given tax breaks. Whereas those who can barely afford a roof over their head and food on the table, are paying a higher percentage of their income in taxes. Why is that? Is that fair? Is that democratic?”

The American dream vs. the Scandinavian dream

So, what keeps people from saying this? It is a special phenomenon that is often talked about openly and freely, it’s called the “American dream.” Is there a Scandinavian dream? Well! Yes. It is that few have too much and none have too little. But the American dream is that a few have more than they could possibly need. But they don’t need to share it because anybody could become rich and fulfil the American dream. That is what people in Scandinavia do not believe, and that’s why they believe that those who have accumulated more money should be taxed proportionally.

But Americans have been sold this dream that America is such a special society, the “land of opportunity,” that anybody who is willing to work hard could make it into the club of the billionaires. Is America somehow functioning on a different economic law than the rest of the world? Not really, the economics are the economics, but of course America is a big market and that gives certain advantages.

Of course, what is used to supposedly validate the American dream, is that once in a while a person starts with nothing, starts in their garage creating a piece of software, or stealing it from someone else, and then they become rich by selling computers to this huge market, and this supposedly validates the American dream. Certainly, the person who took over the DOS software and created Microsoft and then Windows, those few people did become very, very rich.

 Free competition vs. monopoly

But how many computer operating systems are there? Only a couple. So, how can it be true that anybody who is willing to work hard and create a better operating system could become as rich as Bill Gates, when there came a point where Bill Gates used his money and his influence, to either buy out or destroy any competing software. You look back into the 1800’s where Rockefeller was attempting to gain a monopoly on lamp oil and other commodities. Because he had realized that the only way to actually accumulate a lot of money by providing a product, was to have a monopoly on that product so you could artificially raise prices.

In other words a natural economy, is that you say: “Here is a product called oil.  It needs to be extracted, it needs to be refined, it needs to be bottled and distributed. What is involved with doing this, what does it cost to actually produce one bottle of oil.” And then you say on top of that production cost, the company is entitled to a certain profit. But the actual economics of the economy says, that if a company charges too high of a profit, it increases the incentive for someone else to say: “Hey, we can get oil out of the ground then put it in bottles and sell it, and since they are making all that money, why shouldn’t we get part of the market?”

So, as long as there is free competition, those who are extorting the public by charging too much, will increase the incentive for the competition. And when the competition comes up they will say: “We are willing to settle for a lower profit than Rockefeller,” and therefore they will capture part of the market.

Rockefeller realized that in order to destroy that natural aspect of the economy, he had to seek to gain a monopoly. He also realized that once you have accumulated a certain amount of money, you can use that money to suppress the competition, and that is the entire principle behind monopoly capitalism.

Now, Rockefeller even though he was rich, was really just a second rate capitalist, for he was seeking to make money by actually providing a physical product to sell. Morgan on the other hand was a first-rate capitalist because he said: “Why bother making products and services, let’s make money out of money. Let’s accumulate enough money that the money starts making money by itself.” And so that is the two: Cilar and Corruptus— the two beasts of Capitalism.

The monopoly on information

But what did these monopoly capitalists also realize? They realized of course that using your money to suppress the competition, seeking to create a monopoly that is really a form of extortion of the people—well that isn’t fair. And there was a growing movement in America, as there was in Europe, of Labor Unions, people having rights, people wanting to have safe working conditions, healthy working conditions, having reasonable pay. So, they realized: “We have to stop this, because this could get out of hand.” So, they did a couple of things, first of all they realized that it’s one thing to control money—that’s good. But in order to really have control over money, you have to have control over information. So, what do we do? “Hey, let’s buy some newspapers, we’ve got the money.” Now, we make it seem like “Oh yeah the journalists and the editors, they have complete freedom to write whatever they want, as long as they don’t question capitalism.” So, they invented this American dream: “Look we started with nothing and have made it rich, anybody else can do the same.” A complete lie, because anybody who tried to do the same, and started competing with those who had a monopoly, would be suppressed or destroyed, or even killed, run out of business, But they had the monopoly on information so they could spread the dream. Then they did something else, what is the greatest help to monopoly capitalism ever to come along: Karl Marx and the Communist Manifesto.

 The big boogie man of socialism

We have said before that in a sense when Marx wrote the Communist Manifesto he defined both communism and capitalism, the typical dualistic polarity, two opposite economic systems. But you see the monopoly capitalists of America they were not saying: “Oh no, now we are going to lose because now we have this opposite.” They said: “Hallelujah this is what we have been waiting for, finally somebody came up with an idea that was useful.” How did they use it?

Well, I talked about Scandinavia, where you have higher taxes on the rich, public health care. When you take the average American today, certainly those who are in the business world and have this dream that they could one day make it rich, and tell them about this Scandinavian system what will they say: “Oh, this is pure socialism, public health care, that’s socialised medicine.” So, even today almost 100 years after the monopoly capitalists seized on the idea, many Americans believe that you either have completely unrestricted capitalism, or you have communism, socialism, there is nothing in-between. And that justifies in the eyes of too many Americans why you shouldn’t tax the rich. Ironically, the success of the capitalists has gone to their head. Now they think they have made it, and now they are not even caring about hiding it.

What did they do with all their money, some of them at least? They got a President elected who is a billionaire, and what did he do. He created a cabinet with ten billionaires in the government, they are not even trying to hide it anymore who is in charge. But they have so perpetrated the hope of the American dream and the big boogie man of communism and socialism, that a vast percentage of the American public believe that these billionaires can save them from the “Deep State”. For they have made Americans believe that the government is the enemy. And why do they want people to believe this? Well, what is it in Scandinavia that taxes the rich, well it’s partly because the people have social awareness, but it’s also the government. The government is the only factor in society that can limit the power of the monopoly capitalists. But the capitalists in America have made many Americans believe that if the government does this – it’s socialism, and they are going to come after everybody, not just the rich.

What is it that has happened in Scandinavia? Look at the average worker in Scandinavia, they have better working conditions, shorter working hours, higher salaries, higher benefits, free public health care, longer vacations, paid vacations, paid maternity leave and so on, paid childcare, paid for education. The government redistributes money from the rich to give benefits to the general population. The government therefore is looking after the interests of the general population, and it is the only factor who can do this.

But in America, so many Americans have such a mistrust of the government, that now they believe that the billionaires can look after them better than the government. That is what will turn the American dream into a nightmare, and it’s already far along those lines. As we have already said, one of the “wonderful” ideas that the capitalists have come up with is neo-liberalism – “the rising tide lifts all boats” but unfortunately the people are becoming poorer as the tide is rising. It is not lifting their boats, it is threatening to sink them. So, the wisdom of the Mother again can see that something is amiss here. Somebody is lying.

The established and the aspiring power elite

Now, it may seem as if I am trying to say that these old monopoly capitalists going back to the Gilded Age, they still have control of the economy. But there is always the interplay of the established and the aspiring power elite. And why is this so? Well, it is simply because of the nature of duality. As I said, you produce a product, you charge an unfair profit, it increases the incentive for someone else to get a part of the market, so they can make a profit. But it goes beyond that, it is simply that in the duality consciousness, those who lock in to the inferiority aspect, they are forever seeking to increase their status. Money, you can never have enough money. And as they increase their status, they increase the incentive for those who also have the desire for superiority to say: “Hey why should we be locked out of that club, we want in.”

But of course, the established power elite are not about to share, as you can see throughout history. Once an elite has become established, such as the feudal lords of the Middle Ages, are they going to share? Nay. What was it in the feudal system that gave you wealth and privilege? Ah, it was your inheritance, your family background, you inherited the estate from your father. That’s not a good system for an aspiring power elite. They want to be able to take it, not inherit it. For that is the luck of the draw, are you born in a rich family or not. You see in a sense that the monopoly capitalists, they were not born in a noble class family. They did acquire the money and therefore in a sense they set that matrix for the American dream. But as soon as they became rich enough, they tried to sabotage that dream. But because they did not inherit the money, the American system makes it easier for an aspiring power elite to come up.

 The Northeast vs. the West Coast elite

And so what have you seen over the last decades? Instead of the old established money in the North East, you have seen an aspiring power elite of new money on the West Coast, the tech billionaires. And there was a certain man who had aspirations about becoming President, and he approached the old money in the North East where he grew up. And even though he grew up with a rich father, his father was not rich enough, and his family was not old enough to be part of the established elite. So, he felt rejected by them, and therefore basically put out a sign “For sale – any takers?” and so came the tech billionaires and said: “Here’s our chance to buy our seat at the table.” And they had an advantage, and that advantage was that the established power elite always becomes focused on what has worked for them and preserving it. An established elite becomes focused on preserving its position. So, they had a certain monopoly of information through the traditional media, newspapers, and television stations. But the new aspiring elite of the tech billionaires, they had the internet, they had social media, and they saw: “This gives us opportunities that the old elite do not have, so maybe we can now control information better than the old elite.”

Divide and conquer

And so, you have this battle between the established and the aspiring elite. Who will end up with the power? And it is just a matter of how does it play out when these two giant beasts are locking horns, growling at each other, fighting for dominion of society?

But what gets lost in this struggle between these beasts, is of course the people. For neither of the two sides want to liberate the people, or raise the people up. They want domination. In order to do this, they need to pacify the people. Therefore even though these two elites are seemingly fighting each other, they are in a sense also without realizing it, helping each other maintain the status quo where the people are so controlled by the elite that they cannot stand up to the elite, to any of the elites, to elitism as a phenomenon, because they cannot even see it.

Then of course, both of these elites are aware of the most efficient strategy of the fallen beings used since the beginning of time – the divide and conquer. And so when you control information, what can you do? Well, you can divide the people into different factions, Democrats and Republicans, working class, middle class. Or as Marx did it, the working class and the Bourgeoisie, those terrible people.

So, what do you see again, in the Scandinavian countries, a certain social awareness, a certain common view, a certain solidarity with each other that allows the people to speak with a relatively united mind against elitism. Which is why elitism does not have the foothold there—one reason, not the only one but certainly one.

In America people are so divided, that they cannot even see that the problem is not those other people who belong to the opposite party. The problem is the billionaires, the elite. That is the problem, that is the “Deep State”. The Democratic Party is to a large degree controlled by the old money in the North East. The Republican party has become more and more controlled by the tech billionaires, the new money of the West. I am speaking in broad terms of course. What is lost there is that neither of the two represent the people. More and more Americans are beginning to realize that, they are beginning to sense there is something wrong here. There is something fundamentally wrong with the system. The system is rigged against us.

But what does the elite do? They try to use social media, an alternative media to say: “Oh, it is the government that’s the problem. It’s become too big, its become too powerful, there is this hidden thing in the government that’s working against the people, so let’s reduce the size of the government. Let’s get somebody in here with a chainsaw and cut down the size of the federal government. Simple solution seemingly. But what are you cutting?

All of those Federal employees who are working in agencies that are limiting the capitalists, the power elite, seeking to look after the interests of the people, they are the first to go. But it does not change the fundamental dynamic, which is that you have a government bought by money, through campaign contributions, lobbying or direct corruption. Many people are beginning to sense this, and what does the elite do? Again, the problem is democracy, it is a weak form of government. No! We need a strong man who can cut through all of this and do what’s right for the people. Well! Really for the elite who pays him, but we can at least pretend he is doing it for the people. All of this serves one cause, to camouflage the real problem which is the elite.

A government of the people, by the people, and for the people?

Again, why did such a candidate get elected? Well, partly because not too many people bothered to show up and vote. But why didn’t they vote? Because they felt it didn’t make a difference. Because even if the other party had won, it wouldn’t have changed the fundamentals of the elite being in charge. So, what is it going to take in America, to create this elusive idea that Abraham Lincoln voiced so many years ago: “A government of the people, by the people, and for the people.”

Well! Who is going to run that government? It must be somebody who is of the people, in touch with the average person. It cannot be somebody who is belonging to the elite, and who has lost not only touch with the average person, but doesn’t care whatsoever about the average person.

It has got to be run by the people, so the people have to be willing to be engaged in the government. Instead of sitting back and saying: “Yeah, we can’t really be part of the government, all we can do is vote every four years, and then bitch the rest of the time about how bad the government is, and how everything is going to hell, and how nothing is working, and there is the Deep State, and there is the Democrats and there is socialism, and there is this, and there is that. But there is nothing we can do about it.”

And then of course “for the people.” Well! Who else but the people can have a vision of what is for the people. What do you have now in the government? You have a government where too many of those who have influence of the government, not necessarily the ones who are the bureaucrats, not even all of the elected representatives, although far too many of the elected representatives are millionaires – but where those who are influencing the government are not of the people, it’s not run by the people, it’s run by the elite and those the elite have appointed or bought. And it’s not run for the people, it’s run for the elite so they can preserve their positions or even expand them.

The neoliberal trick

For again, those who are trapped in superiority, seeking superiority can never get enough. And if they think money is the key to their sense of superiority, they can never get enough money, so they will keep accumulating – accumulating – accumulating. And how do you accumulate? What did I say, you either take advantage of people’s labor, or you create financial instruments that create more money, as figures on a computers server that doesn’t contribute to the real economy – but still gives you in your own mind that status, and in the minds of others, and you want to maintain that system. You want to continue to have the tide of the financial system rise regardless of how it affects the people.

You see the entire lie of neo-liberalism is that the rising tide does not lift all boats, it only lifts the big yachts, and it sinks the smaller boats. For that is the nature of this monopoly capitalism, unnatural economy. I will not even say unnatural capitalism, because all capitalism is an artificially created system. This is of course another deception that many Americans have bought into.

Capitalism is not a free-market economy

Again, when you define the two dualistic polarities, you can control what the people can see. So, what do many Americans believe? There is either capitalism or communism. Communism is where the state regulates the economy. Capitalism is where the state ideally stays out of the economy, and lets this mythical thing called the “market” regulate itself. The market will indeed regulate itself because the monopoly capitalists will regulate it by destroying the competition. But that’s not to the advantage of the people, neither is of course communism to the advantage of the people. As I have said before, both of these systems are elitist by nature. But once you spread this dualistic lie, most people can see only the two dualistic polarities you have defined. Well, if we restrict capitalism we are on a slide that leads directly to communism. Anything in-between, any alternative beyond the dualistic scale is hidden, it has become invisible.

What is the alternative? Well, it is to some degree a free-market economy. But how many Americans are aware that capitalism and a free-market economy are not the same thing. They are in fact opposites. What have I described here, there was a time in the 1800’s where the American economy was more free. It wasn’t completely free, but somewhat of a free market. Then came the monopoly capitalists and financiers, who took advantage of the freedom of the market, to set themselves up in this position where they had enough money to start restricting and destroying the competition—that is capitalism. As a capitalist you only want the free market so you can get a privileged position, and then you will use your privileged position to restrict the free market—that is capitalism.

The government: the hidden hand of the market

So, what is a free market? Is there some mechanism that magically regulates the market, as this famous book that talks about “the hidden hand of the market” but that’s just one little remark in a very long book that has been blown out of proportion.

What is the hidden hand that can regulate the free market? It is the government. A free democratically elected government that is of the people, by the people, and that regulates the economy so that it serves the people—that’s the not so hidden hand. You could say when you step further back, that there is a hidden hand that regulates the economy—it is the Christ consciousness. Because once you become a monopoly capitalist and you are not serving the All, there is no multiplication factor from above for what you are doing.

This means that you can only continue to accumulate money by taking it horizontally from other people. Therefore, you are suppressing the people more and more and more, like the feudal lords who became more and more oppressive of the people, until the people had finally had enough. A monopoly capitalist is essentially a person who is sitting on a tree branch with a saw, sawing off the branch he is sitting on, and sooner or later it will crash to the ground. The unfortunate fact is, that it crashes the entire economy which also affects the people. Unless the capitalists can somehow fool the government and the people into believing that: “If the market crashes, it is so bad and therefore you the government who we wanted to stay out of the economy, now that we have run the economy into the ground, you have to step in for the sake of the people. Look how many people will get hurt if the banking system collapses. You have to prop it up so we can survive and continue to exploit the people, use the people’s money to finance our exploitation of the people.” Then again, what can we say? That any government is the reflection of the consciousness of the people.

The inevitable correction?

Why didn’t the American people rise up after 2008 and demand a better financial system? Because they don’t want to educate themselves, they want to sit there and whine and complain, instead of becoming part of the government. And so, they got what they deserved, setting the situation for the next crash.

When is that going to come? Well, if the current president continues his current policies, it’s going to come in the next three and a half years. Because he is on a collision course with the economic fundamentals. Is that necessarily a bad thing? It might actually expose the elite and the elite’s influence on the government and on the economy. It will be a bumpy road. But as we have said before, if we have to take a few bumps to move quicker into the golden age, then I am willing to see that happen. But of course, that is easy for me to say, I don’t have any life savings in any bank on earth. I have mine in the cosmic bank up here.

The sense of inferiority

But I can say it, because why do we have this situation? Because the American people have not been willing to listen to me, and are not willing to listen to me, except for a few which is why I am even bothering to say this, and to project this into the collective consciousness. Because some will understand that have not understood so far. Some have of course understood all of this, this is not news to them, they could have for that matter put out all of the ideas in this dictation. But not enough people have seen this to form that critical mass, where the people have finally had enough and say: “What is the wisdom in having what we pretend to be a democratic political system and at the same time maintaining a financial system that is by its very nature directly anti-democratic.” How illogical is that?

But again, once you are trapped in duality, you are reasoning back and forth, and when you are trapped in this death consciousness of the inferiority, where you don’t really want to educate yourself, you cannot see this. This then brings up the second part of the equation, the inferiority. So many Americans have been manipulated into this state of inferiority, where they feel that they just cannot understand what’s going on in the economy, it is beyond them, it is too complicated. And it is complicated because those who have created the financial system have created so many layers, that it is hard for anyone to really have a full view of what is happening. Not even the people who created the system understands fully how it works. Otherwise you wouldn’t have had the financial crisis of 2008. I mean yes, these people created the financial crisis, but they are not that stupid that they would have allowed this to happen, if they had understood what was going to happen.

So, even the people who created the system don’t fully understand the system and its consequences. Yes, it is difficult to understand the system, but it is not difficult to understand the fundamentals, and what I have given you here is not advanced economics whatsoever. It should be economy 101 at universities, but it isn’t, because who owns the universities? Oh yeah! The elite.

But Americans have the potential to understand these fundamentals – but they have to be willing to take this little device they have in their pockets, and study how the economy works instead of looking at what the latest celebrity scandal is. Or looking at these websites that glorify one politician by putting the others down, that validate what they already believe.

Thinking you know enough

What is it that those who are in the inferiority camp, and those who are in the superiority camp have in common? They are both ignorant because they are in duality, so they cannot have the wisdom of the Mother that sees the inconsistencies, the contradictions in duality. But they both believe they have a certain view of how the system works, and they are not willing to educate themselves to see how it actually works. They think they know enough.

Are the American people stupid, are they ignorant, or have they been manipulated into ignorance by the elite?  And have the elite use the superiority-inferiority dynamic in a very not really clever way, but at least a hidden way, where they have made many people believe: “Oh I’m too inferior to really understand how the system works. But I am smart enough to see that this person, he understands how the system works, and he can do for me what I can’t do for myself. He can save America. He is sent by God to save America. I am smart enough to see that, so even though I am inferior compared to him, by the fact that I support him, I’m actually superior to all those people out there who can’t see how great he is.”

Inferiority-superiority all mixed together, and the result is people are trapped. There are those if they saw this invocation you have been giving, who would take great offense to the verse that says: “The German people of the 1930’s did not want to consider that they could be wrong about Hitler, or that Hitler could be wrong. They will say: Don’t compare anyone to Hitler.”

But the invocation is not comparing anyone to Hitler. It is comparing some of the American people who are embodied today to some of the German people who were embodied in the 1930’s, some of them actually being the same people who have re-embodied. And it’s just pointing out that they believe they are too inferior to do something themselves. But they are smart enough to see the strong man who has all the solutions, all the answers, he could never be wrong. Even though he can barely say a sentence without contradicting himself, that’s really a sign of how smart he is. Because he’s confusing the Deep State, they don’t know where they have him, they can’t control him. Never mind that he can’t control himself. And so the people are completely blinded by this and trapped in this.

Then there is the other side who are reacting against him, they are believing that “we are also inferior, but we are at least superior because we can see how wrong he is. And we can see how stupid all those people are who can’t see how wrong he is.” But again, what are they both focused on— that one person.

The hidden elite, the not-so-hidden consequences

Do they see the elite? The hidden hand? Nay, none of them see that the problem is the elite. The two factions think it’s the other people that are the problem, and that allows the elite to rule. It’s a subtle way to control the people, much more subtle than what you saw in the feudal societies or in communism, where the people were suppressed through obvious physical means. They knew they were suppressed, many Americans do not know, do not realize how suppressed they are. But they are beginning to, but they are beginning to only because it costs more to fill up the tank in the big pickup truck, and it costs more to buy groceries, and don’t forget even beer costs more.

And so they are looking at the consequences of what the elite is doing, and they are complaining about the consequences but they are not seeing the elite. And until that changes, the dynamics in America, the gridlock in American politics cannot change. The government is not the enemy of the people, the elite is the enemy of the people.

Right now the government is not of the people, by the people and for the people, because the elite has bought influence and that is a problem. But it is not government itself, it is that the government is influenced by an elite instead of serving the people. Government is the only thing that can bring America out of the current state. Because even a Civil War Revolution type scenario, would not cause the elite to lose their influence. It would only pit the people against each other like it did in the Civil War.

You could step back and look at the Civil War and say it was not about slavery whatsoever. It was about who would be in control of the economy, the oldest established elite in the North East, or the aspiring elite in the Southern states, that used slavery to increase their profits so they rivalled the profit of the old elite who fought the people. Who fought? Did the people benefit? Nay because the old elite in the East ended up cementing their position and their power.

Sharing optimism with Saint Germain

Anyway, I could go on for some time, but would it make a difference? If what I have said so far is not enough, what would be enough? So, I am content to say that with your willingness to participate, we together have created these interdependent originations, and sent the impulse into the collective consciousness that I determined was constructive at this particular time.

It has already made a difference. Whether you will see this in the next four years so that we will avoid a crash and burn scenario, I cannot completely predict. I am however always the optimist, because I see the energetic configurations that are hidden to the physical eyes, and I see the undercurrents accelerated by the release of light at New Year’s. And how these currents are creating upheaval in the collective consciousness all around the globe. I am optimistic that Americans—a critical mass will awaken to the influence of the elite on their government. I am optimistic that a critical mass of the Russian people will awaken to see the disastrous consequences of the war against Ukraine. I am optimistic that not really a critical mass of the Chinese people, but certainly some of those in government will see that Xi Jinping is not the kind of leader that China needs in order to survive the challenges that it will be facing in part because of his policies.

And the same in many other nations around the world. There is upheaval in the Middle East where more and more people are beginning to question fundamentalist Islam. Is Shariah Law really a law given by God, or is it given by men?

And so, many of these scenarios around the world, where I see these currents beginning to stir up the waters that have been stale for a long time. It may seem as if there are threats here, and chaos there, and in a sense there is. But when the river has been frozen over all winter, the only way to get it to flow again is to break up the ice. And the ice is not going to like it, but the waters will. So, what you are beginning to see is actually, that in many places in the collective consciousness there has been this stillstand, this frozen condition and it is beginning to break up. And as we release more and more light, and as people respond by multiplying what they have received, and as you continue to have your influence, the interdependent originations are shifting. And I want you to at least know that I see this, and that if you are willing to tune into me, I will show you individually how it might affect you and your society. So, you can also share that cautious optimism that I have.

As I have said before, regardless of appearances, the golden age will be manifest. There is still a question of when and exactly what form it will take – but it will be manifest. You can be part of it by being here in embodiment, and instead of being disturbed by all the upheaval, you hold fast to the vision and you make the decision to accept: the Golden Age of Saint Germain is manifesting, and by you below and I above holding firm in that decision, we will accelerate the process.

So, for this I thank you, not only for your participation in this dictation, but in all that you and other ascended master students, and other spiritual people around the world have contributed to the upward movement of the age.

Saint Germain I AM.

 

Copyright © 2025 Kim Michaels

 

Back to Rising above the superiority-inferiority duality

Do you know Christ—and does Christ know you?


Listen to a recording of this dictation (subscribers only) 

Ascended Master Jesus Christ through Kim Michaels, August 9, 2025. This dictation was given at the 2025 Conference for America: Rising above the superiority-inferiority duality.

I AM the Ascended Master Jesus Christ, and already there I have labeled myself as a heretic, as a false prophet, as the voice of the devil to most Christians around the world and especially those in America.

I was contemplating how to approach this dictation, which took a few thousandths of a second, but I decided to take a slightly different approach than other masters. I decided to be a little more gentle. We will see if I can keep that intention.

But I want to introduce, or rather throw into the collective
consciousness, the concept of being known by Christ. Does Christ know you? And you have a couple of situations in the gospels, such as Matthew, where I say that not all those who call me Lord, Lord will enter the kingdom, and that there are those who will come and say “Have we not prophesied in thy name, and in thy name cast out devils and done great works?” And I will say: “I never knew you, get thee hence, workers of iniquity.” What does it mean that Christ does not know you?

The door to the kingdom

You may say: “Well, have you not told us that without him was not anything made that was made, that everything is made out of the Christ consciousness?” So, Christ must know everything and everyone. Well, perhaps and perhaps not, for you see, there is always more to understand. Let us take the common belief among many Christians, even those who are not Catholics, that there is a pearly gate that leads to the kingdom of heaven somewhere up there. And when you die, you, if you have been good, you come up there to that gate, and you are greeted by St. Peter. And mind you, even those who are not Catholics, many Christians believe that St. Peter is the one who is standing there at the gate, because I said: “And upon this rock will I build my church” and I gave him the keys to the kingdom of heaven. They think Peter is standing there, and he is the one deciding who is going to go in and who is not going to go in. But there is a couple of things that are problematic about that assumption.

First of all, since Peter himself has not entered the kingdom, he is really not qualified to know what the criteria are. Second of all, it is one thing to have the keys to the kingdom. It is another thing to know where the door is and find the keyhole and put the key in and turn it and open the door and be willing to look what is behind the door. What is behind the door? The beam in your own eye. And if you are not willing to look at that, how will you qualify? Then of course, you can see Peter denying me three times after my arrest. You can see the situation where I told him: “Get thee behind me, Satan.” How exactly do Christians think that Peter is the one who decides whether they are going to go in or not?

The wisdom of the Mother, again, will allow you to see this and say: “If it is not Peter, then who is it?” And I will tell you who it is, for I know, for it is I, the ascended master Jesus Christ. I hold the spiritual office for planet earth, the office of the planetary Christ, and no one comes to the Father but by me.

Those who know better than Christ

Whether you are Christian or not does not matter. When you are leaving one body behind, you will, in your finer bodies, come up to this gate and there is a gate that leads into the ascended realm, as most Christians call heaven or the kingdom, and I am standing in that gate. And if I know you, you can go in, but if I do not know you, how can you ever get in that door? It does not mean I send you to hell or condemn you. I just point to one of the other doors that are up there. And what are those other doors? Well, one leads you to a realm where you can prepare for your next physical embodiment. Another door leads you to the identity realm. Another door to the mental. Another door to the emotional, and another door to the astral plane. Then there are doors that lead to other planets, and there is one door that leads to the second death. When people approach, if I do not know them, I point to a door.

Most people follow the direction and go through that door, but a few will stop up and argue with me and say: “But look, Lord, we have called you Lord. We have called you our Lord and Savior. We have done all these great works”. But I know you not. There is the door for you. Who is it that will argue with me? Well, many different people, but there is a large group of people that consider themselves good Christians, especially pastors, ministers, cardinals, bishops, and popes and potentates. They will argue because they think they have qualified and I should let them in. I just pointed to another door. They are saying, in essence: “You were wrong, Jesus. You should let me in.” But what are they saying? They know better than Christ who should enter the kingdom.

Are you known by Christ?

Now when you hear something like this, many people, if they were to hear this, which of course most Christians are not likely to ever hear, they would say: “But then tell us, what is the criteria you use to decide who is going to go in?” Because they project that I must be the one who decides, but I am not the one who decides whether you are qualified to enter the kingdom. You are deciding and you are deciding long before you come to that door.

In fact, whether Christians will hear it or not, you made decisions many lifetimes ago that set you on the track that either leads you to the door to the kingdom or leads you to another door. You are deciding because you are the one who decides whether you are known by Christ or not known by Christ. How do you decide this? It is very simple, but let me step back and explain this gradually.

Whether Christians want to hear this or not, everything revolves around free will. When you start out as a self-aware being, you have a sense of being connected to something outside your own mind. You do not clearly see what that something is, but you have a sense that there is something. It is as if you are seeing the morning mist surrounding you, but there is a bright spot of light that you can barely see through the mist. It is the rising sun of the Christ in your being. The option you have then is to acknowledge that connection and expand your sense of connection. And when you start out seeing yourself as a connected being, Christ knows you.

For what is it that allows you to expand your sense of connection, to come closer and closer to oneness? It is the Christ mind. But because of free will, the other option you have, as other masters have explained, is to go into the illusion that you are a separate being. As we have explained, yes, everything is created out of the Christ consciousness, but not with the Christ consciousness. When you go into this illusion that you are a separate being, you are not reaching for Christ. You do not use the Christ mind with awareness of the Christ mind to go into separation. You use the dualistic mind. And essentially what you are saying when you go into separation is: “Get thee behind me, Christ, for thou art an offense to me. Thou savors the things that be of God and not the things that be of men.” The opposite of what I said to Peter. But this is what you say, because when you go into separation, you have no need for Christ. In fact, you do not want Christ to be there, because if Christ was there, you would see that separation is an illusion, and therefore, you could not have the experience of seeing yourself as a separate being and experiencing that it is real.

Christ is the unifying mind. In one way, Christ knows everything, but at the conscious level of people’s awareness, when someone goes into separation, the Christ mind says: “I know you not.” Because the Christ mind must withdraw to allow the person to have the sense of reality that its illusion is real, that it really is a separate being. It  is allowed by free will. Again, I am not condemning or judging. There is an experience you are allowed to have within God’s law of free will. But when you go into separation, you do not need Christ, and so Christ withdraws.

The turning point

When can you then be known by Christ? Well, when you come to that turning point where you have had enough of experiencing what you can experience in separation, and you say, either: “I cannot do this anymore, help me”, or you say: “There must be more to this.” And at that point, when you are willing to ask again for help from something outside your own mind, then Christ can approach you. But again, Christ can only give you the key.

It is up to you to put it in the lock and turn it. And what does that take? It takes very simply that you are willing to look at the beam in your own eye. When you are a connected being, how do you approach life? It is a path. It is an interactive process. You are thinking, feeling, sensing. There is something up there, out there, that I am connected to. And you are willing to interact with that something. You are willing to ask for help and directions, and you are willing to implement those directions so you increase your sense of connection. When you go into separation, you lose that sense of connection, for otherwise, how can separation seem real if you are connected to something outside your own mind? How can you really feel that you are separate? What does it mean to be separate? You think you are an independent being, existing as a self-contained unit in a world with other independent beings.

Are you an independent or interdependent being?

When you are a connected being, you see that you are connected to something beyond your own mind. That is your source. And other beings are also connected to that same something, that same source. So how are you independent beings? When you have a sense of connection, you are not independent. You are interdependent upon that something that is greater than yourself. And when you see that, you also see that all other people are interdependent, and you are interdependent horizontally with all other people. That is the community of Christ. But when you are in separation, you do not want to be in a community. Well, you may be in a community for practical reasons, but it is not based on this sense of connection to the Christ mind. That is why it is so often forced, why there is conflict, and why one community, one group of people inevitably sees itself in opposition to, in competition with, another group, or perhaps all other groups. That is why one group of people can come to feel that they are God’s chosen people, or they can come to feel that they belong to the only true religion, and they are the only ones who will be saved.

But you see, the experience of being in separation is seemingly that you are independent. But as science has even proven, everything is interconnected—the interdependent originations. In reality, you are not independent. But you can have that experience for some time, that you are an independent being. But that experience is an illusion created from the duality consciousness, which always has two opposite polarities, and therefore, you will always be in conflict with other independent beings. And therefore, you can never be at peace, you can never overcome suffering, as long as you see yourself as independent, self-existing.

What did I say: “I can of my own self do nothing, it is the Father within me.” But when you are independent, or think you are, you think: “I can of my own self do something.” And you think that in order to overcome the sense of loneliness that you have, the sense of loss, the sense of being threatened by others, in order to overcome this, you have to do more and more as an independent being. You have to gain more and more power. You have to make yourself superior to others. Then you think you will not be threatened by those others. Yes, that certainly has worked out well for Hitler, Mao, Stalin, Napoleon, and a few hundred other random dictators that we might mention. But you see, they never attain a state of peace as independent, separate beings.

Inferiority–superiority: Knowing better than Christ

But of course, as we have explained many times, the law of free will allows this. But that is also why the Christ then must withdraw from these people, and therefore, in essence says: “I know you not. I never knew you from the moment you went into this state of separation. I did not know you.” Now you feel threatened in separation, and so you build this idea that because of all the things you have achieved here on earth, you have prophesied, you have cast out devils, you have done great works, because of what you have done here on earth, you are qualified to enter the kingdom where you will achieve eternal peace. You come to the gate, and you see me standing there, and I am pointing away from the gate, and you argue with me.

What does that mean? It means you think you know better than Christ, but if you think you know better than Christ, you cannot know Christ, and therefore, you cannot be known by Christ. You have your reward, your sense of accomplishment on earth. Only those who know Christ or are known by Christ can have their reward in heaven.

You see how the entire inferiority-superiority dynamic springs out of this separation from Christ, feeling threatened, seeking to build a sense of superiority in order to avoid feeling threatened. Now not all go into this clearly egotistical behavior of seeking to raise themselves up to superior positions in society. Many people go into the inferiority polarity and do not seek to raise themselves up by doing anything. They seek to raise themselves up through association with those who are doing something, the blind followers of the blind leaders. Also, they think they know better than Christ because they think their minds can define that they are inferior, whereas in Christ there is no superior or inferior.

There are some of those who have been the blind followers who also will argue when they come to the gate. Not many, but a few. And again, I can only say: “Who are you and what have you done with the being I once knew?” How many among the supposedly billions of Christians around the world and the millions of Christians in America would be willing to consider the question: “Do I know Christ? Does Christ know me?” How many would project on this that: “Oh because I have done all these great things in Jesus’ name or declared him my Lord and Savior, surely Christ knows me. And surely I know Christ because I know from the scriptures and the doctrines of my church what Christ is.” But you see, you can use the name Jesus all you want, but if you are in the consciousness of separation, you are not doing the works of the Lord. You are therefore, a worker of iniquity. Why? Because you are seeking to raise yourself up, first of all as a separate being, second of all by using the things that be of men. You are not savoring the things that be of God.

What are the things that be of God? There are no independent beings. All beings are interdependent. Therefore, he who would be greatest among you, let him be the servant of all. Seek to raise up the all instead of raising yourself as a separate being. Then you are doing the works or the will of the Father. As long as you are working to raise up the separate self, Christ does not know you. Only when you turn around, and mind you this is not a matter of doing outer things or making outer declarations, only when you turn around and are willing to look at yourself, the beam in your own eye, does Christ know you again. And the more willing you are to look at yourself, to look into your psychology, and look at all of these separate selves that you have built, that are created out of the illusion of separation, and that seeks to keep you trapped in that illusion, only when you begin to see these selves will you become progressively more known by Christ, because you will know Christ progressively.

Are you hiding from Christ?

We may say that it is not Christ that decides whether you are known by Christ or not, it is you. You have to decide, because what are you doing as long as you see yourself as a separate being? You are seeking to hide from Christ. And because of the law of free will, Christ stands back and says: “Well if this is your choice then you are allowed to hide, which means I do not know you, I do not see you, I am allowing you to hide.” When you decide that you have had enough of playing hide and seek, or rather you have had enough of playing hide and now you are willing to seek, then Christ can know you again, because now you are no longer seeking to hide. And that means you become open to being willing to know Christ.

But what is Christ? So many people, and this is why, as Mother Mary said, there is the impossibility of the mission of Christ, because so many people look at Christ through the filter of the separate mind, and they think they can define what Christ is based on what the separate mind can see. They are defining Christ as a dualistic being, but Christ is the unifying element that draws you back to your Creator, that draws you beyond duality, beyond the death consciousness. Therefore, Christ cannot be defined by anything in this world. That is why when Peter took his vision as a separate being and wanted to superimpose it upon me and say: “Be it far from thee, Lord, this shall never happen to you,” I had to denounce him: “Get thee behind me, Satan, because you are not savoring the things that be of God, you are savoring the things that be of men.” You are creating an idol of Christ based on the mind that is separated from Christ and you think this idol, by worshipping this idol, by declaring him to be your Lord and Savior, this will take you into the kingdom.

Worshipping the false image of Christ

But what is it you are doing? You are seeing Christ as outside yourself, as the external Savior. But where is Christ? Does it sound reasonable that Christ is in the kingdom? Where is the kingdom? Oh yes, within you. As long as you project an image that Christ is outside yourself, you do not know Christ and if you are not willing to reconsider that image and to have Christ teach you, show you, demonstrate to you that Christ is not that image, that the image is an illusion, then you are not willing to know Christ and then Christ must step back and say: “I know you not, I know you not, because you do not want to be known by me and neither do you want to know me as I am. For I am beyond the things that be of men.”

Think about this again with the wisdom of the Mother. Here are those fundamentalist Christians that declare Jesus Christ to be their Lord and Savior, but they see me as an external being and they think that this external being can save them, but how could that ever work? How could an external Savior take you into the kingdom that is within you? What are they really saying? Are they saying: “I want to know the real Jesus Christ?” Nay, they are saying: “I want to hold on to the image of Christ that is not Christ, that is not the real Christ, that is created here on earth, but I want that false Christ to save me and bring me into the kingdom.” How can a Christ created on earth take you into the kingdom that is beyond earth? Is there any logic there whatsoever? Is there any reasoning based on the wisdom of the Mother? Is there any willingness to reach vertically for an experience of the Christ so that the scales can fall from your eyes?

Often I see these people and as I said two thousand years ago: “Oh yes, with their mouth they declare all kinds of things, even with their actions they think they are doing my work, but their hearts are far from me because in their hearts they are not willing to know the real Christ.” Why? Because they have done works here on earth in my name that give them a sense of superiority, a sense of: “Surely I will be saved.” and they are not willing to let go of that idol, that false Christ and so their hearts are far from me. They love the things that be of men more than the things that be of God.

Do you have enough of the kingdom of man?

How can I let them into the kingdom when they do not want to enter the kingdom? Think about this, regardless of what they say, regardless of what they think, the vast majority of Christians do not want to enter the kingdom of God, for they have not had enough of experiencing the kingdom of men. I am not blaming them, I am not being a hellfire and brimstone preacher, I am just getting a little bit excited. But the reality is here, they have their free will, I respect that. I am not coming down, appearing in the sky in some undeniable manifestation and rolling up the world as a scroll, condemning those to hell who have worshipped me with their mouth but rejected me in their hearts.

I am not the one who decides, people decide for themselves. Have they had enough of the things that be of men, the kingdom of men? Will they shift and appreciate the things that be of God and then open themselves to knowing the things that be of God, not what men project are the things of God? That is the only deciding factor here.

The hell within

Is there an external hell that I am sending people to if they do not worship me? Nay, there is no external hell, well, unless you consider planet earth hell. But just as the kingdom is within, where is hell? It is within you, within your mind. When you are in a separate state of mind, that is hell, because there is always a threat, there is always an opposite, there are always other people that are seeking to manipulate you and get you to submit to them and follow them blindly. You can never be at peace, you can never rest, you can never feel secure, but it is all in your mind. Well, when you are on planet earth in a physical body, there are also other people, but still the experience of hell is in your mind, just as the experience of heaven can be in your mind, for everything is mind.

That is what you can begin to see when you acquire the wisdom of Christ. Even the wisdom of the Mother will allow you to see that nothing in the material world can exist on its own. Nothing could have created itself or come into being through some random process, therefore, everything is created out of mind, ultimately the mind of God. Heaven and hell are states of mind. “There is nothing good or bad, but thinking makes it so.” I wish I had said that.

A black hole to the astral plane

But anyway, the awareness that is missing from Christianity is that you cannot know Christ through the mind that is separated from Christ. Once you have stepped into this separate mind, the dualistic mind, the dead mind, you cannot know Christ. You can come up with all kinds of images, doctrines, rituals, but you are not knowing Christ. And if you do not want to know Christ, Christ cannot know you. Christ must leave you in the darkness in your own mind. Only when you become willing to look beyond your idol of Christ and truly know Christ can Christ approach you.

Up until then, well, God knows what you are attracting to you. When people sit in their churches, you will be able to see if you had this clear sight that some of these churches in America are energetically black holes on a Sunday. Even some of the megachurches where you have tens of thousands of people, because they are worshipping a false image of Christ, they are literally, when they come together at a Sunday service, opening up a black hole that connects them to the astral plane. And there are sometimes legions of demons coming out of that, siphoning off the energy of the congregation. Perhaps I am still becoming a hellfire and brimstone preacher, but truly if you could see this, you would be shocked at some of these churches that appear beautiful outwards. And they are not even filled with dead men’s bones, that would not be quite so bad. They are literally filled with the demons out of the astral plane, out of hell. And people are sitting there singing and calling out my name and they are not in their hearts tuning in and reading the energy that they are co-creating in their service.

When they have a pastor up there who takes pride in whipping them into a frenzy, because he has learned that if he wants to attract people to his church, he must give them some kind of experience. He has learned to whip them into a hysteria, where they open themselves to these demons and they feel they are getting something special out of that service. Just like people who take drugs open themselves up to the astral plane and feel they are getting an out of the ordinary experience.

Truly it has absolutely nothing to do with my intention for the Christian movement. These mega churches and many of the smaller churches are not built on the rock of Christ. For the rock of Christ cannot open up a black hole, it is immovable. But the shifting sands have become like the quicksand that sucks you down. These people go to church Sunday after Sunday. They have some sense that they are being deprived of some energy, but they also feel they are getting some energy, they are just not discerning that it is not a higher energy, it is just an agitated energy.

A false hope

There is a clever mix because the pastors, the blind leaders, the false pastors, they have learned to create this mix of the fear of hell on one side and the hope of going to heaven on the other. Even though they feel worse than when they came, in one way they have the renewed hope that even though they feel bad, they will one day make it into heaven. It is like those Catholics in the dark ages that were willing to accept being enslaved by the noblemen because after this life they were sure to go to heaven. It did not really matter how much they suffered in this lifetime when they were looking forward to an eternity in heaven. Only heaven never came, but there was another embodiment where they were enslaved by the power elite. Because that is the experience they said they wanted and Christ cannot approach them because Christ does not know them.

Truly it is an abomination to see these Christian churches every Sunday and how the demons are sucking out people’s energies and giving some of it to the pastor so he can be empowered so that next Sunday he can do it again and again and again. And how long, oh Lord, before they have had enough of this?

Tuning in to the ongoingness of the way of Christ

The question I am hurling into the collective consciousness of America especially is: “Do you know Christ—and does Christ know you?” You who are here, you know Christ. You have been willing to know Christ, maybe not in the fullness yet, but you are at least on that path of becoming more and more connected because you are willing to look at the beam, the subconscious selves in your own subconscious mind. And if you continue on that path where many of you have made great progress, you will one day after this body gives out, walk up to that gate and I will step aside and say: “Enter ye in at the straight gate.” And I am looking forward to that moment but I am not asking you to be in a hurry. Take the time decided in your Divine Plan for truly once you know Christ in this world, why be in a hurry to go to the next world? Why not feel fulfilled in walking the path, walking the way of Christ in this world? You who are followers of the way continue to walk the way, continue to reach within and be willing to ask for directions to help you see what you have not yet seen.

Let not your ego whisper in your ear: “Oh but you have been on the path for so many years, you have done so many hours of violet flame, you do not need to look anymore.” But you see, if you are still in a physical body on planet earth, there is something to look for or you would have left the body because the moment you have no more separate selves or at least subconscious selves, you could not hold on to a physical body. You simply could not remain here in this dense realm because the selves that you created from the 144th level to the 48th level, they are not dualistic selves therefore, from a certain perspective not separate selves but they are simply selves that allowed you to adapt to the density of planet earth. And you had to do it in stages. You see, you are starting there as a Conscious You at the 144th level, you are creating selves in your identity body. That is the first step towards integrating with the density of the physical realm. You must be able to identify yourself as a being who can even fit into this density, who can even exist in this density.

You take on a number of these selves and then the mental realm because you cannot think as clearly on earth as you can in the ascended realm or on a natural planet. You must create selves that allow you to think in this density, the same with feelings. The thing is if you had no selves to let go of, you would have let go of the body. It does not mean that you could not have overcome the dualistic selves, the separate selves, but there will still be something to look for and overcome, some illusion to overcome as long as you are in embodiment. And therefore, it is wise for those who follow the way not to be misled into this subtle sense of superiority that you have attained something. You have attained something. If you have risen above the 96th level, you have attained some measure of Christhood. But Christhood is not a permanent state. Christhood is a process of self-transcendence, the River of Life. Therefore, if you allow your ego to whisper that now you can stand still, then suddenly what is Christ going to do?

Christ is going to say: “You have followed the way for so many steps, now you want to stand still at this level? Well, then you do not need me to stand still, so I do not know you anymore.” This is possible up until the 96th level. When you go beyond the 96th level you lock into the ongoingness of the way of Christ and therefore, the ego has no power over you to make you stand still. It may still pull on you to identify yourself with something on earth that you are attached to, that you cannot quite let go of, but nevertheless you lock into the ongoingness of the path and therefore, you know there is always a next step. For if there was not a next step, you would have walked through the door and the physical body would have fallen away and your life on earth would have fallen away. Simple logic of the wisdom of the Mother which looks at, simply, are you here on earth in a physical body? Well, then you still have steps to take before you are ready to enter the kingdom.

As we so often say because we are beyond time and space, we could go on. It is my great joy to interact with you and create this interdependent origination. I wish that I could reach all people the way we are interacting during this time, but that is for now only wishful thinking. But it shall not remain so forever because of what you and others who have opened their hearts to the reality of Christ have been willing to go through, the planet is being raised up and what you see going on right now both in America and around the world is that the forces who are working against this awakening are making a last ditch effort to hold it back, to pull people into following the blind leaders be they in church or state. And there will come a point where those who follow these blind leaders will suddenly realize: “We left the way, we are in the ditch and that’s a bitch—as in karma is a bitch.” And some of them will wake up and realize: “We have lost the way.” Right now most Christians think they are on the way and therefore, it requires that rude awakening of hitting the rock of Christ before they will realize “We are not on the way, we have lost our way” and then they will reach for something that can show them how to get back on the way and that is when I can know them again.

I would if I could spare them for those hard knocks but I bow to free will.

I thank you for being the open doors whereby I could radiate this message into the collective consciousness. I simply want to end with this: Do you know Christ? Does Christ know you? And I seal you in a joy, the flame of joy that I hold for the earth. I AM the Ascended Master Jesus Christ.

 

Copyright © 2025 Kim Michaels

 

Back to Rising above the superiority-inferiority duality

Is the mission of Christ impossible?


Listen to a recording of this dictation (subscribers only) 

Ascended Master Mother Mary through Kim Michaels, August 8, 2025. This dictation was given at the 2025 Conference for America: Rising above the superiority-inferiority duality.

I AM the Ascended Master Mother Mary, and I come to give you another installment of the wisdom of the Mother. We shall begin by considering a question that most people have never considered. We might consider or express it as the impossibility of the mission of Christ.

Being spiritually dead

Why would it seem like Christ is on an impossible mission? Well, that cannot be understood with the consciousness that most people have. For the consciousness that makes it impossible for them to see how difficult the mission of Christ is, is precisely what makes the mission of Christ so difficult.

We can approach it by referring to the quote that I have talked about before where Jesus says to the young man who wants to follow him but asks permission to go and bury his father first. And Jesus says rather sternly, I can assure you: “Let the dead bury their dead.” So few Christians, hardly any Christians, have pondered what that meant, have come to the conclusion, the understanding, that to Jesus most people are actually dead. Even though the people themselves would say: “What do you mean I am dead? I am perfectly alive, I am conscious, I am doing what people are doing. I can even bury the dead!” But to Jesus, they were not physically dead, they were spiritually dead, and what does that mean? Well, what did Jesus also say? “I am the way, the truth and the life.”

Was it Jesus personally that was the way, the truth and the life? That would seem unlikely, since it would mean that all of the people who lived on this planet before Jesus was born were basically dead, they did not have the life of Christ in them. But you see, it is the universal Christ consciousness that is the way, the truth and the life. If you have separated from that in your mind, because you have died as a connected being and come to see yourself as a separate being, you are spiritually dead. But the difficulty is that you are still physically alive, you are still conscious, so you do not think you are dead in a spiritual sense. You do not see that there is a problem and that is what brings up the impossibility of the mission of Christ.

The outer path to the outer kingdom

How can the Christ make people who are spiritually dead come to recognize that they are spiritually dead? How can he help them solve a problem if they are not even able to see the problem? Or if they are not willing to see the problem, for they are not willing to acknowledge that their consciousness might be lacking.

You see, by simply looking at the evolution of the Christian religion, you can see the problem. What is it that people in the death consciousness do when they hear about the concept that you can be saved and enter heaven? They immediately project that there must be an outer process here on earth that will qualify them for entry into heaven. Look at the Christian religion. They have done exactly what the Jewish religion had done at the time of Jesus. Set up outer doctrines, outer rituals, outer rules, an outer hierarchy and the promise is, if you follow all the dictates of this outer religion, if you obey the priests and live up to the rituals and believe in the doctrines, you are guaranteed to go to heaven. And where do they see this heaven? Somewhere up there. It is this wonderful garden where the remote God in the sky is sitting on a great white throne in the middle, and the angels are flapping around playing their harps or trumpets or whatever instruments they may be playing, and everything is wonderful.

The inner path to the inner kingdom

But where did Jesus say the kingdom of God was? Oh yeah, within you! So if you reach for the wisdom of the Mother, you can see that there is again a contradiction between what Jesus said, and what the Christian religion says. But what does it mean that the kingdom of God is within you? What is within you? Your liver, your tongue, your stomach? Probably not, right? That which is within you is your state of consciousness. Meaning what? That what qualifies you to entry into heaven is your consciousness, your state of consciousness and that means that you cannot enter heaven if you are in the death consciousness. For what is the death consciousness? You are separated from Christ, and how do you get into the kingdom of God? By coming into oneness with Christ by losing your life in this world, the outer life, being reborn into the life of Christ.

What does it mean to be reborn? That means you are reborn into a new sense of identity where you do not identify yourself as a separate being, but as a connected being. As a connected being with the Christ mind that unifies you with your Creator. What sense does it make that by following outer rituals and believing outer doctrines and obeying an outer hierarchy, you are going to automatically shift your state of consciousness so you can enter the kingdom? Certainly, this is not what Jesus said. For he said: “The kingdom of God comes not with observation, for the kingdom of God is within you.” What do we see here? Well, we see that when humankind went into separation, something was lost and what was lost was the concept of a path where you see yourself as a connected being.

You start out not having a clear sense of what you are connected to, but you sense you are connected to something outside your own mind. Some reality that was not defined by or produced within your own mind and you therefore see that there is a path whereby you can systematically step by step expand your sense of connection, come to a clearer and clearer vision of what you are connected to until you attain oneness with that, which of course is your higher self, your I AM Presence.

You see again, Jesus taught the multitudes in parables but expounded all things to his disciples. What did he teach his disciples? A path. What has been lost in Christianity is that the early followers of Jesus called themselves followers of the way, I am the way. But when you are trapped in duality, you cannot see the way of Christ, which is the way of self-transcendence.

Blindly following the blind leaders

But as we have said, when you go into duality, you have a sense of incompleteness, you have a longing for something, and the leaders, the blind leaders of the Christian religion had to cover that over. They simply defined a false path, an outer path. Follow the doctrines, follow the leaders, follow the rules and you are guaranteed to be saved. On the real path, you are not guaranteed anything. It all depends on your willingness to look at yourself, your own state of mind, and raise it up, or rather, seek for that oneness with the Christ mind that raises you up. It is all dependent on your choices continually, whereas the Christian religion promises you, you make the choice to be baptized and declare Jesus as your Lord and Savior, and that is the last choice you have to make so the false path is based on outer things. You qualify by doing outer things.

But who has defined this false path? Well, those who are trapped in the consciousness of separation and who are they? The false pastors that Jesus talked about, the false leaders, those who are beautiful outwards, but they are filled with dead men’s bones because they have the death consciousness. The dead men’s bones are the separate subconscious selves that they have not been willing to give up and so they are the blind leaders and when you follow them, you make yourself blind. But in a sense you were already blind, or you would never have followed them.

The impossibility of Christ

This brings us back to the impossibility of Christ. People are blind by the duality consciousness, by separation, and therefore they follow the blind leaders. That was the case for the Jewish people that Jesus encountered over and over and over again. How does the Christ make people see that they are blind when they think they know everything and they are guaranteed to be saved?

You look at the actual reality of how Jesus walked around, spoke before great crowds for three years, but attracted relatively few followers. According to the scriptures or the normal Christian doctrines, Jesus only had 12 disciples. Quite a result after three years of vigorous preaching, to only have 12 followers. Yeah, there were those women that were always hanging around, but they were good for doing the dishes. You see here with the wisdom of the Mother, something does not make sense. Why did not Jesus attract more followers? Because the people he encountered believed that they were not in the death consciousness, they were not lacking, because they were Jews. They were God’s chosen people. They had the only true religion. Why would they need to listen to this preacher when they already had everything they needed to secure their salvation?

Death consciousness in Christianity

Does that remind you of anyone you know in today’s world? Oh yeah, the vast majority of Christians who believe that they are God’s chosen people because they are Christians and they, by following the outer doctrines, are guaranteed to be saved. When you have the wisdom of the Mother, you can simply ask yourself, what would happen if today’s Christians had encountered Jesus in the flesh?

Most of them would think: “Oh of course I would recognize him and follow him.” The vast majority of them would have said about Jesus: “Oh look at that new age preacher, he is of the devil. It is not biblical what he is preaching. He is a false preacher.” Exactly the same as the Jews that rejected him 2,000 years ago. And why might that be? Could it be that the same people that rejected Jesus 2,000 years ago in the flesh have now reincarnated as Christians using the Christian religion to validate the exact same attitude they had 2,000 years ago and which they have not been willing to reconsider in all that time?

Seeing through the death consciousness

What shall the Christ do with such people? The Christ sees they are dead, but they do not see it. They think they are saved, or at least that they will be and even though they may have incarnated many times over the past 2,000 years in a Christian culture, even though they have believed in the promise that if you are a good Christian you will be saved after this lifetime, even though they have experienced often multiple times that the promise was false because they were not saved after that lifetime. They were sent right back into embodiment. They are still not willing to acknowledge that they are the ones who have to change by changing their state of consciousness, by looking at their state of consciousness, looking at the beam that prevents them from seeing, number one, that they are dead, number two, they are dead because they do not have the life of Christ in them. And number three, that they will never get the life of Christ by following an external religion.

They need to enter the kingdom of God within them by removing the beam that blocks their entry. Visualize a doorway that leads to the kingdom and there is a huge beam blocking it. How will you get through if you do not look at the beam and remove it? If you try thinking: “Oh, I do not need to get through that door, I just follow this outer religion, I’ll get through some other door.” But where is the doorway to the kingdom? Is it out there? Is it behind that pillar, around the corner? If the kingdom is within, where is the doorway that leads to the kingdom? Most likely also within. This is obvious when you have the wisdom of the Mother, but not obvious if you do not have that wisdom and therefore, you are not willing to look at yourself. Then you cannot see that for you there is only one doorway to the kingdom and it is in your mind and until you remove that beam in your own eye, you cannot walk through that doorway.

And removing the beam in your own eye is not something you do in one quick movement. It is a process of walking with Christ, not on the stations of the cross, but on the stations of life that Jesus demonstrated throughout his mission, which can be found when you read between the lines. Although given the incompleteness of the scriptures, it is somewhat difficult to find it. Which is of course why we have given many teachings in today’s age, outlining those steps to Christhood, including the entire path to self-mastery course, but also many other teachings. There is a process that leads to your personal entry into the kingdom and it is determined by all of the beams you have in your subconscious mind that must be resolved.

The hidden relief in being a sinner

So many Christians will not see this and why not? Because of another false doctrine of the Christian religion: “You were conceived in sin. You are created as sinners. You are sinners from the beginning.” You may on one hand say that this is a burden for people to feel they are sinners, but actually it is not for most people.

It is a relief because what does it mean: “We were just created in this condition. It was not the result of our own choices. We did not make the choice to enter the death consciousness and be sinners. God must have created us that way so we are not responsible.” And if you did not choose to go into the consciousness of death, how can you choose to go out? And if you cannot choose to go out, well, what then? Wait for the external savior to come and save you. This all-loving, almighty, all-knowing, all-powerful God up there created you as a sinner and then he looked down on earth and thought: “Maybe I went too far. Okay, I’ll send my only begotten Son down there to save them from the state of sin that I created them in.” Does this really make sense to anyone? No, because they do not think about it. If they thought about it with the wisdom of the Mother, they would see that this does not make any sense whatsoever. What is the logical explanation? Well, you are in the death consciousness because you chose to enter it and that is why you can choose to un-enter it, but you can only do it consciously.

The mission of Christ

And that is what Christ comes to give you, that awareness of how to make the higher choice. But you have to choose. The responsibility is yours. But if you are not willing to take that responsibility, if you are not willing to multiply the talents but want to bury them in the ground of the death consciousness, well then, how can you even see that you need Christ as the inner savior instead of the outer savior? How can you actually see Christ? So many Christians claim to be Christ-ians, but they do not see Christ. They see Jesus as an outer person, as the only begotten Son of God, but they do not actually even see Jesus. They see an idolatrous image, a graven image created by the Christian religion. They look at Christ through the filter of the mind of anti-christ, they look at Jesus through the filter of the mind of anti-christ, but they think they are followers of Christ, bringing us back to the impossibility of the mission of Christ.

Is the mission of Christ impossible? Well, why would Christ have come into this world if it was impossible? And why is it not impossible? Well, because without him was not anything that was made so the Christ consciousness is within everything, which means that what makes up the death consciousness are illusions created from separation. But within every illusion is the Christ reality, the Christ vision that allows you to see that the illusion is an illusion and not reality. Also, there is the omega aspect of the Christ vision, the wisdom of the Mother, the Sophia, that allows you to look at the death consciousness and see the contradictions. The death consciousness, as we have said, is the duality consciousness, where there are always two opposites. They cannot both be true, and the wisdom of the Mother allows you to see that maybe they both are untrue. When you look at these dualistic polarities, these contradictions, they cannot both be true, but they can both be untrue and that is what you see with the wisdom of the Mother, so you can reach for something beyond.

Unrecorded teachings of Jesus

This is actually what Jesus taught in many of the teachings that were not recorded in the scriptures. He taught this. He certainly taught it to his disciples, but he also taught it at many of these events where he was preaching in the hills, often to larger crowds. He would teach it, not in the same words that I am using here, because times have moved on, but he would teach it as it could be taught given the consciousness of the people at the time.

You can look at the outer scriptures that have been handed down to you and you can say it is very difficult in these scriptures to see the message I have just given you. Not impossible, but it is difficult. But what Jesus taught was much more than was written down, and he taught it in a way that was not impossible for people to grasp, and some people did grasp it, many more people than recorded in the scriptures.

There were actually many, many people that internalized certain sayings of Jesus, certain teachings of Jesus, and even after the Christian religion started forming, they stayed away from the outer religion and just went into their own closets to pray, so to speak, meaning they were willing to look at their own minds. And there were people who were not disciples, outer followers of Jesus, but still made great progress based on these teachings that he gave, the unrecorded teachings. You can say at the time of Jesus, there was a teaching given. It was not written down, and it was deliberately shut out of the Christian church. And anyone who became a mystic and tried to express the inner revelations they had received was, of course, persecuted by the church, or in rare instances, they were made saints of the Catholic church, which is almost the same thing as being killed, because they are just creating an idolatrous image of what this saint was all about.

And really, you had some Christian mystics that were later turned into saints, because then the Catholic church could claim ownership of them and claim that their revelations not only conformed to doctrine, but validated doctrine. No mystical vision can validate the outer doctrines of the Christian churches or Lutheran churches or fundamentalist churches. They are filled with dead men’s bones.

The sense of constant threat in duality

What does all this have to do with inferiority and superiority? Well, it has to do with the fact that when you go into the mind of separation, the death consciousness, not only do you feel incomplete, but you cannot stand still. This may seem contradictory, because you look at the many people, the many cultures that have become closed systems and stood still. You look at, for example, the dark ages, where the Catholic church reigned supreme in Europe and had created the feudal system, and the people were basically slaves. They could not read or write. They could not even read the scriptures. They were only hearing what the priests said in church.

And you can say, but were they not standing still? Well, yes, from a certain perspective, they were standing still. But they were still trapped in the dualistic polarity, where you can never really stand still. You can look at these times and say, there were certain elements of these societies that did not change over several hundred years. But does that mean that there was peace and harmony? Look at the history of the Catholic church. First conflicts with what became the Eastern Orthodox church. Other conflicts within the Catholic church. They had to ban certain people as heretics. They banned certain ideas, reincarnation among them. Then there was the massacre of the Cathars, the witch hunts, the Crusades, the Inquisition. Was it ever standing still? No, because they were always threatened by something.

Why would the only true church of Christ be threatened by the devil? If they really were anointed by Christ, sponsored by Christ, and if they were built on the rock of Christ and the gates of hell should not prevail against their church, why would they feel so threatened they would have to persecute their own members, burn them at the stake, try to kill members of another religion? Why was the Muslim religion a threat to Christianity if the Muslims would go to hell anyway? Why worry about them? Of course, because they were wanting to take over the city of Jerusalem, which Christians consider the holy city. But still, if the kingdom of God is within you, it is not really located in Jerusalem, is it? So what does it matter who has control over that city, unless you have the idolatry of Christ, that Jesus came there because it was the holy land. But again, the wisdom of the Mother allows you to see that perhaps Jesus did not appear in Palestine because it was holy, but because it was one of the most unholy places on earth, and therefore, it was in a greater need of the Christ light.

Relative dualistic peace

But anyway, I digress. Inferiority and superiority. Well, you cannot stand still when you are trapped in duality, because you are like a ping-pong ball being hammered from one side of the table to another by the two dualistic polarities, which in practicality is often two different fallen beings and their followers who have created these sides. And the people are the ping-pong balls being batted back and forth. You cannot stand still, meaning you are always threatened. You are never at peace, but you are wanting to have peace. So you are wanting to shut out all messages that might disturb your sense of peace. And therefore, you come up with this idea that if you are superior, you can be at peace in feeling you are superior. But strangely enough, even if you are inferior, you can feel at peace in being inferior. If you were created in sin and you did not choose to be a sinner and there is nothing you can do about it yourself, then you can feel at peace. You do not have to take responsibility for discerning. You do not have to take responsibility for discerning the difference between the death consciousness and the Christ consciousness.

And if you are superior and you already have the highest truth, because you know better than God, you know better than Christ, then you can also feel at peace. It is a relative peace. It is a fragile peace. But this is what people reach for in duality. They see only the dualistic polarities and they attempt to use both of them to create some fragile sense that they have their lives under control and they have their salvation under control. The fallen beings, the power elite, the superior people feel that they are in control because they know better than God. And the blind followers of those blind leaders feel they are also in control because they just follow the blind leaders and they will get into the kingdom. They will get into the kingdom all right, but what kingdom it is, is another matter. In duality there are always two polarities and strange as it may seem, people will use both polarities to try to create the same state of mind, namely being in control.

For what is it that you want when you go into duality? You want the experience that your mind, your own mind, can define reality and you think that if reality conforms to your definition in your mind, you are at peace, you are in control.

Again, as we have said, the same mindset that created the two polarities is the same mindset that people use to overcome the tension between the two polarities. It is the old story encapsulated by Einstein, that you are trying to solve a problem with the same state of consciousness that created the problem.

The first challenge of Christ

Now you might say, if the Christ knows this and sees this very clearly, why does the Christ even bother to try and save people? But again, it is because Christ sees the unreality of what people have taken on, but also sees the reality of the Conscious You and the I AM Presence, and therefore, sees that as the Conscious You can shift into the separate identity, it can also shift out of it. And even though I have talked about a path that is not instantaneous, it is actually possible that people can have an instantaneous shift, as illustrated by the story of Paul on the road to Damascus, where the scales fell from his eyes.

This did not mean that Paul, after that experience, was now in full Christhood and had resolved his psychology, as you can see clearly in his letters. But nevertheless, it meant that he had instantly shifted from persecuting Christ and the Christians to seeing some value in the message of Christ and that is the first step, and that shift can happen in an instant, in the blink of an eye. Does that mean it always happens that way? No. For many people it is a more gradual shift. But nevertheless, there comes that point where you shift and you see that there is more to reality than what your own mind can define. And that is the shift that all of you have gone through, or you would not be here, and that many spiritual people have gone through. Some Christians have gone through it as well.

The second challenge of Christ

But the challenge is, of course, as we have explained before, the second challenge of Christ. The first challenge is, do you recognize Christ as something outside your own mind? The second challenge is, do you see that Christ is valuable precisely because it is outside your own mind and therefore, gives you a frame of reference for seeing the beam in your own eye and removing it? Or do you, as Peter, want to take your recognition of Christ, draw it into your own mind, and use Christ to validate the contents of your mind, basically validating why you do not have to remove that beam? That is the challenge that very few Christians have passed.

Over the many years, the centuries, the millennia, a considerable amount of Christians have had that awakening, conversion, they might say, the sense of being reborn, but they have then allowed their minds to use their experience to validate the contents of the mind instead of using it as a tool for dismissing, for letting go of those contents. Instead of saying: “What is that to me? I will follow thee” they have attempted to hold on to what they have in this world, not being willing to let go of it in order to follow Christ into the kingdom.

And at the same time, they have used that experience, a genuine experience of the mind of Christ, to build or validate a sense of superiority because they had that experience.

It is like people who have lived in a dark prison and suddenly they remove some of the dirt on the window and they see a ray of light shining through. But now, instead of saying: “Oh, that means there is something outside the prison. How do I get out?” they are saying: “Look, I am the most special prisoner because I saw the light.” And they want the other prisoners to validate their sense of being superior instead of focusing on: “How do I get out of the cage?”

The wisdom of the Mother can allow you to see, not the impossibility of Christ, but certainly the obstacles to the mission of Christ and by coming to see this, you can begin to dissect those obstacles, dissect the death consciousness. See those dead men’s bones that are residing in your subconscious mind and throw them out one at a time. And when you have thrown out enough bones in your own subconscious, in your own sepulcher, then you can begin to share your process with others so that they can also come to see the death consciousness and see the fundamental challenge of Christ in awakening people, having them reborn back into life.

The challenge for America

What does it have to do with America? Well, America has the potential to go through an awakening. This will not mean that all Americans will suddenly be converted into a Christian religion. It will actually mean that many Americans will be converted out of a Christian religion to see that there is much more to grasp about Christ than what is told from the Christian pulpits every Sunday.

What is going on right now? Well, it is that those who consider themselves Christians and consider themselves superior because they are Christians have been given a last opportunity to act out their sense of superiority to a greater and greater extreme until either they themselves or at least other people begin to see it. These are, so to speak, the last efforts where those who are in the Christian superiority camp have a last chance to either reform their ways or to be removed from America. Some of them may be able to incarnate in other countries. Some of them will be taken from the earth completely. Certainly, many of the leaders will not have an opportunity to re-embody on earth. It is, so to speak, separating the sheep from the goats, seeing who has the wedding garment and who does not.

And many of the people who have the potential to be awakened to the true message of Christ are people who are in spiritual New Age alternative movements for they are more open-minded. But many of them have also gotten themselves into a sense of superiority because they belong to this movement, this guru, this teaching that also gives them that sense of superiority. So it is not just the Christians who are facing the challenge. All people in America are facing the challenge: “Will we see the limitations of our minds, of our beliefs, of our institutions? Will we see that certain aspects of American society are out of touch with the message of Christ?”

As this invocation explains, the contradiction between claiming America is a Christian nation, but at the same time claiming, that America does not need to serve the all but can focus on itself and what it sees as its self-interest, that America can remain great or become great again by doing the opposite of what Jesus told people to do, refusing to be my brother’s keeper, refusing to feed the poor and the hungry and heal the sick.

For all of this stuff in the Sermon on the Mount: Ah, that is just weakness. Nay, the total egotistical focus on self, that is the strength and that is what Christ would have taught. If he just knew as much back then as these Christians know today, he would have affirmed their beliefs. But Jesus did not know it back then. But fortunately, they do today, so they can correct Jesus’ mistake. Is that not what they believe?

If you really look at what they believe, they believe they know better than Christ what Christ should have said. What the message of Christ is all about. Some will say the message of Christ was about overcoming selfishness. But these Christians are saying the message of Christ was about deifying selfishness as the ultimate human expression. You see, when you see this with the wisdom of the Mother, that this is simply the duality consciousness being allowed to come out of hiding instead of always trying to stay under the radar, now it comes out in such an extreme unbalanced manifestation that it just cannot remain hidden for those who have eyes to see and ears to hear.

And in the next years or so, many Americans will awaken to see the contrast between what Jesus really taught and what humanity really means and what some of these forces are preaching and how they are acting.

Moving the interdependent originations

You may say, is this a somber message or an uplifting message? Well, it depends on how you look at it. I look at it as an uplifting message because it is simply the necessary phase that America has to go through before it can begin to manifest the golden age. Again, we have said before that there is such a difference in the golden age mindset and the present mindset on earth that if this was to be overcome in small steps, it would take a very long time. By releasing the light that we released at New Year’s, flushing out the imbalanced beliefs, we are shortening the time before the golden age can begin to manifest. For me, that is the good news. For the fallen beings, not so much. But who cares? In a sense, as the Divine Mother, I care about all beings, but I also respect their free will and therefore, I am not moved by their desire to stay in the death consciousness.

With this, I have given you what I wanted to give you in this installment. We shall see whether it will be my last for this conference, but certainly it is the last for today. Probably a relief, given that you have had a long day, but I must say a very productive day, where you have really moved the interdependent originations. I see it clearly from the ascended state. You have really moved things. You have stirred up things. You have reinforced the light released from New Year’s and therefore, created an even greater upheaval, which is a good thing because it shortens the time.

And did Jesus not say that the time should be shortened for the elect? But you are the elect because you were elected to be here. And many other people, because of the impulses that you have radiated, can now also elect to be part of those who are recognizing the difference between the death consciousness and the Christ consciousness.

For this, you have my gratitude, and I look forward, as we all do, to the rest of this conference. I seal you in the love of the Divine Mother that I have for each one of you.

 

Copyright © 2025 Kim Michaels

 

Back to Rising above the superiority-inferiority duality

Becoming God free with the Wisdom of the Mother


Listen to a recording of this dictation (subscribers only)

Ascended Master Godfre through Kim Michaels, August 8, 2025. This dictation was given at the 2025 Conference for America: Rising above the superiority-inferiority duality.

I AM the Ascended Master Godfre. What is in a name? Why did I choose that name as my ascended name, or even as the pen name I used in my last embodiment? Because there is only freedom in God. But of course, you can say, can you be directly free in God? Can you as a being on earth, even as an ascended master, know God directly?

In a sense not. You know God through the Christ mind, the mind that unifies you with your source. But nevertheless, let us not get lost in technicalities here. The important point is, there is no freedom at the level of the separate mind, the human mind. And that is what people need to grasp if they are to overcome the entire inferiority-superiority dynamic.

Denial of reincarnation 

Now I know well that if the average American and certainly Christian Americans were to hear me say that I, the Ascended Master Godfre, was embodied as George Washington, who was instrumental in the birth of this nation, they would of course deny this. Why? Because they deny reincarnation.

But why does the Christian religion and why do the cultures that spring from the Christian religion deny reincarnation? Why does even scientific materialism deny reincarnation? Well, it is simply because a certain group of fallen beings determined that they did not like the idea of reincarnation. And therefore, they decided to define it out of existence by denying it and by getting as many people as possible to follow them in that denial.

Why did they not like and do they not like this idea of reincarnation? Well, for several reasons. The first one is that they do not like the idea that you can be, to use their vernacular, punished in a future life for what you have done in this life. Because if they are to think about what consequences their actions will have for themselves in the future lifetimes, they cannot freely exercise power in this lifetime.

They cannot do whatever they want without considering the consequences for the people if they have to be bothered to think about how this might affect themselves and limit them in a coming lifetime. This is what you saw with Theodora, the wife of the Roman Emperor Justinian in the 700s, who was instrumental in furthering the denial of reincarnation in the Catholic church. She of course did not start it. It was started by other fallen beings who also did not like this idea.

Limitations of the separate mind

But there are other reasons why the fallen beings do not like the concept of reincarnation. And one of the primary ones is that it opens up the possibility that someone could have spent lifetimes seeking to purify their minds of all dualistic elements, seeking to tune in to the Christ mind, raise their level of awareness higher than the average person on earth, and certainly higher than anyone who is trapped in duality. And that would then mean that these people had reached a higher level of consciousness than the fallen beings can ever reach while they are in the fallen consciousness.

For you see, there are fallen beings who realize, they do not realize this as clearly as I am expressing it here, but they realize that there is a limitation to the fallen consciousness. There is a limitation to the power you can get through the fallen consciousness, the separate mind. They do not see this clearly, but they sense their limitations.

And that is why, when they see someone who has gone beyond the dualistic mind, who has tuned in to the One Mind and become an open door for the One Mind, they know they cannot compete with that being, as some among the scribes and Pharisees and the Sanhedrin knew they could never compete with Jesus. For he had a power that is beyond this world, and the power they had was of this world and it was no match for the power of Christ.

Why do they then deny reincarnation? Because they want to make it seem as if there is no evolutionary process that can lead you to higher states of consciousness. You start this lifetime the way you are now. Why is this important to them? Well, it is important because, first of all, the mass majority of the population are still trapped in duality and separation. They have not reached beyond it, so they are not open for the Christ mind. But they themselves can then claim that they were born with some special privilege. They were either selected by God to be special or they were selected by the principle of survival of the fittest to be special.

In other words, it is not a matter of using your own willingness to transcend yourself to rise higher in consciousness. No, you are born the way you are and that is it. And therefore, the people just have to accept that they can never challenge the leaders who are selected for leadership positions.

Being born “superior” 

And this, of course, is a concept, when you look at it, goes back into the mists of history. You can look at America as a nation. You can see today, if you have just a sprinkle of this wisdom of the Mother, you can see today that there is clearly an elite of people in America who believe that they are superior to the general population.

You can come up with all kinds of excuses, all kinds of intellectual argumentation, but if you have just a little bit of the wisdom of the Mother, you see this clearly. It is as if you have a camera that is out of focus, so everything is blurred. But when you have the wisdom of the Mother, suddenly the camera comes into focus and now you clearly see the power elite, and their sense of superiority.

You can trace this back and you see it nowhere in time more clearly than during the so-called Gilded Age, where basically the country was run by the self-interest of these monopoly capitalists, Morgan, Rockefeller and others. They believed they were born superior and had a right to basically extract as much wealth from the people as possible.

They also believed that they knew better than anyone how to run the country. They did not want to run for office because they do not like democracy, so they were willing to buy influence with their enormous wealth. This literally was the best government money can buy, as the saying goes. I am not saying that the current government is not bought by money, but it is certainly not the best government. Neither was it, of course, during the Gilded Age.

Elitist attitude of the Founding Fathers

But let us go further back. Let us go back to the founding of this nation. Now, if you accept that I was George Washington, you can ask yourself: “Well, did George Washington feel superior?” As I have explained before, I did, in my younger years clearly feel that I was superior, that I was special, that I was selected for a certain mission. This was not necessarily wrong, as it was in my Divine plan, but nevertheless the attitude of superiority was not constructive to the fulfillment of my Divine plan.

And as I have explained, during that winter in Valley Forge, I saw through an intuitive vision the vanity of this attitude, this sense of superiority, and I knelt before God and I went deeply within, and in the concepts and ideas you are using today, we are using today, I saw the separate self that made me feel superior, and I decided to let it go, to let it die.

And that is why I could then fulfill my mission and have the impact on the revolutionary war that I had, so that this nation could be born. But still, even after that, I had some of the elitist attitude that I had grown up with, because back then, American society was infused by this elitist attitude. You see it in Jefferson, who had this ideal of the gentleman farmer, who lived on his farm and spent most of his time reading and studying literature and culture and whatever, because of course he had slaves to do the hard work.

But you see how the Founding Fathers were men of their times, a product of their times, and even in America, there was this very clear elitist attitude. Now you may say, where did this come from? And of course it came from England, where you look at British society at the time, and you see how the kings and the noblemen who ran the country at the time had that attitude of superiority.

Elitism of the fallen mindset

And then you can say, well, where did it come from? And you can trace it in England back through the kings and the noblemen, going back as far as you have recorded history. And if you look at other civilizations and cultures, you can see the same phenomenon in virtually every culture.

Some Egyptian pharaohs believed they were God incarnated. Other cultures had the idea that their leaders were sent by God because they had special qualities. You see that you cannot really grasp where this attitude comes from unless you have this concept of fallen beings, where you see that this actually did not originate in this sphere.

You see that it is so much older than this sphere because there is this small group of these fallen beings who for so long have felt they were superior, not only superior to other people in a horizontal way, but even superior in a vertical way, superior to God. Some of them believe they know better than God. You can say, how is it possible that they can believe this? It is because, as we have said, the mind has the ability to formulate an image and to project that this is not an image—it is reality. It is how the world is.

Now, we have sometimes given the impression that these fallen beings are, you might say, evil, but you could also take the stand of saying that they are simply exploring what you can do with the mind, the conceptual mind, where you can formulate a concept, project it onto the Ma-ter light, and then when you get the return current from the cosmic mirror, you can use it to validate the concept until you have come to a point where you are so believing in, you are so invested in the concept that you feel it is real—this is how the world is.

And as we have said, it is not that this is necessarily evil. It is just one of the things you can do with your self-awareness, your imagination and your free will. It is an experience you can have, and it is an experience you are allowed to have, in order to explore what can be done with free will and in order to have the experiences that you personally need to have before you come to that point where you see the vanity of this and surrender this desire to use the mind to define reality, and where instead you shift and realize that whereas the mind has the ability to define what seems real, the sense of reality exists only in the mind because the mind does not actually change how the universe works outside of the range of the mind.

From a son of man to a son of God

You might say, as we have said, that earth used to be a natural planet created by the Elohim. These are minds that are beyond the human level of the mind who created planet earth. But then there came the shift where most people went into duality and now they started taking the earth down from its original purity to what we have called an unnatural planet. But the range of the minds of human beings does not reach beyond the earth. This is one of the reasons for the enormous distances that you see in the universe.

Humankind, the minds of humankind have the ability to change certain parameters on earth, but not all. But they cannot reach beyond earth. And that means that there comes a point where you realize that your mind may be able to define a sense of reality here on earth, but it really does not change the reality of the entire universe.

And then you make that conscious shift where you decide: “I want to experience a reality beyond my own mind and the collective mind on earth. I want to connect to the reality of the world because I have had enough of trying to define what I want to be real. I want to know what actually is real because it is created by greater minds than my own.”

This is the essential shift where you go from being a son of man, as Jesus referred to himself in the beginning of his mission, to being a son of God, where you see your divine origin. And therefore, you are God free in the sense that you decide: ”I want to know the reality that God created, not the reality that human beings have attempted to create, including what I have attempted to create in my own mind.”

Seeing contradictions with the Wisdom of the Mother

And this is a shift that is revolutionary. It is the death of the old self and you are reborn into a new life, or rather you are reborn into life through the Christ mind. It is a vertical shift. However, where does this shift come from? What is it that prepares your mind to make that shift? It is the wisdom of the Mother.

Because there must be a process in your mind whereby you begin to see the limitations of your own mind. And that is the wisdom of the Mother that allows you to see the contradictions you have in your mind because of the dualistic polarities. What have we attempted to explain with all of our teachings about the duality consciousness? When you are inside of it, you cannot see its limitations because you cannot see neutrally the two dualistic polarities.

You will see one as being superior, one as being inferior, one as being true, one as being false. You can see this by contacting the Christ mind, but you can also see it through the wisdom of the Mother where you bring these two viewpoints that you hold in different separate selves that are normally hiding in the subconscious mind, you bring them above the threshold of conscious awareness and you can now neutrally look at both, see that they are contradicting each other.

And instead of the common reaction where you get scared of the contradictions and fall back into denying one and saying the other one must be true, you can step further back and see that none of them are true. Both of them are out of touch with reality and therefore, you can say with the wisdom of the Mother, there must be a higher understanding and where is that understanding found? By reaching up for the Christ mind.

The long process to a revolutionary shift

You can say that there is a revolutionary turning point where you let the old self die and you are reborn into your original sense of self as the man who descended from heaven, but nobody can make that shift instantaneously. It takes a long process to be ready for this shift and we have before given the imagery that going into separation and duality is like going into a maze. You go into the maze, the past divides, you have to choose one over the other, one dualistic polarity over the other.

You raise the one dualistic polarity up by putting the other down. And then, as you go further, you reach another dividing point where now your choice of the one dualistic polarity might be challenged. You have to again make a choice that takes you deeper into the maze and each time you are reacting, because you are reacting once you go in the maze, you are making a choice that takes you deeper and deeper down.

You are not aware of what you are choosing here because as we have explained, as Master MORE explained, your sense of a connected identity dies and you are reborn into a separate sense of self that cannot contact the Christ mind and therefore, cannot see the reality behind duality. You are selecting among these dualistic polarities and therefore, you are not fully conscious.

You are conscious in the sense that people normally call consciousness, but you do not have the Christ consciousness. That means that the choices you make are in a sense not conscious choices. They are not aware choices. You are reacting to circumstances using a limited vision to choose. This causes you to go into the maze deeper and deeper until you reach that turning point where you decide: “I cannot do this anymore. There must be more to life than this.”

And at that point you can receive help from a source that is outside your mind. And it can take two forms. It can be an impulse from the Christ mind. But many people, when they have gone deeply into duality, are not really able to hear this. The backup plan, so to speak, or the omega aspect of your return is the wisdom of the Mother.

Seeing the limitations of the mind with the Wisdom of the Mother

Because how do you go deeper and deeper into separation? You may say, if you look at humanity, the vast majority of people on earth are in separation. But they have not gone so deeply into it simply because they have not had a strong enough sense of self. But there are those who have gone deeply into duality. Some of them are fallen beings but others are original earth inhabitants, even some avatars.

Those who have a stronger individuality go deeper into duality, deeper into the maze, because they are better at using the powers of their minds. And this is, in a sense, it is a two-edged sword because it allows them to go deeper and deeper. But it also has the effect that they become more and more aware of how the mind works. And that means that when you come to that turning point, you can have had enough of trying to define reality with your own mind.

You can begin to see the limitations of the mind. And that is the wisdom of the Mother, where now you can begin to use that wisdom to look at the contradictions in your own mind. And therefore, it is a two-pronged approach. You see some contradiction. You cannot resolve it with the linear analytical mind. Therefore, you reach for something beyond because the wisdom of the Mother is different from the wisdom of the serpent, the serpentine mind, the mindset of the fallen beings.

The serpentine mind believes in its own superiority, cannot, will not question it. It cannot look beyond itself. But the wisdom of the Mother is not self-sufficient, self-contained. The wisdom of the Mother does not believe that it is able to know everything and define reality without the Father element, the Christ consciousness.

The wisdom of the Mother always reaches beyond itself. And that is why when you come to one of these enigmas that you cannot resolve with the outer mind, the wisdom of the Mother says: “There must be a different way to look at this. There must be more to grasp, more to understand than what I can see right now. Instead of trying to think that I have to come up with a more sophisticated intellectual serpentine reasoning to resolve this enigma, I have to raise my awareness so I can see something I cannot see now. Instead of thinking the answer is down here at my present level, I realize there must be a higher level in this observation tower I am climbing. When I get up to that higher level, I can see what I cannot see now.”

This is the wisdom of the Mother. It always reaches beyond itself because it knows it is not self-existing. It exists in a polarity with the Father and therefore, it is always reaching for that which is not the opposite but the complementary element of creation that completes the Mother.

When you have that wisdom, when you acquire that wisdom, you are not trapped in your own mind. You realize: “There must be something beyond what I see right now” and you are willing to reach for it. And then you see something, you integrate it, you internalize it, you are willing to look at yourself and let that self die that holds the illusion you are dealing with.

Knowing better than God

You see again, because the wisdom of the Mother is not self-contained, it is willing to look at itself. It does not think it knows everything. What is it when you really look at it? What is the deeper meaning of Jesus’ statement about seeing the splinter in the eyes of your brother instead of seeing the beam in your own eye?

Well, it is that you are looking outside yourself. You are refusing to look at yourself. You are refusing to acknowledge what I have just said, that your mind has the ability to define an illusion and make it seem real. You are projecting that: “Oh no, I did not define the illusion. Some higher power did, whether it be the laws of nature or God Almighty, and therefore, it is right. And I do not need to look at my own mind and see the illusion that I accepted.”

You are not looking at yourself and this is what leads to this inferiority-superiority dynamic. And although it may seem difficult to grasp at first, the fact is that those who are trapped in inferiority are trapped in the same mindset as those who are in superiority. Because those who believe they are inferior, what are they doing? They are not connecting to the fact that they are born out of the Christ mind. And therefore, inferiority and superiority does not apply to them. And therefore, it is not reality that they are inferior. They are still trapped in the mind that thinks it can define reality.

And it is exactly the same mind as those who are believing they are superior. It is just two different polarities of the same mind, two different outcomes of the same mind. They are both believing they know better than God. The people in superiority believe they know better than God how the universe should work. The people in inferiority do not believe they know how the universe should work. But they do believe they know better than God that they are inferior.

The exact same mindset, it is just that it takes two different forms, which is what we have explained so many times, the inevitable outcome of duality. The same mindset spreads into two seemingly opposite polarities. But they are based on the same mindset.

Essence of duality

But the problem with duality is that once you have gone into it, you do not see that the two polarities came out of the same form of thinking, that they are both defined by the dualistic mind. You think that one of them is defined as superior by God himself or by the laws of nature and the other is defined as inferior. It is not a definition in the mind. This is how the world is.

In other words, the mindset splits into two. But once you are focused on one of them, you can only see the other as a complete opposite. And therefore, you cannot see that they came out of the same mindset. It is as if you look at a prism where you are sending white light into it and the colors of the rainbow are coming out. It is the same white light split by the prism.

But once you are in duality, you do not see that there is a prism. You do not see that there was white light behind it. You only see the colors. But instead of seeing them as just colors, you have the dualistic value judgment: “Ah, red is bad, red is of the devil, and blue is good,” and so forth. They are just colors.

You go into duality. People will be divided into different groupings. They are just different groupings. But the duality mindset adds the value judgment. Some groups are superior to others. Some are God’s chosen people, and others are the sons of the devil.

It is such an old story that when you look back at history, you must wonder: “How long, oh Lord, do they need to play this game of thinking they know better?” Is blonde hair and blue eyes better than black hair and brown eyes? They are just two different forms. Is a circle better than a square? Well, the medieval Catholics thought so. The circle was the perfect creation of God. A square was of the devil.

But this is all duality. And this is the essence of duality. Once you are in it, it seems so real that you cannot question it. That is why we have said over and over again, you cannot use the dualistic mind to overcome, to free yourself from the dualistic mind. Once you are trapped, you are trapped, unless you reach for something beyond your own mind, be that through the wisdom of the Mother, seeing the contradictions, or through the wisdom of the Christ mind, coming directly.

Two aspects of the One Mind

But then you can ask another question. We talk here about the Sophia, the wisdom of the Mother. Is it separated from the wisdom of Christ? Nay. It is just another aspect, another expression of Christ’s wisdom. Because without him was not anything made that was made, or rather without it was not anything made that was made. It is just, again, the Christ takes two forms.

The Christ divides itself seemingly into two forms because when people have stepped into duality, well, it must address their state of mind. But you can also take another view of this and say that when you look at the fact that people on earth have created their own illusion, the maya talked about in the East. This is based on duality where everything is seen as opposites. But beyond this is the deeper reality that the One Mind was the first creation of the Creator.

But the One Mind, the undivided mind of Christ, did not create the world because it is One Mind. As the first act of creation was the emergence of two polarities within the One Mind, the expanding and the contracting. And they are complementary polarities because it is the interaction of the two that creates form. But once you step into duality, you no longer see them as complementary. You see them as opposites that cancel out each other.

And you are now trapped in thinking that you need to establish one dualistic polarity as the superior one and destroy the other. Then you will have created this wonderful state, this everlasting kingdom or whatever you define it as. But as we have said, it is simply that once you go into duality, you feel an incompleteness. And the ego seeks to fill your incompleteness with the things of this world.

Central illusion of duality

Now mind you, we have said that so much in the mind is separate selves. And yes, there is a separate self that feels incomplete. But is the incompleteness only in the separate selves? Nay, because the Conscious You feels incomplete when it no longer sees itself as a connected being.

And in order to cover over that sense of incompleteness, which is really what pulls you back to oneness, the ego must give you the impression that you can get back to completeness, you can feel fulfilled through the things of this world. And you could say this is the central illusion of duality.

The existential problem in duality is the sense of being incomplete and the belief that you can compensate, you can overcome it through something in this world. And that is the mindset that the fallen beings have been trapped in since they first fell and that they took with them to this planet and that they exported very cleverly to most people on earth who believe the same thing.

What do you have now? Well, you have this mindset that we need to define a system of thought that has gradations. This is the ultimate right, this is the ultimate wrong. And then you define the epic quest, the epic cause to establish what is right as the dominant by destroying what is wrong. Many people throughout history have been trapped in this.

The greatest irony of all of them might very well be the Crusades, where those who claim to be the representatives of Christ on earth found it necessary to kill the members of another religion. How do you kill somebody by turning the other cheek? I am inserting a bit of wisdom of the Mother here, because only the mother can ask this question. The mind of duality cannot.

Blindly following the blind leaders

Is it sophisticated what the fallen beings believe? Are they sophisticated in their beliefs? They are trapped in the most basic illusion of the duality consciousness. How sophisticated is that? How does that make you superior? It is, in a sense, an attempt to establish superiority through stupidity. How stupid is that?

But you see again, when you are trapped in duality, when you believe, when you are blinded by the sophistication of these fallen beings, you are not able to ask the simple question or make the simple observation: “But the emperor has nothing on,” because you do not have the mind of the child, the wisdom of the Mother, to ask the logical questions that the fallen beings are doing everything to prevent people from asking, because you are supposed to be sophisticated.

You are supposed to believe in what these tailors were saying, that they were sewing this sophisticated garment for the emperor. And all who were part of the court nodded. “Oh yes, do not you see it? Can you see how wonderful this is? I want one of those too. But not as nice as the emperor’s, of course. But I want something like that.”

And you see, in order to stay in the illusion that you are superior, you do not question those who have defined the illusion, the criteria that makes you superior. And that is how people can remain trapped in blindly following the blind leaders, incarnation after incarnation after incarnation, until they get tired of running into a wall again and again and again. And they say: “Could there be more to life than always having a headache?” And then they say: “What if I stopped running into the wall headfirst?” And then they reach for the wisdom of the Mother that shows them there is an alternative, because there is always an alternative, if you are willing to look for it.

Experience behind the illusion

But again, it takes that willingness to look. You have to be willing to question yourself, what is going on in your mind? Why? Because what have I said? Those who are in inferiority have the same mindset as those who are in superiority. They both believe their minds are so sophisticated that they can define what is real. And that is what you must be willing to question before you can get out of the belief that your mind is superior and can define what is real. And then you can reach for the wisdom of the Mother, you can reach for the wisdom of the Christ mind, and then you can begin to climb back up to go out of the maze.

But how are you doing it? You went into it unconsciously, unaware, but you can only go out of it consciously. What do I mean when I say you go into it unconsciously? Because you are denying that your mind is creating the illusion and making it seem real. You are saying it is something outside your mind that created the sense of reality.

And therefore, in order to walk back consciously, you must come to see one illusion after another. You must see: “I accepted this illusion in my mind. I had a reason for doing it in the situation I was in.” It is not a matter of condemning yourself, it is just a matter of seeing you had a reason for doing it. It gave you a certain experience, but now you have had enough of having that experience. And how do you change your experience? Yes, you need to change the structure in the mind that gave you the experience, the self, the subconscious self.

A subconscious self is comparable to putting on yellow glasses. And now you have the experience: “Oh how nice and green the sky is.” It has not changed the color of the sky, but it has changed your experience. As long as you desire to have the experience of living under a green sky, keep the glasses on. But what is the only way to change the experience that the sky is green? Take off the glasses. How hard is it to see this through the wisdom of the Mother?

Duality as an experience

It is not a matter of good and evil. Duality is just an experience where you define good and evil. How do you get out of it? Well, take off the dualistic glasses. It is the only way, but you can only do this consciously. You can only do it by coming to see why you wanted that experience or why you allowed yourself to be manipulated by circumstances into thinking you only had those two options and you had to choose one over the other. But when you become conscious of this, you say: “Ah, I could have refused to choose one of the two. And I could have stepped back and I could have said, there must be more to this situation than what I am seeing right now.”

And then you would have received help and you could have made a wiser choice, could have risen to the next level up, looked at the next experience you are having: “Have I had enough of that experience?” Then you look for: “Why did I put on the glasses that gave me that experience?” You choose to let go of the choice you made. You choose to reach for a higher view. You take off those glasses and now you are taking another step towards the exit of the maze.

Pulling Christ into the maze

But you cannot do this all at once, no matter what some modern teachers and some ancient teachers, for that matter, may claim. You walk out of the maze consciously or you do not get out. You may think you have gotten out because the mind is able to take any spiritual teaching and pull it into the maze and color it with a dualistic overview.

And now you can say: “Oh, yes, I see that there is this wonderful state called Christhood or a non-dual state of awareness. And I want it.” Or rather, you are not saying: “I want the state of Christhood—No, I want the experience that I am in Christhood without having to look at what pulled me away from Christhood, without having to look at the beam in my own eye. I want the experience that I am in Christhood.”

And the law of free will mandates, yes, you are allowed to use the teachings of Christ to define the experience that you are one of the true followers of Christ and that you are guaranteed to be saved. And you can have that experience for the rest of a lifetime and you can have it for many lifetimes. But it does not change the fact that only the man who descended from heaven can ascend back to heaven.

And until you return to that state, the pure, neutral awareness of the Conscious You, you cannot leave the earth behind. For there is still an experience you want here and the law of free will mandates that you are allowed to have any experience you want for as long as you want it. Do you understand what that means?

The alpha and omega of free will 

There is an alpha and omega to everything. The law of free will says, yes, you are allowed to have any experience you want. But it also says you will be trapped in that self that you create in order to have that experience until you consciously undo the self. And it will pull you back to earth until you consciously undo it.

That is the law of free will in the alpha and omega aspect. You become trapped in the self that gives you a dualistic experience. And you remain trapped until you pull that self into the conscious awareness, take a look at it and say: “You have had your day. I am done with you. Get thee behind me, Satan. For I savor the things that be of God, not the things that be of men.”

Moving  beyond the outer form

It has been my great joy to interact with you. I am grateful that so many of you both here and on the webinar have given my decree, which is not something that happens every day. I am not saying that you should give my decree over the decrees of other masters. But I am nevertheless grateful that so many of you have done this because it actually is a great help for me to carry out the goals I still have for my interaction with earth. And I have certain goals. Partly because I have been embodied here for many lifetimes. Partly because I was the messenger for a previous dispensation of the I AM Movement.

And certainly, I have some goals that I would like to see fulfilled, because the I AM Movement did not live up to its fullest potential. And there are still some people that are stuck, not necessarily people who are in embodiment but people who have passed from the screen of life who were part of the I AM Movement, who are still stuck in a certain cultural mindset that was not really created, but arose in the I AM Movement. And I would like to see those people be free of this.

And the teachings of this dispensation could certainly help them. And some of you who have been attracted to this dispensation were actually embodied during the times of the I AM Movement. And you would actually, if you feel intuitively this applies to you, you would benefit from looking at the teachings of the I AM Movement, certainly the three green books, comparing it neutrally to the teachings that were given through this dispensation, and reaching for a higher understanding from me or whomever ascended master you want to contact, such as Saint Germain.

And you would get that, that would allow you to free yourself from this residual mindset that you may have carried with you from your involvement with the I AM Movement. And that I would like to see happen so that the I AM Movement is not something that keeps souls at a certain level. And I am not saying there was a flaw in the teachings of the I AM Movement, but as other masters have said, they were given for a certain level of consciousness. You, who have been involved with the I AM Movement in a previous life or even in this life, you need to move beyond that.

You need to realize that the outer form is not what is important. It is the flow from which the outer form came. Namely, the ascended masters. And we are constantly moving on, transcending ourselves. And if you want to move on with us, you need to transcend yourself. And you need to transcend the outer form. Whether it was the I AM Movement or going all the way back to Egypt and Babylon or the Vedic teachings or the Buddha’s teachings or Jesus’ teachings or this or that. The form is an interdependent origination.

There is an impulse from the ascended realm that comes through a human being. And the actual form that the revelation takes is determined by the interdependent originations in that particular situation and society, and the consciousness of the messenger, the consciousness of the people who receive it. It is what it is. It is what could be brought forth at that time. The form is determined by the situation that was there in the past.

Flowing with the masters and interdependent originations 

But the whole purpose of giving the revelation was to change the equation and raise the earth and the collective consciousness. And if that is successful, then that interdependent origination that was there at the time is no longer there. 

Why look back to the form? Why not follow the flow where it came from, where the revelation came from? And contact the ascended masters and flow with us, instead of thinking you have to be loyal to us by being loyal to what happened back then. Which, by the way, could never be repeated because the entire fluid situation has moved on. If you want a linear image of this, in the 1930s the earth was not where it is today in space. It was millions of miles back there. And it has moved on in space because the earth has moved in space and the earth moves around the sun in a spiral orbit, not elliptical. The earth never comes back to the same point. It moves on, up, up, up into space. The earth is not where it was in the 1930s.

If a revelation is given today, it will not be the same as what was given in the I AM Movement. It cannot be because the earth is not where it was. The interdependent originations are not where they were back then. The light is split by the prism of the interdependent originations. But the prism changes, so the light never splits the same way twice.

What is expressed today is a reflection of the interdependent originations of the planet, the collective consciousness. It also will never be repeated. It will not stand for all time. It is not meant to. You have a choice: Fixate on an outer form that originated as a message from the ascended realm or seek to connect to the source of the impulse, namely the ascended masters, and flow with us.

With this, I am grateful for being able to project this message. And again, just because this message was spoken in the physical and was multiplied by your chakras, the interdependent originations of the entire planet have shifted. And that is all we can do.

Yes, the I AM Movement in the 1930s did shift the earth. But it was not the ultimate shift that many students looked for. And that I to some degree looked for in my, we might say, less aware moments. I am being very generous to myself here. I could have used that other word. What was it? Stupid? But anyway, we are who we are at the time. I was in a certain state of consciousness. There were cultural influences. And what could be brought forth was what was possible at the time.

I had a belief, a desire, that this would be ideal, the ultimate revelation. So did the messengers of the Summit Lighthouse. This messenger has overcome that. Not to our shame, but to his credit. You who are members of this dispensation can also overcome it, as many of you already have. Or you would not have been here. You would still be sitting there being loyal to either the I AM Movement or the Summit Lighthouse. But you can all benefit from considering this. The loyalty to the outer form versus the connection, your personal connection to the ascended masters.

Yes, without the messenger I could not have spoken this message in the physical. But you do not need this messenger to contact me or any other ascended master directly within your mind. Do not ever believe that you need anything from this world in order to connect to the ascended masters who are beyond this world. That is not the wisdom of the Mother.

With this I seal you in my joy and my flame of God-freedom, God-obedience. Obedience is not blind obedience. It is simply the recognition that this is how reality is outside the dualistic mind.

The Ascended Master Godfre I AM.

 

Copyright © 2025 Kim Michaels

 

Back to Rising above the superiority-inferiority duality

The immovability of Christ is not a standstill


Listen to a recording of this dictation (subscribers only) 

Ascended Master MORE through Kim Michaels, August 8, 2025. This dictation was given at the 2025 Conference for America: Rising above the superiority-inferiority duality.

I AM the Ascended Master MORE. What can we say about the Rock of Christ? Consider this concept, obviously coming from Jesus’ parable about the wise man who built his house on rock and the unwise man who built his house on sand. What is the Rock of Christ?

The Rock of Christ

Well, there is nothing that the duality consciousness cannot pervert. That is what many of you have already seen but what is generally not seen in the world. So many people today are still trapped in this dualistic belief that there are always the two opposite polarities, one of them is right, the other is wrong, one of them is true, the other is false. In other words, there is only one right way to look at any concept. Many Christians think that the Rock of Christ is something that never moves and therefore, they also have to be like that—their churches, their doctrines, their beliefs, they have to never move. They have to be loyal to how it was and how it has been traditionally.

But you see, the Rock of Christ is not something that can be defined in this world. It certainly cannot be defined by the duality consciousness. For what is the purpose of Christ? As we have said, to unite you with your source and your source is beyond this world. You are not a product of this world. But do Christians generally throughout the world understand this? Do they see it? Do Christians in America see that you are not a product of this world? Or are they so focused on this idea that you are sinners, that you are created in sin, that they actually think you are a product of this world? Because if you were created in sin, do you really believe that you are a spiritual being, for can a spiritual being be a sinner? Would it make any sense that a spiritual being was created in the spiritual realm as a sinner and then descended to earth in an imperfect state? But do Christians in general believe that they are spiritual beings? Do they believe that you have a spiritual source, that you were created in a higher realm and descended to earth? Do they believe this? Most of them do not. And why not?

There is the whole concept of the incarnation in Christianity. Ah yes, that is right. The incarnation was Jesus only. Jesus was the only incarnation. But where did all of the rest of you come from then, if you are not incarnations of spiritual beings? Were you created out of the dust of the earth, from dust thou art? Well, that is what many Christians actually believe and when you do not realize the flaw in this reasoning, you cannot contact the Christ mind. You cannot actually contact and experience the Rock of Christ.

Cognitive dissonance in Christianity

What is the image of a rock? Well, it is something that is immovable, that is hard, that cannot be overthrown by the winds and the rains of this world. It is immovable by the forces of this world and therefore, the Christ consciousness is something that cannot be blown away by the winds of this world, not even by the whirlwind created by the consciousness of the people trapped in duality. When you grasp Christ, you grasp that everything in this world originated, came out of the Christ mind. Without him was not anything made that was made.

Well, where does that leave you? Without him, you could not have been made. Without the Christ mind, you could not have been made. But do Christians think this way? Do they use the wisdom of the Mother to look at their own beliefs and doctrines and say: “But if nothing was made without the Logos, the Christ mind, the One mind, how could we be products of the dust of the earth and be sinners? How could we have been created in an imperfect state?”

It is cognitive dissonance at the very heart of the Christian religion. You could see this if you could reach for the wisdom of the Christ mind. But you can also see it if you use the wisdom of the Mother horizontally to just take the undeniable statement in the Gospel of John, along with the belief of most Christians that they are sinners, put the two together and say: “These two statements, beliefs, cannot be compatible. Either everything was made out of the Christ mind and therefore, you are made out of the Christ mind and therefore you cannot be created as a sinner, or everything was created out of the dust of the earth.” But then what is your potential for being saved, for entering the kingdom? Can that which was created out of the dust of the earth enter the kingdom of heaven? Nay, for what did Jesus say: “Only the man who descended from heaven can ascend back to heaven.”

The (un)conscious incarnation of Christ

Where did you all come from? Were you created out of the dust of the earth? Nay, you were created in the spiritual realm and you descended into incarnation. It is not in accordance with reality to say that Jesus was the only incarnation. You are also incarnations of Christ. The difference between you and Jesus was that Jesus awakened from the common illusion on earth, the illusion that you can be separated from the Christ mind. Therefore, he became the conscious incarnation, whereas you, or rather most people on earth, are the unconscious incarnations. Many of you have started to become conscious of your origin and as you grow in Christhood you can become fully conscious and therefore, you become the incarnation of Christ, the conscious incarnation. That is what Jesus meant when he said: “He that believeth on me shall do the works that I did.”

It is not a matter of the outer works as much as it is the inner recognition of your origin, your nature, your identity as an expression of the One mind. The One mind is the One mind. Why is it the One mind? Because it is indivisible. It can express itself as eight billion people without being divided in itself. I am talking earth here. When you look at the entire universe, innumerable beings, so many that you could not even fathom it, but the Christ mind is still the One mind. It is not divided. Whereas the division, as Mother Mary and Nada said, only in the mind that has separated itself, or rather that has built this veil of illusion around itself that makes it believe it has separated itself from the One mind.

The immovability of Christ

Back to the Rock of Christ. What is the Rock of Christ? It is that which never changes regardless of what human beings believe. No matter what beliefs human beings have come up with throughout the ages, no matter what beliefs they could potentially come up with for the entire future left of this universe, the Rock of Christ remains the One mind that always calls you back to oneness.

It allows you to go into illusion. It allows you to go so deeply into illusion as you need to go, but then it always offers you a way out of illusion back to oneness. That is the immovability of Christ. But you see what that means. That which is unmoved by the things of this world, the things that be of men, cannot be of this world. It can therefore, never be confined to doctrines and rituals and beliefs. There is nothing on earth, no person, no institution, not even humanity as a whole, that can capture Christ.

There is no rock created on earth that could ever compare to the Rock of Christ. But what do people seek to do? They seek to create something on earth, some structure, some government, some religious institution that has, they believe, the hardness of the Rock of Christ so it will endure forever. How many people believe that their Christian church will endure, at least until Jesus returns? Look at the Catholic church, who for 17 centuries has been built on a set of lies that anyone who uses the wisdom of the Mother can see as self-contradictory, as I just gave you one example.

But yet Catholics believe that precisely the fact that it has endured so long is a proof that it should not change even though the world is changing around it, for it will endure forever if it just stays the same. Can you not see that the Catholic church has been attempting to build the Rock of Christ? And what is it based on? Oh yes, Peter, who was called the rock, but is the rock of Peter the same as the Rock of Christ? Not by a long shot. The rock of Peter, the consciousness of Peter that Jesus rebuked, as in get thee behind me Satan, is precisely the attempt to build something in this world that you think is the Rock of Christ but it is not because it is of this world. It was created in this world.

You are allowed by the law of free will to create any illusion you can imagine. You are allowed to endow with your mind that illusion with the aura of infallibility, of ultimate reality. And you can build any illusion in this world you want. I have no problem with this. But when people create an illusion and say: “Oh, this is Christ, this is the Rock of Christ, our institution is the Rock of Christ”, then perhaps I might interject a few remarks to give those who are open-minded at least a way out of that illusion.

The Rock of Christ is beyond anything in this world. You can see it if you tune in vertically to the One mind, because you will see then that everything in this universe is transcending itself. You will experience that Christ is not standing still. Again, this is where the linear mind says: “Is this not a contradiction? You are saying the Rock of Christ is immovable, but now you are saying Christ does not stand still.” But is that what I said? I said the Rock of Christ is immovable compared to anything created on earth out of the consciousness of separation because the Rock of Christ, the mind of Christ, can never be changed by what human beings create. In other words, the Catholic church defines a doctrine, but no matter how many people, even if all people on earth believed in this doctrine, it would not at all shift the reality of Christ. That is how the rock of Christ is immovable, because it is the never changing alternative that allows you to see the fallibility of man-made doctrines that spring from separation.

The upward spiral of the River of Life

But the higher reality that you see when you tune into the mind of Christ is that the entire universe is constantly transcending itself. There is the statement in the Bible, not a direct saying by Jesus, but there is the statement: “Jesus Christ, the same yesterday, today and forever.” Yes, from the standpoint of the human consciousness that is like the shifting sands, the Christ mind appears to be the same yesterday, today and forever, because it has not been changed by anything on earth.

But when you transcend the human consciousness, the separate mind, and tune into the reality of the Christ mind, you see, as we have explained so many times, that the entire universe, the entire world and even the spheres that ascended before this one, are constantly transcending themselves because they are constantly being drawn closer and closer to oneness with their source, with the Creator. This is the River of Life. But when you have cut yourself off from the mind of Christ by thinking that your mind, your separate mind, can define how reality is, then you cannot see this. And then you might become fixated on the Rock of Christ, Jesus Christ, the same yesterday, today and forever. We never need to change anything in our church because we have the highest possible doctrine. The earth is the center of the universe and all of the stars are revolving around it in perfect circles, never mind observations.

But what about the other way to approach this, the wisdom of the Mother, the Sophia? Well, you might look at many native peoples around the world who have a great attunement to nature and so they tune in to these cycles of nature and there are cycles in nature that transcend the beliefs of human beings. There are four seasons as one, the movements of the stars, where you see that some of the ancient people were clearly aware that the heavenly bodies do not move in circular orbits. They knew this thousands of years ago through the wisdom of the Mother and just looking up in the sky even without telescopes, for they had that attunement. And when you take that attunement just beyond or just observing nature, you can tune in to the same movement that everything is moving, transcending, rising upward in a spiral.

But even this can be perverted by the separate mind, which you see in much of eastern spirituality, where yes, they have tuned in that there are cycles, but they think these are circular. There are immense cycles, billions of years, and you came out of the undifferentiated Brahman eons ago and you have gone through millions of incarnations, often suffered here on earth. But one day you will start rising up and you will complete your cycle and you, the you that went through the whole cycle over billions of years, will just poof, disappear back into the undifferentiated.

This is not the wisdom of the Mother tuning in to the actual cycles. This is the perverted wisdom of the Mother that sees it as circular instead of seeing that yes, from a certain perspective, there is a circular or elliptical movement, but that movement is actually from a different perspective, a spiral. If you are standing at the bottom of a spiral staircase and looking straight up, it looks like a circle. But if you change your perspective and look at it from an angle, you see that the spiral staircase leads up.

The standstill of the inferiority–superiority dynamic

It does not just lead round and round on a merry-go-round. It leads up and that is the wisdom of the Mother. Even here from below, you can tune in to the cycles. And what does that mean? Why am I talking about this? Because everything changes. How can it be right that something on earth should remain the same, that a religion on earth should remain the same? You see here that the Rock of Christ, the immovability, is beyond this world. In this world, everything is changing. Everything is flowing and therefore, those who seek to create something that does not change, what are they driven by? They are driven by the superiority complex, or in some cases the inferiority, because they do not want things to change. And this is again, this interaction between those in the superior and those in the inferior mindset, where the elite who are in their quest for superiority, they want to attain a position and they want to maintain that position of power and privilege, like you saw in those feudal lords sitting in their castles in the Middle Ages.

They wanted to stay behind their thick stone walls and have the peasants out there do all the work and they wanted to have a society that was essentially standing still for centuries, because they wanted to maintain their privilege. And then you had the peasants who did not want to take responsibility for themselves, did not want to make any decisions. They also wanted to maintain because they knew what they had. Even though they had little, they had enough to survive. You saw the same in communism, where the masses had enough and even if they did not do anything to improve themselves and if they did not do anything to improve conditions in society, they felt they could not lose what little they had. And the party elite, of course, their positions could not be challenged.

You have this inferiority-superiority dynamic where people on earth are attempting to create a society, the kingdom that will remain for a thousand years, here on earth, created from the things of this world, the sand of the human consciousness.

The established vs. aspiring power elite

Now you may say: “But these medieval societies were eventually overturned. How did that happen?” Well, it happened because we have explained that there is an established power elite that wants to maintain their position, but it will always, because of the nature of the duality consciousness, be challenged by an aspiring power elite that wants to get the position of the old elite. But they might have a different vision of what that means. Instead of gaining privilege through inheriting it, they want to be able to take it because they belong to the party elite or they are the revolutionaries or whatever it may be that overthrows the old order.

You might say: “Well, is it then so that the established power elite who seek to maintain their position, they are totally out of touch with the River of Life, but the aspiring elite who want to change things, are they in touch with the River of Life? Do they have some Christ attunement? After all, they are trying to overthrow the established order.” But that is not the case either. Certainly not when they are willing to do this with violence.

You see that what explains this is that there are two aspects of the power elite, two divisions of the power elite. Again, you have the two dualistic polarities. There is a polarity that does not change, it is a perversion of the contracting force, but there is also a polarity that wants change, it is a perversion of the expanding force. But it is not based on attunement with the Christ mind. You see, when you have this perversion of the expanding force, you are always seeking for something more than is already there. But this is not because you are in tune with the upward movement of the universe that always seeks for more, more than.

This power elite is seeking for more of, more of what is already here on earth, more power, more riches, more privileges. And for this aspiring elite, it is never enough. It is never enough. This is what you see has driven, this is the real dialectic that has happened in society, which neither Marx nor Hegel fully grasped, although Hegel was certainly closer to it than Marx.

The tension between these two forces, those who have perverted the contracting force and want things to remain the same, become the Rock of Christ that never changes over a thousand years, and then those who always want more, but who can never be satisfied.

You inevitably see that the established power elite, they have taken privileges and power by taking it away from the population, so they always keep the population in a very limited state and they want to maintain that, so that people are kept in that state. The aspiring power elite will often claim that they want to liberate the people from this slavery under the elite. They want to set the people free, but they just want to capture the people into a different form of slavery under themselves. And what is that slavery? It is the slavery of always seeking to expand the power, the privilege of the things of this world.

The impossible quest of the linear mind

Now, let us say that you came across a man. Let us be sexist and use a man as an example, because they are the most likely to fall into this trap, quite frankly. Here is a man, and he is sitting there and he is counting: “17 billion, 384 million…” and so forth, a number. And then he counts another number, one up, and you are wondering: “What is the person doing?”

Then there is a person next to him who is taking care of his physical needs and feeding his body so he can keep counting, and he says: “Oh, this great man, he has decided that he will dedicate his entire life to counting, and he started with one and two and three and four, and now he is up to so many billions. He has counted to a higher number than any human being in history, and his ambition is to keep going his entire life so he can count to the highest possible number that you can count in a lifetime.”

You might say: “Is he crazy or what?” Because you would obviously think that this person is insane. Well, you might actually step back and think: “Okay, but what is the guy trying to do? Is he trying to count to some ultimate number?” Because logically there is no ultimate number. You can get up to any number of trillions of trillions. You can always add one. In other words, is he not chasing a goal that could never be reached?

Is that not exactly the same as the power elite? They are in their minds chasing some goal—ultimate power, ultimate riches—but they can never reach it, for you can always add more. You see, this is the beauty, you might say, of the physical realm with its density. You can always add more or at least envision more, but you can never reach it because your lifespan is limited.

This is, again, the linear mind. The linear mind is chasing a goal, some ultimate state, but it can never be reached because there is always more. When you use the wisdom of the Mother, you can look at this and say: “But the power elite, both the established power elite and the aspiring power elite, are chasing an impossible goal and the two divisions of the power elite are always seeking to force the people into submission so that the people are supporting that ultimate goal.”

As in the Soviet Union, where the people, the population, were just there to support the expansion of the Soviet Union until it had captured the entire world. Or Hitler, where the German population was just there to help him capture the entire world. Or these stagnant feudal societies where the population was there to keep those feudal lords in their privileged positions indefinitely.

You may say that the power elite that has perverted the expanding force are always seeking for more and it can never be reached. But the power elite that has perverted the contracting force, they are seeking to maintain a certain state, which can never happen either because of the onward movement of the entire universe. Both are trying to do the impossible and they are both wanting the people to support their impossible quest and they are both promising the people that one day, one day, the people will reach some ultimate state.

The inner kingdom of God vs. the outer kingdom of the power elite

Like you saw with the feudal lords of the Middle Ages. This entire system was based on the Catholic church, which first of all said that some people are appointed by God to be leaders and the people were sinners, but also said that if the people submitted to the Catholic church and the kings and the noblemen, they would be rewarded in the future by an eternity in heaven. This made it seem like the people could enter heaven by obeying the elite and it also, of course, made it seem like the elite would enter heaven.

But could either of them enter the kingdom? How could they, when they were trying to qualify for entry into the kingdom of heaven by doing something on earth and they were not willing to lose their lives on earth, their earthly lives? I am not talking about the physical life of the body, but their view of life based on separation. They were not willing to lose that in order to come into oneness with Christ, which is the only way to enter the kingdom.

What were they all doing? You look back at the Middle Ages, you look back at communism, you look at the dynamic today between the power elite and the people, what are they all doing? They are all looking out there. They are not looking in. But as the previous masters, Mother Mary and Nada said, the kingdom of God is within you. How can you be a Christian and deny that Jesus said this? How can you be a Christian and not wonder: “What did Jesus mean?”

Yes, you can say, there are those who have changed the translation: The kingdom of God is not within you, it is among you. But that is not what Jesus said. He said within. What does that mean? He also said: “Why are you looking at the splinter in the eyes of your brother and not seeing the beam in your own eye?” How are you going to see the beam in your own eye, if you are looking out there, looking at your brothers and finding fault? Nay, you have to reverse the direction and look within. And when you look within and see the beam in your own eye and work on removing that beam, what are you going to see when you can see past the beam? Ah, you might see the inner kingdom.

How hard is it to reason like this when you have the wisdom of the Mother? How come so few Christians have reasoned that way during 17 centuries since the formation of the Catholic church? Could it be that the formation of the Catholic church was a complete perversion of the intent and the teachings of Christ? Where the power elite that do not want to give up their power in this world used the Christian religion to set themselves up as the religious elite and get the people to blindly follow them, promising that they would take the people to the kingdom instead of ending up in the ditch?

Who can enter the kingdom?

Again, a sprinkle of the wisdom of the Mother will allow you to see this, and it just becomes clear. It is as if the fog parts, and first you see through a glass darkly, but at least you see there is something there. Then, as you move through the fog, the veil of Maya, you suddenly see with the clarity of the Christ mind that these beliefs are contradictory. They are self-contradictory, but they are also in contradiction to what Jesus actually said.

Jesus undeniably said to Nicodemus: “That only if you are born again can you enter the kingdom”, and Nicodemus reacted with a linear mind: “How can a man be born again? Can he enter into his mother’s womb for a second time?” And Jesus said: “Only the man who descended from heaven can ascend back to heaven.” What does that mean? How many have really thought about this over these 17 centuries or 2,000 years for that matter?

Well, it can only mean one thing when you have the wisdom of the Mother—that you are not born out of the dust of the earth. You are not born into sin. You were not created in sin. You were not conceived in sin. It is inconceivable that you were conceived in sin. You were conceived in a higher realm and you descended from that higher realm. But down here you took on this appearance as a separate being and that is what Jesus called the death consciousness—as in, let the dead bury their dead.

That is why you have to lose that life, that separate life that is actually death. You have to let that identity die, so you can be reborn into the oneness of Christ. Then you become again the being that descended from heaven, and while you are still in the physical body, you can be the incarnation of Christ. And when you have had enough of being in the physical body, you can ascend back to where you came from, because you came from there. Only the man who descended from heaven can ascend back to heaven. Only it was not a man, it was a being that is androgynous.

Contradictions in the Bible

Again, the wisdom of the Mother, even a sprinkle of this, can allow you to begin to question. And when you question this, when you realize you are not a product of the earth, you also realize that the entire idea that some people are superior and others are inferior, cannot come from the Christ mind. And if it does not come from the Christ mind, where can it come from? Well, only from the mind that is seemingly separated from the Christ mind, which of course you can call anti-christ, but which, as we have explained, is not in opposition to Christ.

The Christ mind is all. How can there be opposition in that which is undivided, indivisible, always unified? Only the separate mind can believe this. In the Christ mind, there is nothing inferior, nothing superior. The high shall be made low, the low shall be made high, because as you tune in to the Christ mind, you see the meaninglessness of these concepts.

So many Christians over the years have used the teachings of Christ, or rather their perverted interpretations of the teachings of Christ, to make themselves feel superior: “We belong to the only true religion. We alone are going to be saved. All these other unfortunate people who are inferior to us, they are going to go to hell for all eternity and we are going to go to heaven, and when we are up there, we are going to sit there, we are going to feel so holy. We are going to look down on all these unfortunates in hell and how they scream for deliverance, and we can feel so superior to them, because this is what Christ wants. He wants us to feel superior, because we chose to believe, to have faith in that which is complete nonsense but because we believed in the nonsense, Christ has rewarded us by taking us to heaven. And all those who did not believe in the nonsense or believed in some other nonsense, they have gone to hell.”

Yes, that is not the wisdom of the Mother who reasons that way. That is the wisdom of the other. And quite frankly, when you realize there is the wisdom of the Mother and the wisdom of the other, why bother with the other? Why not embrace the wisdom of the Mother that can free you from all of these illusions simply by seeing how they contradict each other.

You can realize that in the One mind, there cannot be contradictions. There cannot be contradictions. Now many Christians would agree with this and say: “But there are no contradictions in the Bible. It is entirely consistent.” Have you read the book? Or have you read another book than the one I read? Because I see plenty of contradictions. You must not have read it with any kind of memory that: “Oh yeah, maybe the Old Testament contradicts the New in certain ways.”

Again, the wisdom of the Mother is what? It allows you to take two separate viewpoints, bring them both into view at the same time, so you can see how contradictory they are. The angry and judgmental God of the Israelites is not the loving father figure whose good pleasure it is to give you the kingdom. And there are innumerable other contradictions. Even in the New Testament there are contradictions. As we have said before, Jesus said on two different occasions: “He who is not against us is for us,” and “He who is not for us is against us.” It is right there in the scriptures. What was it, Jesus? What did you actually mean? Or was there perhaps a deeper meaning? You can step back and look at it through the wisdom of the Mother and see beyond what seems as a contradiction and reach for something higher.

This is the principle. Whenever you see a contradiction, the separate mind wants you to think one is right, the other is wrong. But the Christ mind and the wisdom of the Mother is: “That must mean I do not have a clear vision. There must be more to see. It must be possible to rise to a higher level where I have a higher vision that resolves the contradiction.” And that is indeed the case.

There is no contradiction in God. But when you look at a spiritual teaching, from the perspective of the separate mind, it may seem that way. And that is again what gives you a clue that you can reach for something beyond that separate mind, whether it be the vertical connection of Christ or the horizontal of the wisdom of the Mother where you can see that it is possible either way, whether you reach up or you reach broadly, it is possible to connect to a reality that was not defined by the human mind.

Science and the Wisdom of the Mother

That is essentially what science in its pure form has been trying to do for centuries. Even though it has been overlaid by this clearly dualistic view of materialism, science in its pure form is an expression of the wisdom of the Mother, which says: “Let us investigate how the universe works, independently of our subjective beliefs and biases, so we can connect to a reality that is not defined by the human mind.”

Science in its pure form is an expression of the wisdom of the Mother. But of course science, as everything else, has been attempted to be used by the aspiring power elite that wanted to overthrow the religious power elite to create a new worldview that is still based on separation and duality, and therefore, allows them to enslave the people by getting the people to believe that they are nothing more than sophisticated monkeys running around, being driven by instincts and all having the capacity for evil, and never having the capacity to transcend the animalistic state—well, of course, the elite has that capacity.

Cognitive dissonance in modern science

But again, the wisdom of the Divine Mother will say: Yes, here is a scientist that claims, based on his lifelong study of biology and brain science, he claims that you are just a pack of neurons. All that you are, your entire consciousness, is just how the neurons of your brain happen to be firing based on the evolutionary chain that led you to have your particular genetic inheritance. He knows this—this is the truth, there is no thought—it is just how the brain is firing because there is nothing to you beyond the brain.

But wait a minute now, Mr. Scientist, how come you know this? And how come you claim that this is a higher truth? Because if everybody else and their thoughts and their beliefs—for example, their religious beliefs—are just products of their neurons, would it not follow that your scientific beliefs are a product of your neurons? And if everything that human beings have ever thought is a product of how their neurons are firing, how can there be any higher truth?

How can you have a higher truth than the religious people? It is just how your neurons happen to be firing based on your evolutionary chain. Some random mutation in one of your ancestors changed your brain function so you believe in materialism, whereas those other people, a random mutation made them believe in religion. There is no truth, meaning there is no point in science. Science is not seeking for a higher truth because there is no truth according to the materialistic paradigm.

Again, cognitive dissonance, which a sprinkle of the wisdom of the Mother allows you to see that this man is not sophisticated in reality, only in fantasy, only in his own fantasy and in as many people as he can manage to convince that his fantasy is reality. Same as all the other power elite people throughout history. They live in a fantasy and they gain power and influence by getting other people to accept the fantasy as reality.

Reaching up, reaching out, and looking within

It is time that we move into the Golden Age of Saint Germain, where people are willing to use the inherent capacities of the human mind to reach up for a transcendent reality that was never defined by the human mind and also at the same time reach out to contact a reality that was not affected by the human mind.

You can look at life on earth. As we have said, it has become an unnatural planet. There are many of the physical conditions on earth that are actually a product of the collective mind of humankind—poverty, limitations, lack of energy and resources. But there is also a reality both on earth and in the larger universe that was not defined or affected by the human mind and that is what science can show you.

Combined with the reaching up, you can reach an entirely new approach to life which will manifest the golden age. Because the golden age cannot be manifest with the mindset that people have now, where they are neither reaching up nor reaching out. Nor are they looking within. Where are they looking? Yeah, that is a good question.

Where are people looking? Are they looking? Are they thinking? Are they conscious? Are they asking themselves any questions? Or are they only sitting there glued to that little screen looking for some two-line quote of wisdom on Facebook that supposedly encapsulates the higher truth but never really goes anywhere. So, you search for something new and you think: “Tomorrow I will find it.” And you do not realize that you thought the same thing five years ago and you still have not found it. Maybe you are looking in the wrong direction or maybe you are not looking, and maybe you should get off the damn screen and look within.

Changing the equation on earth

Anyway, true to my name, I always have more to say but perhaps not today. I thank you for your generous attention, your willingness to participate. As Gautama Buddha has explained several times, a conference like this is the interdependent originations. I give a message from above but you become part of this whole, this interdependent whole, because you are connected to other people in your societies and therefore you become the open doors for radiating this message far wider than the messenger alone could do or that I could do from the ascended realm.

It is the interdependent originations and truly the ripple effects will go far, far beyond this dictation and this conference. Literally, what is it? What is the principle of the interdependent originations? Everything is connected. But the question is: “Is the interdependent originations of humankind on earth, is it a closed circle?” For in that case, it just keeps going around until it eventually self-destructs due to the second law of thermodynamics, the wrath of Shiva or whatever you want to call it.

When things become a closed circle they break down. But by you being willing to connect to that which is outside the collective consciousness while you are still in a physical body, and therefore part of the collective consciousness, you are serving to raise up that interdependent originations of the collective consciousness and set it on a different course.

Truly this will change the equation. Will you see it tomorrow? Maybe not, but you can rest assured that you have been part of changing the equation on earth. And for that you have my gratitude.

I AM Master MORE, Chohan of the First Ray.

 

 

      Copyright © 2025 Kim Michaels

 

Back to Rising above the superiority-inferiority duality.

Seeing through the superiority–inferiority lie with the Christ mind and the Wisdom of the Mother


Listen to a recording of this dictation (subscribers only) 

Ascended Master Nada through Kim Michaels, August 7, 2025. This dictation was given at the 2025 Conference for America: Rising above the superiority-inferiority duality.

I AM the Ascended Master Nada. 

What was the deeper message that Jesus wanted to convey? Many Christians have not ever asked themselves that question, but that must be because they have not read the scriptures that they claim to be the infallible word of God. Does not the scriptures say that Jesus taught the multitude in parables, but when they were alone together, he expounded all things to his disciples? Do they not want this deeper message that Jesus gave to his disciples? Or are they satisfied with the parables? Clearly, this inner teaching was not written down. But the fact that it is mentioned must mean that it was important.

The inner message of Christ

You are saying that you do not understand why Jesus taught at two different levels? You are not thinking about why that was? You are not contemplating that perhaps Jesus had a deep message that the general public 2000 years ago were not ready for and that is what is written in the scriptures? That is what is not written in the scriptures. But what is written in the scriptures are the parables that people at the time were ready for. You are not contemplating that times have moved on from 2000 years ago and perhaps the collective consciousness has been raised, as you can see by the fact that many countries are now democracies. There is a higher level of humanity, at least in some countries. It is no longer an eye for an eye and a tooth for a tooth.

You are not wondering if perhaps it was Jesus’ intention that this higher teaching that he could only give to his disciples 2000 years ago should, over time, be given to a broader range of people, perhaps to everyone. You are not considering this, is that what you are telling me? And you are not interested in finding out what that deeper message was? You are satisfied with what could be given to the multitudes 2000 years ago which was written down a long time after Jesus stopped teaching. Perhaps by people who were not even there and encountered Jesus in person but you still are satisfied to say: “This is the infallible word of God. I do not want anything more. Even if Jesus wants me to have more, I do not want it because I am comfortable with this. I have this under control. I have figured out what the scriptures say. And I do not want to be disturbed in my belief that I am a good Christian and that I am guaranteed to be saved by the external savior when I pass from the screen of life.”

Christ unity

What was the deeper message that Jesus attempted to teach to his disciples? Let’s not go into how successful he was, how ready they were to grasp that message, because it does not matter today. There are many, many people who have incarnated many times over the past 2000 years. Sometimes in a Christian culture, sometimes in other cultures and they have grown over those 2000 years to a higher level of consciousness where many, many people in embodiment today are at a much higher level of awareness than Jesus’ disciples were 2000 years ago. Therefore, as we have said before, millions of people are ready to grasp that inner message of Christ.

What is that inner message? Well, obviously, multifaceted. But given the topic of this conference, let’s focus on one particular aspect and it is simply this, the Christ mind is the unifier. It is the mind that is meant to establish oneness, vertical between you and your source, horizontal between you and other people who have established some degree of connection to their source, to their higher selves, to the ascended masters, to the being of the Creator. There cannot be true horizontal unity until there has been established on an individual level some vertical unity. That is the foundation for the community that Jesus attempted to establish.

Unity vs. conformity

What has happened to Christianity? They have also attempted to establish community. But it is an external community, a forced community. Where everybody is forced into conformity with a set of doctrines and rules and rituals that you follow without question, and what is the result of this? Well, most Christians are blind followers of the blind pastors that stand in the pulpit every Sunday. Who have never considered the deeper message of Christ, who have certainly never considered oneness, truly experienced what it means, and therefore, the community they are establishing might have some degree of conformity. But conformity is not unity. It is forced by people being forced to follow the blind leaders, their rituals, their dogmas and doctrines. 

What Jesus wanted to establish was a true community that is not forced because it is based on each person in the community striving to increase this connection to their higher selves and to Jesus as an ascended master and this then becomes the foundation for the horizontal unity. You can still have certain rules. You can still have certain parameters for your community, but it is not forced. It is chosen, because as you establish a certain inner connection to your higher self, there are certain things you do not do anymore to yourself or to others. 

Now you see throughout the ages, many Christian communities who have attempted to follow the outer rules in the scripture, love your neighbor, do not do unto others, and they are attempting with their outer minds to force themselves at the level of action, at the level of their outer behavior. But Jesus did not care about outer behavior for his true disciples. He gave the parables to help the multitudes change their behavior so they would not commit the sins or make the karma so they could grow from that. But his disciples, he wanted them to establish that individual inner connection so that there are things you simply do not consider doing to others. You are not forcing yourself with the outer mind not to do this. It is simply a reflection of how you see yourself based on your vertical connection to your higher self and the Christ mind.

Oneness vs. the sense of separation 

And what does the Christ mind do? It helps you to see the unity. Vertically with your higher self, with the ascended masters. Horizontally with all other people, or at least with those people who also have a sense of unity with their source. This becomes a chosen conformity, but it is not really a conformity. It is just an expression of your level of awareness. And of course, you can say like Mother Mary so eloquently explained, these blind leaders cannot see oneness. They cannot experience oneness and therefore, they of course cannot choose it. They cannot create a community based on oneness. But now you can ask yourself then, was that the kind of leaders that Jesus wanted to take over the Christian religion? And again, if you have the wisdom of the Mother, you can clearly see that was not Jesus’ vision. 

What did he say to the scribes and Pharisees? “Hypocrites! You are sons of your father, who was a liar from the beginning, a murderer from the beginning. You are like whitened sepulchers filled with dead men’s bones, outwardly beautiful, but inwardly just not there.” Why? Because you do not have unity. You have a separate sense of self, and your entire approach to the Christian religion is based on whatever vision your separate self has, and you are seeking to fulfill that vision here on earth. The separate self cannot see unity, because it cannot contact the Christ mind. This is like Jesus said to Peter: “Get thee behind me, Satan, for thou art an offense to me. Thou savors not the things that be of God, but the things that be of men.”

What are the things that be of God? It is based on unity, seeing unity behind diversity. You are seeing beyond the outer form, and you are seeing that all of the different forms, regardless of how they appear, they all spring from the same source. Namely the Christ mind, the unifying mind. This is savoring the things that be of God, that you are seeking to establish a higher and higher degree of connection to that One mind. The things that be of men is all that springs from separation. And how is this relevant to the topic of this conference? 

 The illusion of separation

Well, what is the entire basis for superiority and inferiority? Where does it start? Does it come from the Christ mind? How could it when the Christ mind is based on unity? Is not inferiority and superiority a division? Is the Christ mind a house divided against itself?

Well, now here is the philosophical question for the philosophers of the world. Is the Christ mind divided? Is there in the Christ mind room for inferiority and superiority? Where would it be in the One mind that unifies you with your Creator, you with your source, and all people horizontally? Where would there be room for division in the mind that is meant to unify? Where is the logic here? With the wisdom of the Mother, this becomes clear. When you deny the wisdom of the Mother, you can come up with philosophical, intellectual arguments. But in the light of the wisdom of the Mother, reality becomes clear. There is no room in the Christ mind for division. Because if there was, how could it be the unifying mind?

What is then separation? Well, what is the first step in separation? You must create a division. You are separated from something, so there must be a division so you can separate, and you can say, as we have mentioned before, can there be any division in reality, when everything is created out of the Christ mind? The Christ mind can never lose the vision that it was created by the Creator, that it is essentially one with the Creator, or at least out of the Creator’s being. The Christ mind always knows, no form that was created out of the Christ mind is really separated from the whole. It may appear to be separated, but not to the Christ mind. So where can division exist? Only in the separate mind. Only in the mind that has stepped into, behind the veil of illusion. There is no separation in reality. Separation can only be an illusion created in the mind.

No division in the Christ mind 

What was the primary message, task of Jesus? To demonstrate that a human being can raise itself above the separate mind and connect to the Christ mind. And demonstrate that all human beings have that potential. Those who do not see this, who see themselves as separate beings, they are in a state of illusion. Now, what is subtle, what is tricky here, is that it will seem from the state of separation that the separate mind is divided from the Christ mind, is separate from the Christ mind, is in opposition to the Christ mind. And you may even look at some of Jesus’ statements, where he clearly set himself apart from the scribes and the pharisees, the false teachers, the blind leaders. But that was the teaching given for the multitudes.

The deeper teaching given for the disciples of Christ, the true disciples of Christ, is that the Christ, even the embodied Christ, has no enemies, has no opposition. You can talk about a mind of anti-christ, as we have often done. But to the Christ mind, the mind of anti-christ is not in opposition to the Christ. It is not the opposite of Christ. It is just a form that is not in oneness with the Christ mind but has been allowed to be created because of free will. But the Christ mind is never fooled by the separate mind. What is fooled? Well, the separate mind fools itself. As the fallen beings have fooled themselves into thinking they are in opposition to the Christ mind. They have created a devil that is in opposition to God himself, that works against God’s purpose. But there is no division that is in the Christ mind because division can only exist in the separate mind, but everything that comes out of the separate mind is an illusion. Once you have this division, once you step behind this veil, you can create division after division after division. You can create this value judgment that some people are inferior and others are superior. You can create, as the Christian religion has done, this image that all people are sinners, but still some people are special. Some people are even ordained by God to hold the position of a king or a nobleman or a priest.

The division into inferiority and superiority

You even have this among many fundamentalist Christians in the United States, that some of these preachers are men of God. Hallelujah, a man of God. How exactly would that work when they are not one with the Christ mind, but are trapped in separation? Because if you look at these men of God, they clearly see themselves as superior to those who are not men of God and we are, of course, not even needing to mention women here in this context. For to these men of God, women have no value whatsoever. Except if they are silent in the churches while they are cleaning the toilets. This division into inferiority and superiority is a complete illusion, a complete fabrication and we can say: “Was it created by the Christian religion?” Of course not. You see it in the Old Testament. The Israelites are God’s chosen people. God’s chosen people? Again, only the mind of separation can think this way. Because when you have the wisdom of the Mother and some vertical connection to the Christ mind, you know that everything came out of the One mind of God’s being.

Without him was not anything made that was made and yet there are some people on this little planet called Earth that were chosen by the superior God of the universe, and all others are condemned to an eternity in hell because they, for some reason, were not chosen? Now, this might be slightly believable if those who see themselves as God’s chosen people then would live up to all the demands of God and would behave the way God prescribes them behaving. But clearly, those who consider them God’s chosen people have not done this historically, and are, as far as we can tell from the ascended realm, not doing so today. So how can you believe in this unless you are trapped in illusion? You cannot believe in it if you have the wisdom of the Mother and some connection to the One mind, because then you see that any division cannot come from the One mind and therefore, no human beings are superior to others. No human beings are God’s chosen people. 

There may be those who choose to come into oneness with the One mind. They have then chosen to be God’s people but to say that God has chosen certain people, and no matter how they behave they cannot lose that status, well, that cannot be the wisdom of the Mother, certainly, cannot be the One mind. The whole division into superiority and inferiority starts with this sense that you have separated yourself and in separating yourself from other people you can compare yourself to them. 

The reality of Christ mind

Now, why would you want to compare yourself to other people here on earth? Why would you want to build a sense that you have a higher status than other people here on earth? 

Let’s say you had this huge area on earth. There was sand but mixed in with the sand were diamonds and then you gave each person a certain area that was theirs. They could do with it whatever they wanted but they knew there were diamonds in the sand and if you dug down you would get diamonds. It was really just a matter of how hard you wanted to work that determined how many diamonds you would get. That is comparable to the Christ mind. All people have the sand within their mind that hides the diamonds of the Christ mind. And by multiplying the talents, by striving for oneness, striving to expand your connection with the Christ mind, you can uncover the pearl of great price, the diamonds and you are getting more and more. And you are multiplying the talents, and the Christ mind is multiplying your light and you are getting more and more creative light. 

So really, the only relevant evaluation of yourself and where you are at is: “What is my level of awareness? How much unity do I have with the One mind?” You are, so to speak, comparing yourself to your Self, vertically. What unity? How high a degree of unity do I have with the Christ mind? When that is your measure, which is what anyone who really understands the message of Jesus would adopt as their measure, what is the need to compare yourself to others? Perhaps some people do not quite grasp this. But what did Jesus say? “The kingdom of God is within you.” That means you are not going to enter the kingdom of God by looking out there. You are going to enter the kingdom of God when you look inside yourself, your own mind. Why would you then need to compare yourself to others instead of looking within, digging for the diamonds in the sand, the shifting sands of the human consciousness? But you find those little rocks of Christ, and you pull them together, and you build on that. What is the need to compare? What status do you want here on earth? 

The perspective of the separate mind

But when you go into separation, you of course, cannot seek for the oneness with the Christ mind. You cannot be in oneness and be in separation at the same time. It is not logically possible. But you still, when you are in separation, you want something because even though when you have gone into separation you do not realize what you have lost, you have a sense that you have lost something. That is what Jesus talked about when he talked about those who are dead. As in when he told the young man who wanted to bury his father: “Let the dead bury their dead.” One of the good examples of why you cannot take the Bible literally, or you are having corpses running around burying other corpses. Not really a realistic scenario. 

There must be a deeper meaning behind that statement. Namely, that what Jesus referred to as the dead were those who had gone into the illusion, they were separate beings and therefore had died as connected beings, of not seeing themselves as connected beings, their identity as a connected being had died. They had been reborn into seeing themselves as separate beings. That is why in order to go into the kingdom, you have to be willing to let that separate identity die so you can be reborn as a person, a being, who is connected to the One mind. Then you are alive, spiritually alive. When you die as a connected being and are reborn as a separate being, you are not aware of this. You do not remember you were ever a connected being. Otherwise, you cannot believe in the illusion that you are a separate being. The illusion will not seem real to you. 

The illusion of status on earth 

But you still have a sense that you lost something and now you have to compensate. And how do you compensate? Ah, you seek something in this world that makes you seem superior to other people because then you think that if you have some status on earth, God will have to let you into the kingdom. But you see, God did not banish you from the kingdom. You chose to exit. God is not going to fix that for you because God gave you free will. You can only return to the kingdom by making a choice. But it has to be a more aware choice than when you went into separation. Nothing in this world—this is another message of Jesus that is very little understood among Christians—nothing in this world will qualify you for entry into the kingdom. That is why Jesus said: “It is harder for a rich man to enter the kingdom than for a camel to go through the eye of the needle.” 

No matter what sense of status you can build on earth by comparing yourself to other people, it means absolutely nothing in the eyes of God. But this you cannot accept when you are trapped in the separate mind. You must believe in order to maintain your sense of superiority that it is possible to somehow do something in this world that will force God to open the pearly gates so that those who are so superior to others here on earth will be let in. But if you look throughout history and look at the people who have felt that they were superior to others, who were those people? Well, some of the worst dictators you have seen throughout history. Can you really see Hitler sitting in the kingdom of God, having tea with Jesus, and telling the angels to play something from Wagner on their harps? Nay, not a likely scenario. 

What sense does it make that those people who think they were most superior have forced their way into heaven? You look at the people who persecuted Jesus, who had him arrested, who had him put on trial, who had him executed. Scribes and the Pharisees, the Sanhedrin, they felt superior. They were the leaders of the Jewish religion, which they believed was the only true religion because they were God’s chosen people. Here comes this upstart Jesus. They clearly felt superior to him, and they executed Christ. Are they sitting in heaven today? Not last time I looked. 

Seeing through the lie using the Wisdom of the Mother

You see here, the things that be of men is multifaceted, but the essence of the things that be of men is this illusion that you can do something on earth that makes you superior to other people, and God is going to respect this and let you into the kingdom.  A complete and utter illusion. You can see it vertically when you attain oneness with the Christ mind and see the reality of God, because you see that the rock of Christ has not been moved by the interpretations and doctrines of men. But you can also see it horizontally by tuning into the wisdom of the Mother, where you see that not only is it out of touch with what Jesus really said and what he said between the lines, but it also is not logically consistent. It is just self-contradictory. 

There is no consistency in these beliefs when you really look at them and the wisdom of the Mother allows you to do what Mother Mary talked about. Take these two dualistic polarities that are extremes where one is usually hidden or one is labeled as being false, and you pull them into conscious awareness, and through the wisdom of the Mother you see that it is not that one is right, and the other is wrong. It is that they are both illusions out of touch with the reality of the One mind. This is when you can begin to question the basic division that leads to inferiority and superiority. There can be no inferiority and superiority in the Christ mind, for there is no division. If all came out of the same source, if all are sons and daughters of God, how could one son or daughter of God be superior to others? God would have had to create them so. 

But you see, when you take the wisdom of the Mother and apply it to these people who feel superior—take many of the Christian ministers in the United States who, for various reasons, feel they are superior, they are the followers of Christ, they are men of God—what is it they are feeling? They feel superior. But they recognize that God must have created them superior, because God is the almighty Creator who created everything. And when they are talking in one context, they will hint at this, that God must have created them superior. But on the other hand, if they were created superior, are they really superior? Because if they were created superior, it was not their own doing that made them superior, right? The only way to really be superior is if you did something that was so much better than anybody else could have done.

If you can run the 100 meters faster than anybody else, because you trained and you figured out how to run and put your body in shape, then you were better than all the other runners and you were superior. If God just happened to create you faster, it is not the same sense of superiority, right? You see the contradictory nature of these people. When you take the wisdom of the Mother, you see they want to feel superior because of their own merit. But on the other hand, if God created everything, and if they want to have this infallible authority that nobody can question, then God must have created them that way. But then you win one, you lose another and that is the contradictory nature of the dualistic mindset. No matter what you do to raise yourself up on the one side, it detracts from your superiority on the other side. You can never really achieve what you are dreaming of, this ultimate status here on earth, because the more you pull up on one side, the more the scales go down on the other. It just cannot be any other way. 

What is the result? You are never satisfied. You are never at peace. It is never enough. They go into this quest, this never-ending quest, of seeking to reach a higher and higher status compared to others. But no matter how much power or money they have, it is never enough and that is why they cannot enter the kingdom of heaven. Because if you are seeking something on earth that you can never get, how can you leave all that seeking behind and just walk into the kingdom as a little child? 

Sending a spiritual impulse 

It has been my joy and my privilege to speak to you. I appreciate the fact that you have all had a long day and that you were still willing to be here and be the open door for radiating this into the collective consciousness. You may say from a certain perspective: “What will be the result? What good will it do?” But you would be surprised at how many people in America and elsewhere who have been embodied in the Christian religion for many lifetimes, who have experienced that the promise that they would go to heaven after this lifetime if they were good Christians was a false promise, who have come back into embodiment not with a conscious awareness of this, but with a subtle intuitive sense there must be something missing from the Christian religion. And you will be surprised at how little of an impulse, such as what has been sent out here, is enough to tip them over the edge where they suddenly begin to see and they open their minds to a deeper understanding. 

Some of you are here because people who had been in the teachings for longer had been the open doors for sending an impulse that you responded to and that is, of course, the way it goes throughout the ages. Those who are the forerunners in one age create an impulse that people in later ages pick up on and then they multiply that impulse, and that is how the kingdom of God spreads. For this you have my gratitude. It has been my privilege to give you this beginning lesson, you might say. And we will, of course, build on it in the coming days. 

I seal you in the Sixth Ray of Peace that I hold for earth. Nada I AM.

 

Copyright © 2025 Kim Michaels

 

Back to Rising above the superiority-inferiority duality.

Using the Wisdom of the Mother to see what works


Listen to a recording of this dictation (subscribers only) 

Ascended Master Mother Mary through Kim Michaels, August 7, 2025. This dictation was given at the 2025 Conference for America: Rising above the superiority-inferiority duality.

I AM the Ascended Master Mother Mary and as you know, most of you, I hold a spiritual office called the Office of the Divine Mother for Earth.

Now at the time of Jesus, the time that I was in embodiment as the mother of Jesus, there was a concept that was quite commonly known among what you might call the more open minded or the more progressive, or the more spiritual people of the time. It was of course those kinds of people that were attracted to Jesus.

People who followed Jesus

Before I tell you the concept, let me make just one thing clear. There is a fundamental misconception among today’s Christians, especially in America about what kind of people followed Jesus at the time. Most Christians in America think that it was people like themselves who were attracted to Jesus. But this is not the case by any means. The people who have the same mindset, the same lack of open-mindedness that you see in most Christians in America today, and for that matter in most Christians around the world, they were the ones who either ignored Jesus or persecuted him. The people who followed Jesus, were what you today derogatorily would call New Age people. They were people who were open-minded, who were open to something new instead of clinging to the existing.

You will see as a general principle around the world, that those who are satisfied with the existing, who believe that this is the only road to salvation, they are not open to a new preacher who suddenly shows up, whether he calls himself Jesus or the Christ, or the Buddha, or whatever it may be around the world.

Anyway, the people who were open to Jesus at the time, were open to him because they were open to something new. Many of these people came from different backgrounds, what you today would call different spiritual movements, because contrary to what many Christians think, it wasn’t just a matter of the Jewish religion and then Jesus came. At the time of Jesus there was actually great – we might call it spiritual renewal or upheaval, because there were many new religious movements, or spiritual movements that had sprung up, that attracted followers in a local area, and some of them had spread beyond their local area. So, there was quite a large number of people who were open to something new.

The Wisdom of the Mother in Jesus’ time

Many of these groups had this specific concept of the wisdom of the feminine often called Sophia. It is a concept that has largely disappeared from Christianity of course, especially after the formation of the Catholic church, who as you will see even today has shut out woman from important positions. But back then it was commonly believed among many open-minded people, that women of course had the same potential for spiritual growth as men, and therefore as a matter of what was obvious to these people, should have the same kind of positions in spiritual movements as men could hold.

This was of course not common at the time, because the Jewish religion was patriarchal and had been patriarchal for so long that women had been relegated to a secondary position – when you look at this from a matter of what influence they had in the religious life. But there were many of these open people that could see that this was not sustainable. They had this concept of the Wisdom of the Mother, the Wisdom of the Feminine, and it would often seem as relating to practical life, but not just a matter of the practical, technical, materialistic aspects of life, but how to actually integrate spirituality with everyday life.

It is not that these people thought the Mother principle was more important than the Father or the Divine Masculine, but that they saw that these two complemented each other. Therefore, you need to have both a complete but also a balanced approach to spirituality. What I aim to do here at the opening of this conference, is to give you this wisdom of the Divine Feminine – the Sophia, with relation to inferiority and superiority.

The fundamental challenge in the Christian religion

You see that many Americans consider themselves Christian, consider America to be a Christian nation. But how do they not see that there is a fundamental challenge in the Christian religion. The fundamental challenge is that in today’s Bible’s you have the Old Testament and the New Testament. And if you were to do, as some people have done, but not very many, certainly not many Christians have done, a comparative study of the contents, the ideas, the ideals, the principles set forth in these two parts of scripture, you would see that in many ways they are completely and utterly incompatible. An eye for an eye, a tooth for a tooth versus turn the other cheek, forgive seventy times seven. The angry and judgmental god in the sky who tells the Israelites to smite the men women and children, and Jesus who tells them to love your brother as yourself, forgive, raise up the all – how do they not see this?

Well, they don’t see it of course, because they are trapped in the mindset that we have called the dualistic mindset, which always has two opposite polarities, but they are never seen or rarely seen for what they are at the same time, because one is hidden, the other comes forward. People who are in the dualistic mindset often look at one polarity, this is the supreme, the superior truth, the other is the lie, therefore they do not see them at the same time from a neutral perspective. This is the cognitive dissonance that influences of course all aspects of society, but it especially influences the Christian religion with regards to the Old Testament and the New Testament.

Jesus’ new approach to God

So, how is it that Christians have not looked at this and said: “What are we, are we Christians or are we modern day Jews following the Old Testament?” Why is it they have not realized that Jesus came to bring forth an entirely new approach to religion, but also an entirely new relationship between God and people on earth? The angry and judgmental god, the remote god in the sky, whereas Jesus’ loving Father figure who it is his good pleasure to give you the kingdom. And what is the kingdom? Where is the kingdom? It is within.

The Old Testament followed the outer rules, observed the outer rules and rituals in the religion, and you are guaranteed to be saved. What did Jesus say: “Where is the kingdom, it does not come with observation of the outer rules, for it is within you.” Therefore, your state of mind is what determines whether you are in the kingdom, or not in the kingdom. How have they not seen that there is a deep, fundamental psychological component to Jesus’ teachings that is not really there in the Old Testament, at least not nearly as pronounced.

What will it take to follow Jesus into the kingdom of God? What did he say: “He who is willing to lose his life for my sake shall enter the kingdom.” Whereas those who are not willing to lose their life, shall not enter the kingdom. What does it mean to lose your life? Is there not a clear psychological component for what does it take to lose your life? It isn’t your physical life, it’s all the things in your mind that you are attached to.

So, here we have a nation that claims to be the greatest nation on earth, they claim to be a Christian nation and many think that there is a connection between the two. They are the greatest, America is the greatest nation on earth because it is a Christian nation, the most Christian nation.

But how is it the most Christian nation if they have overlooked the very central aspect of Jesus’ teaching, which is a complete and utter transformation of consciousness? How do you not see that if you are to follow Jesus into the kingdom, you cannot do it with the mindset that most people have?

Teaching through the enigmas

And what is that mindset? Are you focused on yourself or are you focused on the whole. You may say, if you look at this with the linear mind, that there are certain contradictions in what Jesus said. So, you take Jesus’ teaching about the talents, three servants called by their master and given different numbers of talents, the master goes away – you all know the parable. He comes back and says: “What have you done with the talents?” (This could be a reality TV show in today’s world, you know.) – and they have used them differently. Both of the people who had multiplied the talents received more, and the one who had buried it the ground, it was taken away from him what he had.

This could be interpreted to mean that “everybody for himself,” they were judged individually and they were rewarded for what they had done individually it seems. How does this compare to what Jesus said about those who would be greatest: “He who would be greatest among you, let him be the servant of all”, “In as much as ye have done it to the least of these my brethren ye have done it unto me.”

So, was Jesus an individualist, or did he encourage people to work for the all. Well, if you look at this closely, and if you are willing to reach for a higher vision, a higher way to look at this, you can resolve this seeming enigma. You might also, if you are to really resolve this, realize that Jesus taught in a specific way that was very common both in the Middle East, and in the Far East at the time, and is still common, and it was by presenting certain enigmas.

Jesus was not trying to give a teaching that was completely consistent according to the linear mind, he was giving a teaching that from the perspective of the linear mind “seemed” to be contradictory. Only those who were willing to go beyond the linear mind, willing to go beyond surface appearances could resolve the seeming contradictions, and see the higher vision that pulled them together.

Multiplying the talents by raising the whole

For what does it mean to multiply the talents? It does not necessarily mean that the third servant who had buried the Talents in the ground did nothing. It could also be interpreted that the servant who did not multiply the talents, who buried them in the ground, had acted out of self-interest. He had attempted to only do something that was good for himself. Whereas the other two had attempted to do something that was good for more than themselves, whether it was their master or whether it was the community that they lived in. In other words, how do you multiply the talent—by doing something that reaches beyond yourself. If you are only focused on yourself, your own interest, what is good for you, what seems good for you, then you are not multiplying the talents.

Therefore, what does that mean? It means then, who is the master that multiplies. Is it an earthly master? is it your leader here on earth, is it your employer? No, it is Christ, it is the Christ mind.

What is the Christ mind? It is the mind that unifies everything, because its primary function is to unify the Creator with its creation, but also to unify horizontally people here on earth through their connection to the Christ mind, that is what the Christ mind is. So the Christ mind is always focused on the whole, raising the whole. You cannot capture, you cannot tune into the Christ mind if you are only focused on your own interest.

But what does it mean to multiply the talents? It means that you are doing something for others. So, what is the Christ mind also? The Christ mind is the principle that determines the flow of energy from the spiritual realm into the material realm.

What Jesus’ parable is really meant to illustrate is that as Jesus himself said about himself but it applies to all “I can of my own self do nothing. The Father within me doeth the work.” But he also said: “My Father worketh hitherto and I work,” what does that mean? It means that when you are really doing the work of God, you are working to raise the whole. And when you are working to raise the whole, the Christ mind will multiply what you are doing and release more spiritual light to you, so you have more talents, you have more creative power. The Christ mind is not sitting there arbitrarily judging who should get more light and who should get less. It is simply looking at who serves the all more, and who serves themselves more.

The unified and separate  “I”

Why? Because the principle of the Christ mind is to unify. So there is a vertical unity between you and above, (you – your higher self) – you the ascended masters, but there is also a horizontal unity among all people. Because when you see, when you experience that your source is the one mind, the Christ mind that you came out of, the one mind of the Creator. You will at some point also see that: “But wait a minute, if I came from that source, where did everybody else come from?” That is when you start seeing that in as much as you have done it unto the least of the people, you have done it unto Christ. And that is the Wisdom of the Mother that allows people to see that you are all in this together, and only what benefits the whole will truly benefit you.

But this requires you to be willing to ask yourself a question that most Christians have not been willing to ask themselves: “What is the “you” we are talking about.” When you say “you” what do you mean? If you are Christian are you sure that when you say “I” that you are meaning the same as when Jesus said “I.” “I can of my own self do nothing,” said Jesus. But how many people on earth can truly say that, how many people feel that “I of my own self certainly can do something, and look at all that I have done. Look at this “I love me-wall behind me, where my diplomas, or my shaking hands with the President, of all the things that I have done.”

If you really grasp the psychological component of Jesus’ teachings, if you read between the lines of what he said two thousand years ago, is it impossible to see that when Jesus talked about the “I” or about you, he talked about two different “I’s” – the separate “I” that sees itself as separate from other people, and for that matter separate from God. And then the Christ “I” that sees the oneness of itself and God, and the oneness of itself and all other people.

What does it mean that you should lose your life in order to follow Christ into the kingdom? It means that you should lose the separate “I” so that the unified “I” can follow Christ. Because the separate “I” cannot follow Christ. It is the one who came in without the wedding garment and was cast into outer darkness.

The suppression of the Divine Feminine

How difficult is it to see this, if you are willing to look through the Wisdom of the Mother? But of course, this is one reason why the Jewish authorities challenged Jesus, put him on trial, and wanted him executed.

Why did they want to silence him? Because if the Wisdom of the Mother had become more prominent in the society of the time, it would have meant a complete revolution. The male dominance, the patriarchal system would have been threatened, and it had been there for thousands of years. Who were in charge of it – the men, were they willing to give up their power and privilege? Nay.

So, they killed Christ, and what did they do, those who were in the separate mind? After three centuries they created a Christian church that was as suppressive of women as the Jewish societies. But it wasn’t just women they were suppressing, it wasn’t primarily women they were suppressing, it was the Divine Feminine, the Sophia, the Wisdom of the Mother.

Why do they want to suppress this? Did this start two thousand years ago? Nay, it goes way back, not only in the Middle East but also in the Far East. Where you see in the Hindu religion, even in the Buddhist religion, a clear suppression of women. But it is not just women—it is the feminine wisdom, the Sophia. Because this can of course be had by both men and women, it isn’t exclusive to women, but there are many examples from history where women have been much more tuned into this wisdom than men. But it doesn’t mean that men cannot tune into it, because it really isn’t particularly feminine as you see it normally with the physical sexes. It goes beyond this to the two basic forces that I have talked about in many previous teachings, of the expanding force and the contracting force.

The expanding force represents the masculine wisdom of expansion, of reaching up, self-transcendence, growing, creating something new. But the horizontal principle, the horizontal wisdom is looking at what has already been created and seeing “Does it work?  Does it give us what we want, and if not, how do we have to change ourselves in order to create something better?” That is the principle of the Sophia—the wisdom of the world Mother.

The Sophia and the fallen beings

Why has this been suppressed for thousands of years? Well, this is something that the average Christian would never be able to understand, at least probably not in this lifetime, and for the next however many lifetimes. It is because, and you can only understand this if you have our teachings about the fallen beings. It is because when the fallen beings came to earth, they decided: “Let us suppress the Sophia, the feminine wisdom.”

Why? Well partly because they realized this was a good way to control people on earth. But you may ask yourself: “What else could they do?” What is the essence of a fallen being? You are not willing to look at yourself, and your own psychology, your own mind. You are always projecting that it is out there. God is the problem, God made a mistake, God should not have given these human beings free will, he should have put us in charge. It is a complete unwillingness to look at yourself, just neutrally.

Well, there is of course two ways to look at yourself. One is to compare yourself to the higher principles that have been revealed through the masculine process, the masculine wisdom. But the other way is to look horizontally, what kind of a society or situation have you created, what have you brought forth, is it working for you. And what “you” is it working for, the separate you or the common you.

What are the fallen beings doing? They are in this mindset, where first of all they see themselves as separate of course. They are separate from God, they know better than God, they know better than everybody else. Well, if you know better than everybody else, even know better than God, why would you need to look at yourself and say: “Oh, do I need to change? Is there something in me I haven’t seen.” Nay, they are not willing to do this, so how could they embrace the Sophia—they couldn’t.

That is why their first order of business after they came to earth was to suppress this, and to suppress the people who were most in tune with this, which often was women. And so there you have, going back into times before recorded history, how the suppression, not only of women, but of the female wisdom, started.

This is a teaching that you can apply to many areas of society, many religions, certainly not just the Christian religion, and it will explain many, many things as you begin to ponder this, and as you begin to ask for and tune in to this Sophia, this Wisdom of the Mother.

The Sophia and Saint Germain’s Golden Age

Now, of course we have used this wisdom even though we haven’t named it so, we have used this from the very beginning. We have used this in previous teachings as well. Although in previous dispensations we gave more of the Wisdom of the Father, and in this dispensation we have given more of the Wisdom of the Mother. Because any teaching about resolving psychology is the wisdom of the Mother, of course with a certain combination of the Wisdom of the Father.

And so, we have simply evaluated that given the collective consciousness, given where the planet is at, it was time to be more direct about this Sophia, this Divine Wisdom. Because it is the key to getting the world past the last hurdles before the Golden Age can be manifest.

What is the foundation for Saint Germain’s Golden Age? It really is the Sophia, where you look at a society and say: “How are things working?” For whom are things working, do we have a society focused on a small elite, run by a small elite, run based on their vision, of their self-interest as separate beings, or do we have a society based on the vision of raising the all.

Go back to the American Constitution: “all men are created equal.” Now I know it says “all men” but at the time the way words were used was ”All men” referred to all human beings including wo-men. I am not thereby saying that the Founding Fathers were not patriarchal in many ways, they were. But still, the principle is all human beings are created equal, of equal value. This doesn’t mean that they are all the same, created with the same talents, meaning creative abilities, not money. Each being is unique, because what makes you unique. Well, again what “you” are you talking about, are you talking about the separate “you” based on duality, or are you talking about the Conscious You that is an extension of the I AM Presence, and therefore has the potential to expand its connection to the I AM Presence.

Was that not what Jesus was really telling people to do. Was that not what he demonstrated at the very beginning of the Piscean Age, how to unite with the higher self, the Father within. That is the “you” that is unique, your uniqueness is encapsulated in the I AM Presence, but can be expressed through the Conscious You when you become the open door that no man can shut. No man can shut it, but you can by going into separation. But no external force can shut it when you go within, when you are willing to lay down your life to follow Christ.

Laying down your life for Christ

What did Jesus mean with this? Well what is it that the fallen beings have done on earth? They have caused people to believe that there is something here in the material world that is more important to them than uniting with the higher self, than following Christ into the kingdom. Jesus talked about those who want their reward on earth, and they have their reward. But there are those who want their reward in heaven, and they follow Christ by being willing to give up anything that the power elite, the fallen beings can use to manipulate them. That is laying down your life for Christ. There is nothing on earth that is more important to you than oneness with your higher self, being the open door for the higher self.

When you begin to see this, you can look at Jesus’ teachings and his life in an entirely new way. You can see that Jesus actually demonstrated a person who was willing to follow that inner path to the inner kingdom. Even if it meant losing everything on earth, including his physical life.

In this day and age, we are not looking to you to lose your physical life, we are talking about losing your separate sense of self, that is laying down your life in order to follow Christ. It is “greater love has no man than to lay down his life for a friend,” but who is the friend? It is all people, it is the whole, it is the All. It’s coming into oneness with your higher self who is your real friend, your I AM Presence. So, being willing to lay down your earthly life in order to come into oneness with the I AM Presence, that is the highest love. Also, something you can see when you have the wisdom of the Mother, but which you cannot see through the separate mind.

The essence of the Wisdom of the Mother

What must you do when you are trapped in the separate mind, and you do not have the wisdom of the Mother? You must turn Christ into an external savior. How will an external savior take you into the kingdom of God when that kingdom is within you? So, if you have the wisdom of the Mother, you can look at today’s Christianity, its doctrines, its preachings, you can look at the preachers who are standing on the pulpit every Sunday crying “Jesus saves.” No! Jesus doesn’t save anybody, how could he when he is portrayed as the external savior. How can an external savior take you into the inner kingdom?

Therefore, when you have the wisdom of the Mother, you must say: “Here, there was something wrong with what Jesus said about the kingdom being within, or there is something wrong with what Christianity teaches today because they are not compatible.

This is the essence of the wisdom of the Mother. You can look at two teachings, put them up there and see they are not compatible, they cannot both be true. In many cases both of them are a lie, that is the whole idea of duality which is beyond the topic I want to talk about here. But when you put them up there together and are willing to look, you can see, is there a higher wisdom that seems to resolve the incompatibility? Or is there a higher wisdom that allows us to see that one of the two is incorrect, and the other one is at least partially correct? But if we reach for that higher wisdom, we can see beyond it, and see something deeper, a deeper truth.

The denial of the Wisdom of the Mother

What is it, that is behind the entire fundamentalist movement, the entire idea that the Bible is the infallible word of God? It is a total denial of the wisdom of the Mother. Because the wisdom of the Mother looks at Jesus and his teachings, and sees that there must be more to Jesus’ teachings than what is in the Scriptures. The Scriptures even says that there is more to Jesus’ teachings than what is in the Scriptures. “If all the things that Jesus did and said should be written down, the world itself could not contain the books that should be written”

Do you think this New Testament that is this thick could contain all that Jesus said and meant? So, how can you say “all we need is the Bible. And we either take it literally, we don’t need to read between the lines, we don’t need to ask ourselves: Did Jesus have a deeper meaning that was not encapsulated in the words, in the outer word? So, how can the outer word be infallible?”

That is what you see with the wisdom of the Mother, you see that no teaching on earth was ever meant to be a closed box. It is meant to stimulate you to reach beyond the outer teaching, to reach for the Christ mind, the Comforter that Jesus said he would ask the Father to send when he ascended to heaven. It is your ability to go within, to contact the Christ mind to ask for the wisdom of the Mother, and experience in yourself a higher truth than what is in the outer word. This is what any Christian preacher worth his salt should be doing, but are they? No!

Because they are brainwashed, programmed like computers to mindlessly repeat the nonsense that has been repeated by Christian churches for seventeen centuries. And not one of them is willing to question it and use the Divine Mother and the wisdom of the Mother to say: “Does this make sense? Are we preaching the word of Christ, or are we preaching a dead word created by the enemies of Christ who want to keep us outside the kingdom, looking forever for that external saviour that never comes?  What nonsense is this that you call yourself a Christian nation, and you have no idea whatsoever what Jesus taught?

I do! Partly because I was there physically, but partly because over the past two thousand years I have transcended myself over, and over and over again. I have watched how there are those Christians who are devoted to Mother Mary, who are sitting there in front of my statues, they are lighting candles, they are looking at these statues, looking for tears of blood, some visible sign, and I am always there in their hearts if they will reach for that wisdom of the Mother. I do not withhold it from anybody whether they are Christians or not. But will they reach for it? No!

They are waiting for the outer sign when the inner signs are plentiful, and then they call themselves Christians. They call themselves devotees of Mother Mary – they are devotees of a statue, a dead image. But I am a Living Being.

Mother Mary’s judgment

The wisdom of the Mother has facets, not just one, it can reason with people, but it can also be the strict mother who says to the child: “You have gone too far, you cannot behave this way, this is enough.” And I as the Ascended Master Mother Mary have had enough of the hypocrisy of the Christian religion worldwide, and especially in this country of the United States where many of these churches and certainly the fundamentalist churches, will not even acknowledge me, for they are so intent on shutting out the Divine Feminine.

This must end! And therefore, and therefore, I pronounce the judgment of the Divine Mother upon this phenomenon that denies the Wisdom of the Mother. Will it have an instant effect? Yes and no, will it have an instant visible effect? No! Will these churches crumble tomorrow or at least on Sunday? No.

But it will have an instant effect in the collective consciousness, in going into the minds of those who are open to the wisdom of the Mother. And there are many people in America who are open to this and they are not all women, but the majority of them are women who are open to seeing “Something does not make sense. Why should we who are in a female body be excluded from religion, from decision making processes? Oh yes! We can serve coffee after Sunday service. We can come and clean the toilets in the church. We can bake cookies. We can put on yard sales. But when it comes to making decisions and deciding about doctrine. Oh no! Then we are shut out as if we were second-rate citizens, incapable of coming up with anything valuable. What nonsense is this in today’s day and age?”

Reawakening of the Wisdom of the Mother

So, what did Jesus actually teach two thousand years ago? Did he teach just for his own time, or did he teach for the next two thousand year period of the Age of Pisces? Well, of course, he taught for both, but he taught for the entire period, and what did he teach? That it is time to reawaken the Divine Feminine and use the wisdom of the Mother to look at society and say: “Is what the fallen beings have misled us into doing, is it working? Who is it working for? Is it working for the power elite, or is it working for we the people?”

This is the question that the Founding Fathers of America asked themselves, although not as clearly as I am describing it here. But they did ask themselves: “Is the clearly elitist system that King George of England represented, is it working for the people or only for the elite? Is it time to have a system that works more for the people than the elite.”

And they said “Yes!” in 1776, and they put their lives on the line when they signed that Declaration of Independence. Where are the people today who would take that stand for “we the people,” and demand equal opportunity instead of a system that is so skewed, so rigged towards the elite that it almost defies comprehension. It certainly defies comprehension how anyone can look at this and say: “This is in accordance with the American Constitution, that’s how America is, that’s why we are the greatest nation on earth because we are allowing this great elite to do whatever they want, and then we get the crumbs from their table.”

Take one of the greatest lies foisted not only upon America, but upon the Western world over the last half a century, the neo-liberal economic philosophy: “the rising tide lifts all boats?” If that were the case, how come there is a think tank in the United States called the Rand Institute, who several years ago came out with a report that shows that over the last forty years, wealth has been funneled upwards towards the elite, and the middle and lower classes have had their living standard reduced. There is no question that the rich have become richer in the last forty years, but if the rising tide lifts all boats, then the lower classes should have become richer too. If that is not the case then it’s the wisdom of the Divine Mother that says: “Something must be off here, it isn’t true that the rising tide lifts all boats, at least it doesn’t lift them equally.” But not only that, how do you explain that the rising tide lifts some boats and lowers others. Lowers some of them so much that the water is starting to come in and they are sinking. But they are still upholding this wonderful view of this American individualism, where everybody could make it if they were just willing to work hard.

Again, the wisdom of the Divine Mother sees right through this nonsense and says: “It can’t be true because it obviously isn’t doing what it says it’s going to do; therefore, it’s time to look for something new.”

As you can hear my beloved, I didn’t spend the whole day travelling to get to this conference. I understand that most of you have, and therefore I understand that some of you are perhaps nodding off a little bit. But I of course am not bound by time and space, so I could go on. Because the wisdom of the Divine Mother has much to say about conditions on planet Earth. But it isn’t really a matter of me saying it as a clearly outer voice. What I want is for each and everyone of the people on earth who are willing, to tune into the Divine Mother, the wisdom of the Divine Mother, the office that I hold, and receive it in the kingdom of God that is within you.

Blind followers of blind leaders

What is the most important message that Jesus gave two thousand years ago – “the kingdom of God is within you,” you and you and you and everyone. Why was it so important? Because what have the fallen beings done by creating this patriarchal religion, that suppresses the Wisdom of the Mother. They have created this impression that the kingdom is not within all people, it is within certain special people who are superior to all the people. And the wisdom of the Divine Mother and the Christ mind will shatter that illusion. But when you are separated from the wisdom of the Mother, you can easily come to believe in the illusion. And those who do not want to take responsibility for acquiring that wisdom of the Divine Mother, they will believe in the illusion because it’s convenient for them: “Oh! I don’t need to try. I don’t need to multiply the talents. I just need to follow the leaders, the blind leading the blind. And I just need to continue believing that we will not end up both in the ditch like Jesus said. Because Jesus didn’t really know what he was talking about, our leaders know what they are talking about.”

So, it’s convenient to follow the elite, because what did Jesus talk about two thousand years ago, the kingdom of God is within you, but it is your responsibility – to find it. How do you find it? By giving up everything in order to get that “pearl of great price.” And if you are not willing to give up the little that you have, you are not willing to follow Christ. And so you see some of these people, and I have compassion for the many poor people around the world, for they have almost nothing. But are they willing to give up what they don’t have in order to find the pearl of great price within them. Nay. Can you explain to me why that is, then I would be willing to hear it. Because after two thousand years I haven’t actually found an answer to this question. At least not a logical answer according to the wisdom of the Divine Mother. I can of course see that those who don’t have the wisdom of the Divine Mother, for them it is more attractive “not” to take responsibility and therefore blindly follow the blind leaders. But with the wisdom of the Divine Mother this makes no sense whatsoever.

Why would you keep yourself poor? Just to avoid looking at yourself. But I am getting ahead of myself, because this is a topic we will talk more about: the unwillingness to look at yourself. The enormous, we might say, creativity of the ego to justify why you don’t need to look at yourself. Why you don’t need to look at that beam in your own eye, but can continue to focus on the splinter in the eye of your brother, thinking if you just pull that splinter out you will solve all of your problems, and all of the world’s problems. For surely, the problem is out there.

What did Jesus say, did he say the problem was out there? No! He said the kingdom of God is within you. What does that mean? It means that you are not in the kingdom of God right now. What’s preventing you from going into the inner kingdom? It can only be something inside yourself, the beam. So, if you are not willing to look at that, how will you ever enter the kingdom? “Oh yeah, you can wait for the external savior.”

There are people who have incarnated continuously almost for seventeen centuries, believing in the Christian doctrines, waiting for the outer savior. Every time they leave a physical body, they think Jesus is going to come and then he doesn’t, and they are sent back down. When will you have had enough of this merry-go-round?

So, with this question, I shall thank you for your kind attention, your loving hearts, your willingness to be here in the physical, and to allow me to use your chakras to multiply this message, so that it has gone much further than if it was only spoken by the messenger sitting alone in a room. And so for this you have my gratitude, and I of course look forward to what is going to come forth in the next days, for we have much to offer you.

Thank you my beloved hearts.

 

Copyright © 2025 Kim Michaels

 

Back to Rising above the superiority-inferiority duality